Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIAR)
Volume 1 Main Statement
Strategic Housing Development at ‘Marmalade Lane’, Dundrum, Dublin 16
September 2020
Prepared by McGill Planning
In association with PUNCH Consulting Engineers Moore Group Traynor Environmental Digital Dimensions Molloy Associates STW Architects NMP Landscape Architects
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
CONTENTS VOLUME 1 – MAIN STATEMENT 5.2 Methodology ...... 5.1 5.3 Receiving Environment ...... 5.2 Chapter 1 Introduction and Methodology 5.4 Characteristics of the Proposed Development ...... 5.6 1.1 Introduction ...... 1.1 5.5 Potential Impacts ...... 5.6 1.2 Methodology ...... 1.1 5.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 5.7 1.3 Definition of EIA ...... 1.1 5.7 Mitigation measures ...... 5.8 1.4 EIA Screening ...... 1.2 5.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 5.8 1.5 EIA Scoping ...... 1.3 5.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 5.9 1.6 EIAR Objectives ...... 1.3 5.10 Worst Case Scenario ...... 5.9 1.7 EIAR Format and Contect ...... 1.4 5.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 5.9 1.8 EIAR Structure ...... 1.4 5.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 5.9 1.9 Competency ...... 1.5 5.13 References ...... 5.9 1.10 Difficulties in Compiling the Specified Information ...... 1.5 1.11 Availability of the EIAR ...... 1.5 Chapter 6 Land, Soil and Geology 6.1 Introduction ...... 6.1 Chapter 2 Alternatives Considered 6.2 Methodology ...... 6.1 2.1 Terms of Reference ...... 2.1 6.3 Receiving Environment ...... 6.2 2.2 Introduction ...... 2.1 6.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 6.4 2.3 Alternative Locations ...... 2.1 6.5 Potential Impacts ...... 6.4 2.4 Do Nothing Alternative ...... 2.2 6.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 6.4 2.5 Alternative Uses ...... 2.2 6.7 Mitigation measures ...... 6.5 2.6 Alterntiave Designs and Layouts ...... 2.2 6.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 6.5 2.7 Alternative Processes ...... 2.5 6.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 6.5 2.8 Summary Table of Alternative Site and Environmental Impacts ...... 2.5 6.10 Worst Case Scenario ...... 6.5 6.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 6.5 Chapter 3 Description of Development 6.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 6.5 3.1 Introduction ...... 3.1 6.13 References ...... 6.6 3.2 Characteristics of the Site ...... 3.1 3.3 Proposed Development ...... 3.2 Chapter 7 Hydrology and Water Services 3.4 Construction Stage ...... 3.4 7.1 Introduction ...... 7.1 3.5 Operational Stage ...... 3.5 7.2 Methodology ...... 7.1 3.6 Changes, Secondary Developments, Cumulative Impacts ...... 3.5 7.3 Receiving Environment ...... 7.1 7.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 7.2 Chapter 4 Population and Human Health 7.5 Potential Impacts ...... 7.2 4.1 Introduction ...... 4-1 7.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 7.3 7.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 7.3 4.2 Methodology ...... 4-1 7.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 7.3 4.3 Receiving Environment ...... 4-1 7.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 7.4 4.4 Characteristics of the Proposed Development ...... 4-7 7.10 Worst Case Scenario ...... 7.4 4.5 Impact Assessment ...... 4-7 7.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 7.4 4.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 4-9 7.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 7.4 4.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 4-9 7.13 References ...... 7.4 4.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 4-9 4.9 Conclusions ...... 4-9 Chapter 8 Noise and Vibration 4.10 Monitoring and Reinstatement ...... 4-9 Introduction ...... 8.1 4.11 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 4-9 Methodology ...... 8.1 4.12 References ...... 4-10 Receiving Environment ...... 8.6 Characteristics of the Proposed Development ...... 8.10 Chapter 5 Biodiversity Potential Impacts ...... 8.10 5.1 Introduction ...... 5.1 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 8.14
ii
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Predicted impacts ...... 8.14 Chapter 12 Material Assets Mitigation Measures ...... 8.15 12.1 Introduction ...... 12.1 ‘Do-Nothing’ Scenario ...... 8.16 12.2 Methodology ...... 12.1 ‘Worst-case’ Scenario ...... 8.16 12.3 Receiving Environment ...... 12.1 Monitoring and Reinstatement ...... 8.16 12.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 12.3 Difficulties in compiling information ...... 8.16 12.5 Potential Impacts ...... 12.3 Reference ...... 8.16 12.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 12.5 12.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 12.5 Chapter 9 Climate and Air Quality 12.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 12.5 9.1 Introduction ...... 9.1 12.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 12.5 9.2 Methodology ...... 9.1 12.10 Worst Case Scenario ...... 12.5 9.3 Receiving Environment ...... 9.5 12.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 12.5 9.4 Characteristics of The Proposed Development ...... 9.8 12.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 12.5 9.5 Potential Impacts ...... 9.9 12.13 References ...... 12.6 9.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 9.13 9.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 9.13 Chapter 13 Waste 9.8 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 9.15 13.1 Introduction ...... 13-1 9.9 Worst Case Scenario ...... 9.15 13.2 Methodology ...... 13-1 9.10 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 9.15 13.3 Receiving Environment ...... 13-2 9.11 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 9.15 13.4 Characteristics of the Proposed DevelopmenT ...... 13-4 9.13 Residual impacts ...... 9.15 13.5 Potential Impacts of the Proposed Development ...... 13-5 9.14 References ...... 9.15 13.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 13-6 13.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 13-6 Chapter 10 Landscape and Visual 13.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 13-6 10.1 Introduction ...... 10.1 13.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 13-7 10.2 Methodology ...... 10.1 13.10 Worst Cast Scenario ...... 13-7 10.3 Receiving Environment ...... 10.2 13.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 13-7 10.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 10.4 13.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 13-7 10.5 Potential Impacts ...... 10.6 10.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 10.6 13.13 References 13-7 10.7 Mitigation measures ...... 10.7 10.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 10.7 Chapter 14 Cultural Heritage – Archaeology 10.9 Conclusion …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………10.20 14.1 Introduction ...... 14.1 10.11 Monitoring ...... 10.20 14.2 Methodology ...... 14.1 10.13 References ...... 10.20 14.3 Receiving Environment ...... 14.3
14.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 14.15 Chapter 11 Traffic and Transport 14.5 Potential Impacts ...... 14.15 11.1 Introduction ...... 11.1 14.6 Potential Cumulative Impats...... 14.16 11.2 Methodology ...... 11.1 14.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 14.16 11.3 Receiving Environment ...... 11.1 14.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 14.16 11.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 11.1 14.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 14.16 11.5 Potential Impacts ...... 11.1 14.10 Worst Case Scenario ...... 14.16 11.6 Potential Cumulative Impacts ...... 11.2 14.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 14.16 11.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 11.2 14.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 14.16 11.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 11.2 14.13 References ...... 14.16 11.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 11.3
11.10 ‘Worst Case’ Scenario ...... 11.3 Chapter 15 Cultural Heritage – Architectural Heritage 11.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 11.3 15.1 Introduction ...... 15.1 11.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 11.3 15.2 Methodology ...... 15.1 11.13 References ...... 11.3 15.3 Receiving Environment ...... 15.2
15.4 Characteristics of the Proposed development ...... 15.7
ii
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
15.5 Potential Impacts ...... 15.7 15.6 Potential Cumulative Impats ...... 15.8 15.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 15.8 15.8 Predicted Impacts ...... 15.8 15.9 ‘Do Nothing’ Scenario ...... 15.10 15.10 Worst Case Scenario ...... 15.10 15.11 Monitoring & Reinstatement ...... 15.10 15.12 Difficulties in Compiling Information ...... 15.10 1.13 References ...... 15.10
Chapter 16 Interactions 16.1 Introduction ...... 16.1 16.2 Assessment ...... 16.1
Chapter 17 Schedule of Mitigation Measures 17.1 Introduction ...... 17.1 17.2 Construction Phase ...... 17.2 17.3 Operational Phase ...... 17.10
iii
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
LIST OF FIGURES Figure 8-3 Baseline nose monitoring locations ...... 8.7 Figure 8-4 Noise Monitoring Locations (Image Source: Google Maps) ...... 8.9
Figure 8-5 Site Context & Noise Assessment Locations (Image Source: Google Maps ...... 8.12 Chapter 2 Alternatives Considered Figure 2-1 Site location on the Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 Zoning Map .... 2-1 Chapter 9 Air and Climate Figure 2-2 Alternative Layout A STW Architects ...... 2-2 Figure 9-1 Casement Windrose 2012-2016 ...... 9.6 Figure 2-3 Alternative Layout B STW Architects ...... 2-3 Figure 9-2 Approximate Sensitive Receptor Locations used in Modelling Assessment ...... 9.10 Figure 2-4 Alternative Layout C STW Architects ...... 2-4 Figure 2-5 Alternative Layout D The Chosen Layout ...... 2-4 Chapter 10 Landscape and Visual Figure 10-1 Site Context ...... 10.2 Chapter 3 Description of Development Figure 10-2 Aeriel View of Approximate Site Location ...... 10.3 Figure 3.1 Site Location ...... 3-1 Figure 10-3 Approximate Site Location on Contour Map ...... 10.3 Figure 3.2 Extract from Map 10 of Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 with site Figure 10-4 Landscape Assessment Study and Landscape Character Areas ……………………………………………………..10.4 outlined ...... 3-1 Figure 10-5 Location of view points 1-9……………………………………………………………………………………………………………10.7 Figure 3.3 Site Location and Context ...... 3-2 Figure 10-6 Location of view points 10-11...... 10.8 Figure 3.4 Site Layout Plan Source: Scott Tallon Walker Architects ...... 3-3 Figure 10-7 View 01 – Existing and Proposed views ...... ………10.9 Figure 3.5 Internal View of the Scheme Source: Digital Dimensions ...... 3-3 Figure 10-8 View 02 – Existing and Proposed views ...... 10.10 Figure 10-9 View 03 – Existing and Proposed views … …..………………...10.11 Chapter 4 Population and Human Health Figure 10-10 View 04 - Existing and Proposed views …………….…… .10.12 Figure 4-1 Electoral Divisions within 1km of Subject Site ...... 4-1 Figure 10-11 View 05 – Existing and Proposed views ………………………… …………10.13 Figure 4-2 Local Area 2011 and 2016 Population Pyramids. Data Source: CSO ...... 4-2 Figure 10-12 View 06 – Existing and Proposed views ...... 10.14 Figure 4-3 Raw Change in population by Age Group ...... 4-2 Figure 10-13 View 07 – Existing and Proposed views …. …...... 10.15 Figure 10-14 View 08 – Existing and Proposed views ...... 10.16 Figure 4-4 % Change in Population from 2011-2016 by Age Group. Data Source: CSO ...... 4-2 Figure 10-15 View 09 – Existing and Proposed views ...... 10.17 Figure 4-5 Retail clusters within 1km of subject site ...... 4-3 Figure 10-16 View 10 – Existing and Proposed views ...... 10.18 Figure 4-6 Open Space within 1km of Subject Site ...... 4-4 Figure 10-17 View 11 – Existing and Proposed views ...... 10.19 Figure 4-7 Doctors within 1km of Subject Site ...... 4-4 Figure 4-8 Childcare Facilities within 1km of Subject site and within Local Area ...... 4-5 Chapter 12 Material Assets Figure 4-9 Primary and Post-Primary Schools within 1km of subject site ...... 4-6 Figure 12.1: Site Ownership Map ...... 12.1 Figure 4-10 Projected Primary School Enrolment. Source: Dept. of Education and Skills ...... 4-8 Figure 12.2 Map Showing Transport within the vicinity of the subject site ...... 12.2 Figure 4-11 Projected Post-Primary Enrolment. Source: Dept. of Education and Skills ...... 4-9 Chapter 13 Waste Chapter 5 Biodiversity Figure 13-1 Site Layout 13-1 Figure 5-1 Habitat Map Based on Recent Aerial Photography ...... 5.4 Chapter 14 Cultural Heritage -Archaeology Chapter 6 Land Soil and Geology Figure 14-1 Map of the PDA and nearest SMR/RMP sites with the zones of notification ...... 14.5 Figure 6-1 Teagasc soil classification mapping……………………………………………………………………..……………………………6.2 Figure 14-2Rocque’s 1760 map showing Balally (‘Ballow’) and Dundrum with the approximate subject site Figure 6-2 Quaternary Sediments …………………………………..…………………………………………………..……………………………6.2 location...... 14.6 Figure 6-3 GSI Bedrock Map ………………………..……………………………………………………………………..……………………………6.3 Figure 14-3 Extract from OS 6” first edition map showing subject site...... 14.6 Figure 6-4 Table noting depth to rockhead from Causeway Geotech’s December 2019 Site Investigation report Figure 14-4 Extract from OS 25” third edition map showing subject site and protected structures………………….14.7 …………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………..……………………………6.3 Figure 14-5 Aerial image 2000 showing site with fill material.………………………………………………………………………….14.7 Figure 6-5 National Vulnerability Map …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….6.4 Figure 14-6 Architectural heritage (RPS sites) and demesnes in the vicinity of the PDA.………………………….…… 14.12
Chapter 7 Hydrology and Water Services Chapter 15 Cultural Heritage – Arhictectural Heritage Figure 7-1 Existing Foul and Surface Water Drainage, and Water Mains in the Vicinity of Marmalade Lane site Figure 15 1 Proposed layout of the development, in its context with the specifically stated protected fabric of (Irish Water Records) ...... 7-1 Gort Muire ...... 15.2 Figure 7-2 Location of adjacent watercourse – River Slang (EPA maps) ...... 7-2 Figure 15 2 Extract from Map 5 of the County Development Plan, indicating protected structures abounding and within the wider urban vicinity of the subject site ...... 15.2 Chapter 8 Noise and Vibration Figure 15 3 Extract of John Roques’s 1760 map of South County Dublin, with the approximate location of the Figure 8-1 Proposed Site Layout ...... 8.1 applicant site highlighted in red...... 15.3 Figure 8-2 ProPG Stage 1- Initial Noise Risk Assessment ...... 8.5 Figure 15 4 Extract of First Edition Ordnance Survey Map 1843...... 15.4
iv
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Figure 15 5 Extract of Second Edition Ordnance Survey Map published 1865...... 15.4 Figure 15 6 Third edition Ordnance Survey Map published 1912, with the agricultural nature of the subject lands denoted ...... 15.5 Figure 15 7 An aerial photograph of the complex c1955, prior to the construction of the south wing. The subject site is identified in the background...... 15.5 Figure 15 8 The boundary condition to the west of the subject site, adjacent the Gort Muire grouping...... 15.6 Figure 15 9 The water tower to the north of the subject site...... 15.6 Figure 15 10(Opposing) vista of same grouping towards the proposed development...... 15.7 Figure 15 11 Vista of water tower in context with the proposed development...... 15.7 Figure 15 12 The 1960’s extension encloses the parterre rose garden and screens the view of the subject site from the main house at Gort Muire ...... 15.8 Figure 15 13 The primary orientation of the original house is directed towards the extensive gardens to the southwest. The southern aspect is screened by the 1960’s extension and mature planting...... 15.9 Figure 15 14 The 20th century parterre rose garden looking south towards to subject site. The 1960’s extension enclosing this terrace and mature planting to the west within the Gort Muire parkland partially obscure the view of the subject site. It is proposed to protect the sylvan setting by supplementing the planting along this boundary...... 15.9 Figure 15 15 A grotto within the parklands to the west of the original house at Gort Muire. The land slopes away towards the west, thus restricting the outward views from the gardens...... 15.10
v
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
LIST OF TABLES Table 8-16 Measured Noise Levels at NM1 ...... 8.9 Table 8-17 Measured Noise Levels at NM2 ...... 8.9
Table 8-18 Measured Noise Levels at NM3 ...... 8.9 Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1-1 Structure of EIAR ...... 1-4 Table 8-19 Measured Noise Levels at NM4 ...... 8.10 Table 1-2 Competencies of Consultants ...... 1-5 Table 8-20 Measured Noise Levels at NM5 ...... 8.10 Table 8-21 Measured Noise Levels at NM5 ...... 8.10 Chapter 2 Alternatives Considered Table 8-22 Predicted Noise Levels from Key Pieces of Equipment ...... 8.11 Table 2-1 Comparison of Effects ...... 2-5 Table 8-23 Description of Noise Measurement Location ...... 8.11 Table 8-24 Indicative Construction Noise Levels at Nearest Noise Sensitive Locations ...... 8.12 Chapter 4 Population and Human Health Table 8-25 Calculated Construction Traffic Noise Levels at Edge of Road ...... 8.13 Table 4-1 Census Population Data for Electoral Divisions in chosen catchment area. Data Source: CSO ...... 4-1 Table 8-26 Predicted Change in Noise Level associated with Vehicular Traffic – Existing Road Network ...... 8.14 Table 4-2 2011 and 2016 Census Data for Ireland, Dublin and the Local Area. Data Source: CSO ...... 4-2 Table 4-3 Estimated 2019 Population. Source: CSO ...... 4-2 Chapter 9 Air and Climate Table 4-4 Retail clusters accessible to the subject site...... 4-4 Table 9-1 Air Quality Standards Regulations 2011 (based on EU Council Directive 2008/50/EC) ...... 9.3 Table 4-5 Childcare Facilities within 1km of Subject Site ...... 4-5 Table 9-2 Meteorological Data for Casement 2011-2018 ...... 9.5 Table 4-6 Electoral Divisions Population Aged 0-4. Source: CSO ...... 4-6 Table 9-3 Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) ...... 9.7 Table 4-7 Schools within 1km Catchment of Subject Site ...... 4-6 Table 9-4 Trends in Zone A Air Quality - PM10 ...... 9.7 Table 4-8 Schools within the Local Area of the subject site ...... 4-6 Table 9-5 Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Nitrogen oxide (NOx) ...... 9.7 Table 9-6 Trends in Zone A Air Quality - (PM 2.5) ...... 9.8 Table 4-9 Projected population of development aged 0-4 ...... 4-8 Table 9-7 Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Benzene 2013 - 2018 ...... 9.8 Table 4-10 Breakdown of 2016 Local Population ...... 4-8 Table 9-8 Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Carbon Monoxide (CO) ...... 9.8 Table 4-11 Projected School Aged Population of Development ...... 4-8 Table 9-9 Assessment Criteria for the Impact of Dust from Construction, with Standard Mitigation in Place ...... 9.9 Table 9-10 ADDT - Traffic Data used in Air Modelling Assessment ...... 9.9 Chapter 5 Biodiversity Table 9-11 Description of Sensitive Receptors ...... 9.10 1 Table 5.1 European Sites located within 15km or the potential zone of impact of the Project ...... 5.3 3 Table 9-12 Annual Mean NO2 Concentrations (μg/m ) ...... 9.11 Table 5.2 Habitat types present according to Fossitt (2000)...... 5.3 Table 9-13 Daily maximum 1-hour for NO2 concentrations (μg/m3)...... 9.11 Table 5.3 Planning applications granted permission in the vicinity of the proposed Project……………………………..5.8 3 Table 9-14 Annual Mean PM10 Concentrations (μg/m ) ...... 9.11 3 Table 9-15 Number of days with PM10 concentration > 50 μg/m ...... 9.11 Chapter 8 Noise and Vibration 3 Table 9-16 Annual Mean NOx Concentrations (μg/m ) ...... 9.12 Table 8-1 NRA Maximum Permissible Construction Phase Noise Levels at the Façade of Dwellings during Road Table 9-17 Annual Mean Benzene Concentrations (μg/m ...... 9.12 Developments...... 8.2 Table 9-18 Maximum 8-hour CO Concentrations (mg/m3)...... 9.12 Table 8-2: Transient Vibration Impact Criteria for Buildings (Conservative Criteria below which there is No Risk of Table 9-19 Regional Air Quality & Climate Assessment...... 9.12 Cosmetic Damage). Source: “Guidelines for the Treatment of Noise & Vibration in National Road Schemes”, Table 9-20 summary of dust control techniques ...... 9.14 NRA, 2004 ...... 8.3 Table 8-3 Recommended Vibration Criteria During Construction Phase ...... 8.3 Chapter 10 Landscape and Visual Table 8-4 Tonal Noise Characteristics ...... 8.4 Table 10-1 Effects Types ...... 10.2 Table 8-5 Significance in Change of Noise Level ...... 8.4 Table 10-2 Effects Categories ...... 10.2 Table 8-6 ProPG Internal Noise Levels ...... 8.5 Table 10-3 Viewpoints for Visual Assessment ………………………………………………………………………………………………….10.8 Table 10-4 Predicted Impacts ...... 10.20 Table 8-7 Instrumentation Details Noise Monitoring Locations ...... 8.6
Table 8-8 Baseline survey dates and times ...... 8.7 Chapter 11 Traffic and Transport Table 8-9 Location A: Average Night time Noise ...... 8.7 Table 11-1 Predicted AADTs for surrounding Road network…………………………………………………………………………….11.1 Table 8-10 Location A: Average Day time Noise ...... 8.7 Table 11-2 Associated generated traffic for the proposed development peak hours…………………………………….…11.2 Table 8-11 Location B: Average Night time Noise ...... 8.7 Table 8-12 Location B: Average Day time Noise ...... 8.7 Chapter 12 Material Assets Table 8-13 Location C: Average Night time Noise ...... 8.8 Table 12-1 Transport Available Distance by walking; car; cycle; bus, Journey Time………………………………….………12.2 Table 8-14 Location C: Average Day time Noise ...... 8.8 Table 8-15 Description of Noise Measurement Location ...... 8.8 Chapter 13 Waste Table 13-1 Estimated on and off-site reuse, recycle and disposal rates for construction waste 13-3 Table 13-2 Residential Waste Prediction (m3/per week)………………………………………………………………….………………13-4 1 All European sites potentially connected irrespective of the nature or scale of the proposed Project.
vi
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Table 13-3 Commercial/Creche Waste Predictions (L/per week)...... 13-4
Chapter 14 Cultural Heritage – Archaeology Table 14-1 Location Details ...... 14.3 Table 14-2 Relevant SMRs in the vicinity of the subject area ...... 14.4 Table 14-4 Toponyms ...... 14.11
Chapter 15 Cultural Heritage – Architectural Heritage Table 15-1 Protected structures abounding the subject development site are scheduled as above ...... 15.3
Chapter 16 Interactions Table 16-1 Interaction Matrix ...... 16.1
vii
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
LIST OF PLATES
Chapter 14 Cultural Heritage Plate 14-1 View facing east along the north of Gort Muire, with the water tower to the right………………………14.13 Plate 14-2 View facing west from the east side of the subject site, with Gort Muire beyond…………………………14.14 Plate 14-3 View facing south from the centre of the subject site, with Dublin Hills in the background…………..14.14
viii
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
1 INTRODUCTION AND METHODOLOGY The most recent amendment to the Regulations - the European Union (Planning and 1.1 INTRODUCTION Development)(Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. No. 296 of 2018) - transposed Directive 2014/52/EU into Irish law. This Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIAR) has been prepared on behalf of 1 Wyckham Land Limited to accompany a Strategic Housing Development application to An Bord Pleanála for a new Complementary to the legislation is a range of guidelines produced by the EU and government agencies residential development on lands located at at the ‘Marmalade Lane’, Wyckham Avenue, Dundrum, to inform the carrying out of EIA: Dublin 16 in accordance with the Planning and Development (Housing) and Residential Tenancies Act 2016. • EU Guidance on EIA Screening (DG Environment 2001). • Guidance on EIA Scoping (DG Environment 2001). The subject site is located within the metropolitan area of Dublin City which is identified for significant • EIA Review Checklist (DG Environment 2001). residential growth over the next two decades as part of the National Planning Framework. • Guidelines on Information to be Contained in an Environmental Impact Statement (EPA 2002). • Study on the Assessment of Indirect & Cumulative Impacts as well as Impact Interaction (DG The proposed development seeks to deliver a significant quantum of residential development at a site Environment 2002). that is located within an established suburban location and within short walking distance of a multitude • Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Guidance for Consent Authorities Regarding Sub- of services, public transport options, employment and amenities. Threshold Development (DoEHLG 2003). • Advice Notes on Current Practice (in preparation of Environmental Impact Statements) (EPA The site is located to the east of Gort Muire Carmelite Centre and is accessed from Wyckham Avenue. It 2003). comprises open field having formerly been used as agricultural lands. The boundaries are delineated by • Development Management Guidelines (DoEHLG, 2007). modern post and rail fencing with some mature trees along the boundaries. There are no built structures • Draft Guidelines on the information to be contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports on the site. The site abuts the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre, with the vehicular access to Wyckham (EPA 2017) Avenue to the north of these buildings. • Transposition of 2014 EIA Directive (2014/52/EU) in the Land Use Planning and EPA Licencing Systems - Key Issues Consultation Paper (Department of Environment, Community and Local The subject site subject of this application has a gross area of c. 4.0305ha. The proposal will consist of: Government, 2017). • Circular letter PL 1/2017 - Advice on Administrative Provisions in Advance of Transposition A Build to Rent (BTR) residential scheme comprising of 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in (Department of Housing, Planning and Local Government, 2017). height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, • Environmental Impact Assessment of Projects – Guidance on the Preparation of the car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue. Provision of additional Environmental Impact Assessment Report (European Commission 2017) pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin • Environmental Impact Assessment of Projects – Guidance on Screening (European Commission storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping 2017) and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is • Environmental Impact Assessment of Projects – Guidance on Scoping (European Commission included the statutory notices and chapter 3 of the EIAR. 2017) • Guidelines for Planning Authorities and An Bord Pleanála on carrying out Environmental Impact A detailed description of the development is provided in Chapter 3 and in the statutory notices. Assessment (Department of Housing, Planning and Local Government, 2018).
1.2 METHODOLOGY 1.3 DEFINITION OF EIA
Certain public and private projects that are likely to have significant effects on the environment are Article 171A of the 2018 Regulations defines ‘environmental impact assessment’ as: subject to EIA requirements derived from EIA Directive 85/337/EC (as amended by Council Directive 97/11/EC, Directive 2003/35/EC, Directive 2009/31/EC, Directive 2011/92/EU and Directive 2014/52/EU. “… a process a) consisting of: The EIA Directives have been transposed into the Irish land use planning consent system by way of the (i) the preparation of an environmental impact assessment report by the applicant Planning & Development Acts 2000 (as amended), and the Planning & Development Regulations 2001- in accordance with this Act and regulations made thereunder, 18. (ii) the carrying out of consultations in accordance with this Act and regulations made thereunder,
1.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
(iii) the examination by the planning authority or the Board, as the case may be, of- (a) the proposed development would be of a class specified in— i. the information contained in the environmental impact assessment (i) Part 1 of Schedule 5 of the Planning and Development Regulations 2001, and either— report, I) such development would exceed any relevant quantity, area or other limit ii. any supplementary information provided, where necessary, by the specified in that Part, or applicant in accordance with section 172(1D) and (1E), and II) no quantity, area or other limit is specified in that Part in respect of the iii. any relevant information received through the consultations carried out development concerned, pursuant to subparagraph (ii), or (iv) the reasoned conclusion by the planning authority or the Board, as the case may (ii) Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the Planning and Development Regulations 2001 and either— be, on the significant effects on the environment of the proposed development, I) such development would exceed any relevant quantity, area or other limit specified taking into account the results of the examination carried out pursuant to in that Part, or subparagraph (iii) and, where appropriate, its own supplementary examination, II) no quantity, area or other limit is specified in that Part in respect of the and development concerned, (v) the integration of the reasoned conclusion of the planning authority or the or Board, as the case may be, into the decision on the proposed development, and (b) (i) the proposed development would be of a class specified in Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the b) which includes: Planning and Development Regulations 2001 but does not exceed the relevant quantity, (i) an examination, analysis and evaluation, carried out by the planning authority area or other limit specified in that Part, and or the Board, as the case may be, in accordance with this Part and regulations (ii) the planning authority or the Board, as the case may be, determines that the proposed made thereunder, that identifies, describes and assesses, in an appropriate development would be likely to have significant effects on the environment. manner, in the light of each individual case, the direct and indirect significant effects of the proposed development on the following: The subject site falls within the development classes set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5. i. population and human health; ii. biodiversity, with particular attention to species and habitats protected under the Habitats Directive and the Birds Directive; The following development classes set out in Part 2 of Schedule 5 are noted: iii. land, soil, water, air and climate; • 10(b)(i) Construction of more than 500 units iv. material assets, cultural heritage and the landscape; • 10(b)(iv) Urban development which would involve an area greater than 2 hectares v. the interaction between the factors mentioned in clauses (I) to (IV), and in the case of a business district, 10 hectares in the case of other parts of a built-up (ii) as regards the factors mentioned in subparagraph (i)(I) to (V), such area and 20 hectares elsewhere. (In this paragraph, “business district” means a examination, analysis and evaluation of the expected direct and indirect district within a city or town in which the predominant land use is retail or significant effects on the environment derived from the vulnerability of the commercial use.) proposed development to risks of major accidents or disasters, or both major The gross area of the application site is c. 4.0305ha, which is below the 10ha threshold for a built-up accidents and disasters, that are relevant to that development; area.
The proposed development for 628 no. units, which is above the 500 no. units threshold.
1.4 EIA SCREENING Development Class 15 in Part 2 of Schedule 5 is also noted: • 15 Any project listed in this Part which does not exceed a quantity, area or other Section 176(A) of the Act, as amended by S.I. 296/2018, defines ‘screening for environmental impact limit specified in this Part in respect of the relevant class of development, but which assessment’ as would be likely to have significant effects on the environment, having regard to the criteria set out in Schedule 7. “.. a determination—
(a) as to whether a proposed development would be likely to have significant effects on Schedule 7 of the Regulations lists the criteria for determining whether Development listed in Part 2 of the environment, and Schedule 5 should be subject to an EIA. These are: (b) if the development would be likely to have such effects, that an environmental impact assessment is required.” 1. Characteristics of proposed development The characteristics of proposed development, in particular— Section 172 of the Act states that an EIA shall be carried out respect of an application for consent for (a) the size and design of the whole of the proposed development, proposed development where either of the following are relevant:
1.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
(b) cumulation with other existing development and/or development the subject of a consent for Environmental Impact Assessment Directive by or under any other enactment, and proposed development for the purposes of section 172(1A) (b) of the Act and/or development the subject (h) the possibility of effectively reducing the impact. of any development consent for the purposes of the Environmental Impact Assessment Directive by or under any other enactment, The proposed number of residential units within this application is above the threshold set out in (c) the nature of any associated demolition works, Development Class 10 of Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the Planning & Development Regulations. (d) the use of natural resources, in particular land, soil, water and biodiversity, (e) the production of waste, (f) pollution and nuisances, (g) the risk of major accidents, and/or disasters which are relevant to the project concerned, including those caused by climate change, in accordance with scientific knowledge, and 1.5 EIA SCOPING (h) the risks to human health (for example, due to water contamination or air pollution). Section 173(2) (a) of the Planning and Development Act 2000 (as amended) provides that a formal 2. Location of proposed development request for scoping may be submitted to the planning authority. However, the ‘Draft Guidelines on the The environmental sensitivity of geographical areas likely to be affected by the proposed development, Information to be contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports’ (2017), confirm that this is with particular regard to— not mandatory. (a) the existing and approved land use, (b) the relative abundance, availability, quality and regenerative capacity of natural resources (including The EIAR team carried out a scoping exercise to identify the key issues that may be considered likely to soil, land, water and biodiversity) in the area and its underground, have a significant effect on the environment. Regard was also had to EIAR carried out for other (c) the absorption capacity of the natural environment, paying particular attention to the following areas: developments in the neighbourhood. (i) wetlands, riparian areas, river mouths; (ii) coastal zones and the marine environment; In accordance with the draft EPA Guidelines (2017), those issues that do not meet the threshold of (iii) mountain and forest areas; significance have been ‘scoped out’. The following issues have been identified in the context of the (iv) nature reserves and parks; proposed development: (v) areas classified or protected under legislation, including Natura 2000 areas designated pursuant to the Habitats Directive and the Birds Directive and; • Population & Human Health (vi) areas in which there has already been a failure to meet the environmental quality standards laid down • Biodiversity in legislation of the European Union and relevant to the project, or in which it is considered that there is • Lands, Soils & Geology such a failure
(vii) densely populated areas; • Hydrology & Water Services (viii) landscapes and sites of historical, cultural or archaeological • Noise & Vibration significance. • Air & Climate • Landscape & Visual 3. Types and characteristics of potential impacts • Traffic & Transportation The likely significant effects on the environment of proposed development in relation to criteria set out • Material Assets under paragraphs 1 and 2, with regard to the impact of the project on the factors specified in paragraph • Waste Management (b)(i)(I) to (V) of the definition of ‘environmental impact assessment report’ in section 171A of the Act, • Cultural Heritage taking into account—
(a) the magnitude and spatial extent of the impact (for example, geographical area and size of the population likely to be affected), 1.6 EIAR OBJECTIVES (b) the nature of the impact, (c) the transboundary nature of the impact, The EIA process is based on the following four principles: (d) the intensity and complexity of the impact, (e) the probability of the impact, • Pursuing Preventative Action (f) the expected onset, duration, frequency and reversibility of the impact, An assessment of anticipated likely and significant impacts was undertaken during the screening and the (g) the cumulation of the impact with the impact of other existing and/or development the subject of a considerations of alternatives stages of the EIA process. This involved forming a preliminary opinion with consent for proposed development for the purposes of section 172(1A) (b) of the Act and/or development respect to the approximate magnitude and character of the likely environmental impacts. This the subject of any development consent for the purposes of the
1.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane assessment was based on the knowledge, experience and expertise of the EIA team with reference to 11. Traffic & Transportation PUNCH EIA guidance material and local information. 12. Material Assets McGill Planning Ltd. 13. Cultural Heritage MOORE GROUP • Maintaining Environmental Focus and Scope 14. Waste Management Traynor Environmental The EIA process has focussed on those issues where environmental impact is likely to occur and have 15. Interactions McGill Planning Ltd. significant effects. 16. Summary of Mitigations McGill Planning Ltd. Measures • Informing the Decision Table 1-1 Structure of EIAR The EIAR has been developed and is presented in such a way as to facilitate the authority decision on the acceptability of the proposed development in the full knowledge of the project’s likely significant impacts on the environment, if any. 1.8 EIAR STRUCTURE • Public & Stakeholder Participation The preparation of this EIAR requires the co-ordination and synthesis of associated yet diverse elements Participation is provided through the statutory planning process which allows for public participation and of the overall assessment. To facilitate this process, a schematic structure is proposed in order to provide consultation while receiving advice from other key stakeholders and statutory authorities with specific a coherent documentation of the varied aspects of the environment considered. The grouped format environmental responsibilities. structure of the Environmental Impact Statement is listed below with a brief outline of each specific
stage.
1.7 EIAR FORMAT AND CONTENT Methodology The specific approach or techniques used to analyse impacts or describe environments. This EIAR is sub divided as follows:
Receiving Environment (Baseline Situation) • Environmental Impact Assessment Report Dynamic description of the specific environment into which the proposal will fit, taking account of other • Appendices to Environmental Impact Assessment Report developments likely to occur. The context, character, significance and sensitivity of the baseline is • Non-Technical Summary. described. The likely evolution of baseline environmental characteristics without implementation of the proposed project. The EIAR has been prepared in the Grouped Format as set down in the EPA “Guidelines on Information to be contained in an EIS” (2002) and the ‘Draft Guidelines on the Information to be contained in Characteristics of the Proposed Development Environmental Impact Assessment Reports’ (2017). In general, the EIAR follows the framework Description of the physical characteristics of a project having regard to: presented in the EPA “Advice Notes on Current Practice in the Preparation of Environmental Impact • the site location Statements” (September 2003). • the size, design and appearance of the proposed project • the cumulation with other proposed projects The structure and responsibility of the EIAR chapters is outlined below: • the use of natural resources • the production of waste Chapter Title Consultant • emissions and nuisances 1. Introduction & Methodology McGill Planning Ltd. • The potential risk of accidents. 2. Alternatives Considered McGill Planning Ltd. The description of the development should take account of the full ‘life-cycle’ including construction, 3. Description of Development McGill Planning Ltd. commissioning (if relevant), operation, changes to the project and potential decommission. 4. Population & Human Health McGill Planning Ltd. 5. Biodiversity MOORE GROUP Potential Impacts 6. Land, Soils & Geology PUNCH The potential impact of the proposal comprises a general description of the possible types of impacts 7. Hydrology and Water Services PUNCH which proposals of this kind would be likely to produce. Impact assessment addresses direct, indirect, secondary, cumulative, transboundary, short, medium and long term, permanent, temporary, positive 8. Noise and Vibration Traynor Environmental and negative effects as well as impact interactions. This includes consideration of a ‘Do Nothing’ impact 9. Climate and Air Quality Traynor Environmental which describes the environment as it would be in the future if the development is not carried out. 10. Landscape and Visual McGill Planning Ltd.
1.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Mitigation Measures Noise Traynor Nevin Traynor BSc. Env, H.Dip I.T, Cert A description of any specific remedial or reductive measures considered necessary and practicable Environmental SHWW Air Quality & Climate resulting from the assessment of potential impacts described above. Impact Waste Management Predicted Impacts Landscape & Visual McGill Planning Trevor Sadler Master of Regional & Urban An assessment of the net specific impact of the proposal, noting the direct, indirect, secondary, Assessment Limited Planning, MIPI cumulative, transboundary, short, medium and long term, permanent, temporary, positive and negative effects as well as impact interactions which the proposed development may have. The predicted impact Cultural Heritage – Moore Group Declan Moore BArch and licenced assumes all mitigation measures are fully and successfully applied. A ‘Worst Case’ impact is also Archaeology archaeologist with over 20 considered. A ‘Worst Case’ impact is an impact arising where a development or its mitigation measures years’ experience. substantially fail. Cultural Heritage – Molloy & Associates Maol Íosa Molloy BArch., BScArch., MUBC, Monitoring Architectural heritage DipArb., MRIAI, RIBA Grade A description of any post development monitoring of effects of the environment which might be 1 Conservation Architect necessary. Table 1-2 Competencies of Consultants
Reinstatement A description of any post development reinstatement measures which might be necessary. 1.10 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING THE SPECIFIED INFORMATION
There were no significant difficulties in completing the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. (Any 1.9 COMPETENCY minor difficulties are presented in each of the respective chapters).
For the preparation of this EIAR, the applicant engaged McGill Planning Ltd. to project manage and While every effort has been made to ensure that the content of this EIAR is consistent there may be coordinate the preparation of the EIAR with a team of qualified specialists engaged to prepare individual instances where typographical errors and/or minor inconsistencies do occur. These are unlikely to have chapters, as listed in the table below. Details of the competency, qualifications and experience of the any material impact on the overall findings and assessment contained in this EIAR. authors is also outlined:
Chapter Consultancy Lead Consultant Qualifications 1.11 AVAILABILITY OF THE EIAR Introduction & McGill Planning Trevor Sadler Master of Regional & Urban A copy of this EIAR document and Non-Technical Summary of the EIAR document is available for Methodology Planning, MIPI purchase at the offices of Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council at a fee not exceeding the reasonable Examination of cost of reproducing the document. Alternatives
Description of Additionally, prior to lodging this application, the required information has been issued for the Development Department of Housing, Planning and Local Government’s EIA Portal. Population & Human Health Interactions Summary of Mitigations Measure Biodiversity Moore Group Ger O’Donohoe BSc. Aquating Sciences M.S.C Env Soils & Geology PUNCH Paul Casey BEng (Hons) CEng MIEI Material Assets PUNCH Paul Casey BEng (Hons) CEng MIEI Water Services PUNCH Paul Casey BEng (Hons) CEng MIEI Traffic & PUNCH Paul Casey BEng (Hons) CEng MIEI Transportation
1.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
2 ALTERNATIVES not be applicable or available for a specific project which is identified for a specific location. With regard 2.1 TERMS OF REFERENCE to locations, the considerations of alternatives in many cases will already have been addressed and decided at strategic planning level during the adoption of city/county/local developments plans. This chapter of the EIAR was prepared by McGill Planning Ltd. It is a requirement of the EIA Directive (as Furthermore, these plans will have been subject to Strategic Environmental Assessment which will have amended) to present an outline of the main alternatives considered and a justification of the final taken into account the environmental considerations associated with, for example, the cumulative proposed development. impact of an area zoned for industry on a sensitive landscape. The Guidelines also state that the statutory development plans can establish project-level objectives or other mitigation that a subsequent site project and its EIAR should be cognisant of. 2.2 INTRODUCTION The Guidelines for Planning Authorities and An Bord Pleanála on Carrying out Environmental Impact In this regard, we note that the subject site is located within Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council Assessment (2018) state the following: administrative area and is zoned Objective A: to protect and/or improve residential amenity. Residential and the ancillary uses proposed are all permitted uses. As this site is zoned for residential development “The Directive requires that information provided by the developer in an EIAR shall include a within an established residential area, it was not considered necessary to consider other sites. description of the reasonable alternatives studied by the developer. These are reasonable alternatives, which are relevant to the project and its specific characteristics. The developer must also indicate the main reasons for the option chosen taking into account the effects of the project on the environment.
Reasonable alternatives may relate to matters such as project design, technology, location, size and scale.”
This section of the EIAR document provides an outline of the main alternatives examined throughout the design and consultation process under the following headings:
• Alternative Locations • Alternative Designs and Layouts • Alternative Processes
This serves to indicate the main reasons for choosing the development proposed, taking into account and providing a comparison of the environmental effects. The type of alternatives depends on the nature of the project proposed and the characteristics of the receiving environment.
The 2018 Guidelines also note that it is generally sufficient for the developer to provide a broad description of each main alternative studied and the key environmental issues. Furthermore, a ‘mini- EIA’ is not required for each alternative studied. Figure 2-1 Site location on Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 Zoning Map
2.3 ALTERNATIVE LOCATIONS 2.4 DO-NOTHING ALTERNATIVE As highlighted above the site is zoned for residential development under the Dun Laoghaire Rathdown The 2018 Guidelines note that some projects may be “site specific” so the consideration of alternative County Development Plan 2016-2022, and as such, consideration of alternative sites is not necessary. sites may not be relevant or warranted. The consideration of an alternative location would equate to a ‘do-nothing’ alternative for the subject
site the site would become overgrown and unkept. This would mean that these residential zoned lands This point is also stated in the Draft Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in Environmental would not be developed in accordance with the zoning objectives of the County Development Plan. This Impact Assessment Reports (EPA, 2017), which states that in some instances alternative locations may
2.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane in turn would have the knock on impact on the delivery of the development plan and the Core Strategy, It should be noted at this stage of the design process, the boundary of the convent was expected to run potentially creating pressures to develop unzoned, unserviced or remote sites that would not support parallel with the side of the convent water tower. sustainable development. This is not in line with National, Regional or Local plan policies which require the efficient use of zoned land within established built up areas such as Dundrum. Furthermore, these lands are considered highly sustainable and suitable for development due to its proximity to a wide range of existing public transport facilities, services and community facilities within the area which are key considerations for the development of any sites.
2.5 ALTERNATIVE USES
The proposed residential, residential amenities/facilities, small scale retail café and childcare uses all accord with the land use zoning set out in the Dun Laoghaire County Development Plan 2016-2022.
Other uses, contrary to the zoning objective, were not considered.
2.6 ALTERNATIVE DESIGNS AND LAYOUTS
This is a site in a well-established residential area. Various site constraints and opportunities were taken into account in developing the final layout: - the significant level changes throughout the site - the very different styles of development to the north and west (high rise, high density urban apartments and retail) juxtaposed against the development to the south and east (open park lands and low density, low rise residential development) - the character and protected structures to the west within the Gort Muire lands - the single vehicle access point into the site - existing mature trees in good condition along the southern and eastern boundary
Four different layouts and designs (Alternatives A-D) were considered for this site.
Figure 2-2 Alternative Layout A STW Architects Alternative Layout A Environmental Effects Figure 2-2 illustrates the initial design concept. The layout creates a high-density development comprising 5 no. apartment blocks. The apartment blocks are made up no. 4 angular shaped buildings The layout provides car parking which would lead to negative safety and environmental effects such as and a curved block in a ‘W’ shape to the south east of the site. The principle element of this scheme is to air quality, noise, and traffic. The scale of the ‘W’ shaped block is overbearing with no breaks to allow provide a gently rising, fully accessible public route throughout the site with pedestrian accesses light to protrude through. connecting Wyckham Avenue to Ballawley Park. Alternative Layout B In order to satisfy the objective to create an accessible site, the setting out of the levels are visible and are based on a rise of no more than 1:21. This layout has evolved to provide 7no. apartment blocks by creating Block C and D which are located to the south east of the site in place of the ‘W’ shaped block. This creates a triangular area of open space. The site plan is a more car dominant scheme in more traditional street proposals. This scheme proposes a significant set back from the Parkvale residential estate in respect of its The open space was designed to adjoin Ballawley Park along with individual garden spaces for each residential amenity. apartment building. The building orientation was designed to minimise north orientated units.
2.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
in a very open scheme which will significantly improve the permeability and connectivity of the wider area.
This layout was submitted to An Bord Pleanála under the SHD pre-application process and was subsequently revised in light of comments received in the formal opinion received from An Bord Pleanála with regard to the scale and massing.
Figure 2-3 Alternative Layout B STW Architects
Environmental Effects
This layout provides a better distributed scheme which is less visually intrusive. The impact of this building on the adjoining residential estates is considered less than with Option A. A better distribution of public open space within the scheme is achieved than with Option A which a stronger physical and visual link with Ballawley Park remains.
Figure 2-4 Alternative Layout C STW Architects Environmental Effects Alternative Layout C This scale and massing of this scheme was considered to be excessive by DLRCC particularly in relation Figures 2-3 and 2-4 illustrate the scheme’s design following the Section 247 Meeting with Dun Laoghaire to the two storey and single storey development in proximity to the south and south east of the site / Rathdown County Council. The development consisted of 730 no apartments which equated to a therefore there may be a more significant visual impact as a result of this design. Concern was also raised density of 186 units per hectare gross and ranged in height from 5 to 15 storeys. Block B was increased as the appropriateness of a landmark 15 storey tower at this location and its impact on local amenities in height from Option B to create a ‘centerpiece’ focus element at the heart of the community. and visual character.
Block G is shortened in this scheme to reduce the impact on the Wesley Lawns residential area to the south west of the site and to create a more spacious pedestrian access route. Alternative Layout D Chosen Layout
This scheme is largely car free as 296 car parking spaces are provided which equates to a ratio of 0.41. Alternative D is the scheme chosen to submit as part of the application to An Bord Pleanála and following The siting of the blocks, and the creation of significant car-free spaces through the development results receipt of the formal Opinion. This layout provides a reduced number of units with a lower density than originally proposed. This is achieved be providing 628 units in 7 apartment blocks. The height range has
2.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane also been significantly reduced with the landmark tower omitted buildings now ranging from 3 to 9 planting and landscaping has been carefully considered to provide high quality environment for people storeys. while also enhancing the local ecology and biodiversity.
The layout indicates a landscaping interface with Ballawley Park subject to formal agreement with Dun The reduced quantum of car parking, along with the high provision of cycle parking, in this layout will Laoghaire Rathdown County Council. This will allow for better integration of open space and landscaping promote a shift away from car dependency and towards more sustainable forms of transport. The providing a generous landscaping setting for the blocks and significant set back from existing houses. reduced car parking also reflects the existing public transport in the area and proximity to employment and other services. The scheme provides for a reduced car parking with just 278 no. car parking spaces provided (95% of which is located at basement). The earlier design stages provided for a level of surface level car parking, There is also significant residential amenities incorporated into the development such as a creche, however the car parking within this scheme is predominantly at basement level allowing for a truly car convenience shop, a gym, resulting in a more family friendly apartment complex. free scheme. This in turn provides for optimum pedestrian/cyclist accessibility through the development and integration with adjoining areas. The visual impact of the development on the surrounding area is also significantly reduced compared to previous Options due to the reduction in height and a better transition down in height towards the A single vehicular access to the site is provided from Wyckham Avenue. The proposed works also includes boundaries with Parkvale and Wesley Heights/Lawns to the east and south respectively. two pedestrian entrances to Ballawley Park and Wesley Lawns/Greenmount Lane.
Criteria/Justification for Selecting Chosen Layout and Design It is evident from the above that there has been a progressive evolution of design alternatives to arrive at the current proposal. • The chosen layout is an efficient use of zoned, serviced and highly accessible land, providing a high-density residential development with large areas of public and communal open spaces. • The provision of a reduced car parking ratio reflects the sites well connected location and optimization of sustainable modes of transport to get to work, school and other services all within reasonable distance of the proposed development. • The provision of residential amenities such as a gym, media room, a retail unit and a crèche will help to create a sustainable development with services and amenities provided within the scheme. • The set back and lowering in heights of the buildings from the boundaries along with significant landscape proposals allows for protection of residential amenity of the neighboring estates. Overall, the chosen layout provides a high-quality scheme that will add to the housing supply in the area.
2.7 ALTERNATIVE PROCESSES
Given the proposed use of the lands, which is in line with the Land Use Zoning in the Development Plan, it is not considered appropriate to assess other processes in the context of this EIAR.
2.8 SUMMARY TABLE OF ALTERNATIVE SITES AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Figure 2-5 Alternative Layout D The Chosen Layout A comparison of the environmental effects of each of these alternative layouts is shown in table 2.1 below. This table compares the operational effects of each alternative on a variety of environmental factors. Each option is compared to the others and are assessed as follows: Environmental Effects The development provides high quantity and high quality open spaces for public and communal use ✓ Is for those that are considered to have a more positive impact than others throughout the site, along with the retention of a significant proportion of existing trees. The proposed = Where the impact is considered similar for all options
2.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
X Where a particular option is considered to have a more negative impact on a particular aspect of the environment compared to the majority of the others.
It is considered that the chosen design as per this planning application and EIAR in general achieves a better result in terms of impact on the environment than the other design options previously considered.
A B C D (Chosen Layout Population and Human X = = ✓ Health Biodiversity X = ✓ ✓ Soils and Geology = = = = Hydrology = = = = Air and Climate = = = = Noise and Vibration = = = = Traffic X X X ✓ Waste = = = = Material Assets ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Table 2-1 Comparison of Effects
2.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
3 DESCRIPTION OF DEVELOPMENT 3.1 INTRODUCTION
This section of the EIAR has been prepared by McGill Planning Ltd. with input from the project design team. The section describes the nature of the proposed development in accordance with the requirements of the relevant EIA legislation and guidance on preparation and content of EIAR.
3.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE
The subject site is located within the suburban built-up residential area of Dundrum and Ballinteer. It is a greenfield site in the main that has remained undeveloped and comprises principally of a vacant field formerly controlled by the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre.
The boundaries are delineated by a combination of mature trees and hedgerows, post and rail fencing and concrete walls. There are no built structures on the open field. The application site extends to the east of the Carmelite Centre where an existing overflow car park will be removed and built upon. The existing access road to the Carmelite Centre also forms part of the application site and will be redesigned along with a new main entrance to serve the Centre and the new residential development.
The Gort Muire Carmelite Centre has several protected structures including the Water Gardens, Garden Figure 3-1 Site Location Walls and Farm Building Complex, House, Ornamental Ironwork, Conservatory and Water Tower (RPS
Ref.1453). A full description of the protected structures can be found in chapter 15 ‘Cultural Heritage – Architecture Heritage’ of this EIAR.
The lands to the east and the south consist of residential developments comprising two storey detached and semi-detached housing. Ballawley Park a large public park lies directly to the south east of the site, while the lands to the north consists of St Tiernan’s Community School and the Walled Garden (also formerly part of the Carmelite Centre) where an apartment development is currently under construction. Adjoining the Carmelite Centre to the north and west are a number of modern apartment developments (Wyckham Point, Wyckham Place, Southmede) built in the mid to late 2000’s along Wyckham Way with heights ranging up to 8 storeys.
The existing development site generally slopes down from the southern boundary towards the north- eastern corner. Existing ground levels along the southern boundary rise from +84m OD in the western corner to +89m OD in the eastern corner. The north-eastern corner of the site is +79m OD. The centre of the site is approx. +87m OD, while the north-western corner is approx. +81m OD.
The site is zoned ‘Objective A’ (To protect and/or improve residential amenity) in the DLRCC County Development Plan 2016-22. The zoning map also identifies the lands for the general protection of boundary trees.
Figure 3-2 Extract from Map 10 of Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 with site outlined
3.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant rooms, boundary treatments and landscaping.
Childcare Facility The proposed creche and is located at the western section of Block A and is provided over two floors – the ground floor and the lower ground floor of Block A. The creches main access is provided at the ground floor and an internal stair within the creche provides access to the lower ground floor level.
The creche’s outdoor children’s play area is located west of Block A within a dedication play area. The access from the creche to this outdoor area is provided from the lower ground floor. The children’s play area has been carefully designed to be clearly divided and screened from the public park to ensure the children’s safety. The creche at 670 sq.m can readily accommodate the expected childcare demand of the proposed development (which based on the 2011 Childcare Guidelines would be c.167).
Communal Facilities In addition to the creche, several residential supports and amenities are proposed as part of this development including: Residential amenities area (1,155 sq.m); Creche (620 sq.m space for c. 267 children); Grab n go (18.3 sq.m); Café (142.9 sq.m); Co-working space (877.1sq.m); Games room (243.1 sqm); Music room (22.8sq.m); Cinema/ function room (132 sq.m); Meeting room (83.3 sq.m); Dog grooming (46.1 sq.m); Private Dining (134.6 sq.m); Gym (477.70 sq.m); Residents lounge (51.8 sq.m); Shared stores (317.4 sq.m); and Breakout spaces (1103.2 sq.m)
Site Development Works Figure 3-3 Site Location and context
No structures are proposed to be demolished as part of the proposed development works. 3.3 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT The proposed development site currently has one existing access route onto the site from Wyckham Demolition Avenue to the north-west. This serves the existing Carmelite Order buildings on the site. The proposed scheme will integrate the site into the surrounding footpath networks providing convenient pedestrians This planning application does not propose to demolish any structures, the site does not have any routes including linking the site with Ballawley Park in the future (subject to DLRCC approval) and the buildings. An existing overflow car park associated with the Carmelite Centre will be removed. surrounding area.
Residential All associated site development works, drainage and infrastructural works, servicing (including substations, bin stores), landscaping, open spaces, and boundary treatment works. The development will consist of the construction of a Build to Rent (BTR) residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks as follows: • 279 no. 1-beds • 318 no. 2-beds • 31 no. 3-beds
These units are provided in seven blocks: Block A, Block B, Block C, Block D, Block E, Block F and Block G ranging in height from 3 to 9 storeys. All apartments will be provided with associated private balconies/terraces facing north/ south/ east/ west. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue. Additional pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions
3.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Building G is located at the south-west of the site and is L shaped. The building steps down to the south east and south west as it approaches the sites boundaries.
Figure 3-4 Site Layout Plan Source: Scott Tallon Walker Architects
Layout and Design
The proposed development is set out in seven residential blocks located along two primary axes within the site. The materials and finishes of the proposed blocks will be designed to a high architectural Figure 3-5 Internal View of the Scheme Source: Digital Dimensions standard. The materials and finishes have also been considered with regard to the surrounding existing pattern of development and material pallet in the locality. The buildings have been located to sensitively reflect the existing neighbouring properties, including historic buildings within the vicinity. The building footprints have been consolidated, to ensure that the Block A is located close to the vehicular arrival route from Wyckham Avenue and contains the creche / built site coverage is minimised. The building footprints enable the provision of open space between the coworking space. This block is a gently curved block and is 7 storeys including a setback penthouse and buildings providing for large permeable gaps between the buildings within this predominantly car free a level below the ground floor. development. These generous gaps between the buildings enables visibility throughout the development, while also ensure that the impact in terms of scale and visual impact is minimised. This
provides positive views both from within the scheme and when viewed from outside the boundaries of Block B comprises of the arrival square and is the focus for the shared facilities in the scheme including the development site. the games room, Cinema/Function Room, Café, co-working spaces etc. Block B is 9 storeys in height and the building terraces down to five stories to the north of the site towards St. Tiernan’s school. Block B has two semi-basement car parking and support facilities below it. Access and Parking
This site is a highly accessible site, which, as set out in the, Chapter 11 of this EIAR ‘Traffic and Block C is an L shaped building and is located to the east of the site. It is 7 storeys including a setback Transportation’, can accommodate a reduced level of car parking in favour of increased levels of cycle penthouse and one floor below ground. Block C tiers down to three stories to the north and to the east parking and pedestrian mobility. The landscaping plan, along with the various residential amenities have as it approaches the site boundary. been located to ensure ease of pedestrian movement through the site following desire lines and enabling clear legibility within the site. Block D is located at the south of the site in a rectangular form and is 5 stories including a set back penthouse. Block E is located opposite the arrival square and is L shaped. It is 8 stories including a set The proposed development includes a total of 278 no. car parking spaces. Car parking spaces for the back penthouse. Block F is located south of Block E and is 6 stories including a set back penthouse floor. residential units is provided at a rate of 0.4 no. spaces per unit. These are provided within the basement level of Block B. The proposal also includes a total of 1,354 no. cycle parking spaces. There are 1,038 no.
3.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane spaces for the residents, a ratio of 1.7 no. cycle spaces per unit. These are provided in communal storage Car Parking Arrangements lockers. A further 316 no. cycle parking spaces are provided on surface level for the retail units, creche Parking of construction workers vehicles will be limited to within the site extents. To minimise and visitors. congestion, a traffic management plan will need to be developed by the Contractor to ensure that construction workers access the site using alternative means of transport (i.e. public transport) to 3.4 CONSTRUCTION STAGE negate/minimise any impacts on the local network.
This section of the EIAR summarises the construction of the proposed development. The Preliminary Working Hours & Staff Construction Management Plan submitted separately in the planning application, and the Construction The proposed hours of work on site will typically be 07:00 hrs to 19:00 hrs Monday to Friday and 08:00 Waste Management Plan should also be consulted. hrs to 14:00 on Saturdays unless otherwise specified by planning conditions. Certain tasks may need to be undertaken outside of these hours. All outside of hours work will first be agreed in writing with the Hoarding, Site Set-up and Formation of Site Access/Egress Local Authority. The site area will be enclosed with hoarding, details of which will be agreed with Dún Laoghaire Rathdown County Council. This will involve erecting hoarding around the proposed site perimeter in line Lighting with the finished development extents. Hoarding panels will be maintained and kept clean for the It is proposed to provide lighting within the communal areas and along all public pathways within the duration of the works. development. Appropriate lighting will be provided as necessary at construction compounds. All lighting will be installed so as to minimise light spillage from the site. The available site footprint will enable the Contractor to set up the site compound within the site boundary. The exact location of the construction compound is to be confirmed in advance of Delivery and Storage commencement of the works (and agreed with Dun Laoghaire Rathdown Dublin County Council). The The Contractor will ensure that the delivery of materials is coordinated to minimise impacts to adjacent site compound will be used as the primary location for the storage of materials, plant and equipment, properties. The Contractor will ensure that all materials are adequately stored and secured in their site site offices and worker welfare facilities compound. The Contractor will ensure the roads adjacent to the site are kept clean and free of debris.
The Contractor will be responsible for the security of the site. The Contractor will be required to: Traffic Management Procedures / Generation • Install adequate site hoarding to the site boundary; The contractor will prepare a site-specific Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) prior to the • Maintain site security at all times; construction works commencing. The contractor will be responsible for the implementation of all • Separate public pedestrian access from construction vehicular traffic. agreements between the developer and County Council with the objective that the transportation needs As with the other construction activities that are being carried out within the Dun Laoghaire Rathdown for the proposed development will have a minimal impact on the road network and local communities. County Council local authority area, activities associated with the construction compounds will be subject Adequate signage as per Chapter 8 of the Traffic Signs Manual shall be installed on approach to the to restrictions to the nature and timing of operations so that they do not cause undue disturbance to proposed site entrance location advising of the presence of a ‘site access ahead’ and ‘construction traffic neighbouring areas and communities. ahead’. The above signage shall be removed following completion of the construction phase.
Site Clearance and Demolition Disposal of water, wastewater and sewage The subject site comprises in the main a large field formerly part of the adjoining Carmelite Centre All site facilities during construction will be located entirely within the site. The construction compound institution. It contains no existing buildings to be demolished. However, an existing overflow car park will include adequate welfare facilities such as washrooms, drying rooms, canteen and first aid areas, as previously connected with the Centre will be removed, whilst the existing access road will be upgraded. well as foul drainage and potable water supply. These facilities will be connected to the local authority
sewage system with local authority approval. Throughout the works, all surface water (water from A Draft Construction Management Plan has been prepared which will guide the site clearance enabling excavations etc.) will be directed to on site settlement ponds where measures will be implemented to works. capture and treat sediment laden runoff prior to discharge of surface water at a controlled rate. Visual
checks of the pumping and settlement system will be carried out on a routine basis. The Tree Assessment undertaken has highlighted high quality trees on site which are to be maintained.
These trees will be appropriately protected during the construction works. Air Quality There is the potential for a number of emissions to the atmosphere during the construction stage of the project. In particular, activities may generate quantities of dust. Construction vehicles, generators etc.,
3.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane will also give rise to some exhaust emissions. Vehicular movements to and from the site will make use of the traffic generated. There is also the potential for cumulative, secondary and indirect impacts (for existing roads. instance traffic) but are unlikely to be significant and have been addressed in the EIAR.
A dust minimization plan will be formulated for the construction phase of the project, as construction 3.6 CHANGES, SECONDARY DEVELOPMENTS, CUMULATIVE IMPACTS activities are likely to generate dust emissions. The potential for dust to be emitted depends on the type of activity being carried out in conjunction with environmental factors including levels of rainfall, wind The potential for the specific proposed development as described to grow is considered to be limited speeds and wind direction. The potential for impact from dust depends on the distance to potentially within the residential area. The potential for the apartments to expand or increase in scale is limited to sensitive locations and whether the wind can carry the dust to these locations. The majority of any dust the confines of the permission sought and new planning permission will be required for further produced will be deposited close to the potential source and any impacts from dust deposition will extensions to the blocks. typically be within several hundred metres of the construction area. The potential for alternative uses within the blocks would be subject to further planning permissions.
In order to ensure that no dust nuisance occurs, a series of measures will be implemented. Hard surface roads shall be swept to remove mud and aggregate materials from their surface. Furthermore, any road Committed Developments within the wider area that has the potential to give rise to fugitive dust must be regularly watered, as appropriate, during dry and/or windy conditions. Vehicles delivering material with dust potential both on and off the site shall There are three application sites that have been approved by An Bord Pleanála in the vicinity consisting be enclosed or covered with tarpaulin at all times to ensure no potential for dust emissions. of:
All vehicles exiting the site shall make use of a wheel wash facility, if required, prior to entering onto ‘The Walled Garden’ Residential Development (Ref.: ABP 304590-19) public roads, to ensure mud and other wastes are not tracked onto public roads. Public roads outside the site shall be regularly inspected for cleanliness and cleaned as necessary. Material handling systems and ‘The Walled Garden’ Development is granted planning permission on the 16th September 2019. The site stockpiling of materials shall be designed and laid out to minimise exposure to wind. Water misting development will consist of the construction of a residential development of 5 storeys in height over 4 or sprays shall be used as required if particularly dusty activities are necessary during dry or windy no. blocks on a site of c. 1.0894 ha. Overall, the proposed residential scheme shall provide for 116 periods. residential apartments. The development is recently granted planning permission. Nonetheless, when the development is complete and fully occupied it may generate an impact upon the local road networks existing traffic characteristics, this has been assessed as part of the Traffic and Transport Chapter 11. At all times, the procedures put in place will be strictly monitored and assessed. In the event of dust nuisance occurring outside the site boundary, satisfactory procedures will be implemented to rectify the Building 5, Dundrum Town Centre, Sandyford Road, Dundrum, Dublin 16 (Ref.: ABP 305261-19) problem. Building 5, Dundrum Town Centre was granted planning permission on the 12th of December 2019. The The dust minimisation plan shall be reviewed at regular intervals during the construction phase to ensure development will consist of the construction of a seven to nine storey apartment building with 107 the effectiveness of the procedures in place and to maintain the goal of minimisation of dust through the number units (comprising one number studio apartment, 50 number one-bed apartment units and 56 use of best practice and procedures. number two-bed apartment units) and ancillary accommodation totalling 9792 square metres gross floor area over an existing podium structure (2.2 to 2.5 metres above pavement level) completed as part of Further information on the dust minimisation plan is included in Chapter 9. the overall Town Centre development (Planning Register Reference: D00A/0112, as amended). The development has not commenced yet however when the development is complete and fully occupied it may generate an impact upon the local road networks existing traffic characteristics.
3.5 OPERATIONAL STAGE Rockbrook, Carmanhall Road, Sandyford Business District, Sandyford (Ref.: ABP 304405-19) It is anticipated that the primary direct significant environmental effects will arise during the construction th stage. Once the development is completed, and mitigation measures employed, it is expected to operate Rockbrook was granted planning permission on the 27 of August 2019. The development will consist of without creating any significant additional environmental impacts. The range of anticipated activities, 428 number apartments comprising two blocks arranged around two courtyards ranging in height from materials/natural resources used, effects/emissions are not expected to result in a significant impact on five to fourteen storeys comprising 32 number studio apartments; 122 number one-bedroom the constituent environmental factors. The primary likely and significant environmental impacts of the apartments; 251 number two-bedroom apartments and 23 number three-bedroom apartments. The operation of the proposed development are fully addressed in the EIAR document; and relate to development will also include a crèche (486 square metres) with ancillary outdoor play areas; four retail Population and Human Health, Landscape and Visual Impact and Noise and Air impacts associated with units. The development is within the 1km buffer zone of the proposed development’s site and has not
3.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane commenced yet however when the development is complete and fully occupied it may generate an impact upon the local road networks existing traffic characteristics.
Future Development Any future planning applications relating to the development will be assessed separately and are outside the scope of this EIAR.
3.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
4 POPULATION AND HUMAN HEALTH 2.86% of the total Dublin population. Assuming this proportion remained the same in 2019, the local 4.1 INTRODUCTION area’s population in 2019 was likely c. 39,914. These estimations indicate that the state, county and local area populations are continuing to increase. This chapter, prepared by McGill Planning Ltd., addresses the impacts of the proposed residential scheme at ‘Marmalade Lane’, Gort Muire, Dundrum, Dublin 16 on population and human health.
4.2 METHODOLOGY
To establish the existing receiving environment/baseline for the subject site, the methodology included site visits to evaluate the location and likely significant potential impact upon the human sources in the area. Desk base study included an analysis of the Central Statistics Office Census (CSO) data, the ESRI Quarterly Economic Commentary, and national, regional and local planning policy, school and creche enrolment figures.
Different local catchment areas were established for analysing population data, creche demand and capacity, and school demand and capacity. These areas were chosen to gather the most relevant data for each factor. A general local catchment area of 1km from the subject site forms the basis of most areas of analysis.
4.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT
Population For the purpose of this population analysis a local catchment area was selected to include the Electoral Divisions (EDs) within 1km of the subject site. This area is shown in figure 1 and will be referred to as the Local Area. The EDs were chosen as a basis of analysis as, unlike the Small Area boundaries, the ED Figure 4-1 Electoral Divisions within 1km of Subject Site boundaries have remained unchanged and therefore can be used to compare population changes over time. Electoral Divisions 2011 Population 2016 Population Ballinteer-Meadowbroads 1,530 1,639 The subject site is located within the Sandyford-Dundrum ED. There are a further 9 EDs located within Ballinteer-Meadowmount 1,802 1,848 1km of the subject site – Ballinteer-Broadford, Ballinteer-Ludford, Ballinteer-Meadowbroads, Ballinteer- Ballinteer-Ludford 2,032 2,028 Meadowmount, Ballinteer-Woodpark, Dundrum-Balally, Dundrum Kilmacud, Dundrum Sweetmount and Stillorgan Kilmacud. This brings the total study area to ten electoral divisions, which will be referred to Ballinteer-Broadford 2,657 2,537 throughout this section as the Local Area. Ballinteer-Woodpark 5,292 5,405 Dundrum-Sweetmount 2,089 2,165 Combined these ten EDs had a population of 38,592 in the 2016, an increase of 5.94% on the 2011 Dundrum-Kilmacud 3,196 3,274 population. This is a greater population increase compared to the national, Leinster and Dublin average. Stillorgan-Kilmacud 3,828 3,973 The census data shows that the population of Ireland increased by 3.8% from 2011 and 2016 to a total Dundrum-Balally 7,049 8,035 population of 4,761,865. Leinster and Dublin both experienced a higher population growth than the Dundrum-Sandyford 6,952 7,688 national average (5.2% and 5.8% respectively). Total 36,427 38,592 These statistics are somewhat outdated, and a new census is due to take place in 2021. The CSO provided Table 4-1 Census Population Data for Electoral Divisions in chosen catchment area. Data Source: CSO an estimation of the population in April 2019. This indicated that the country’s total population was likely c. 4,921,500 and that the Dublin population was c. 1,395,600. The 2016 population for the local area was
4.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Area 2011 2016 % Change 2011-2016 Ireland 4,588,252 4,761,865 3.8% Change in Population by Age Group 2011-2016 Leinster 2,504,814 2,634,403 5.2% 800 Dublin 1,273,069 1,347,359 5.8% Local Area 36,427 38,592 5.9% 600 Table 4-2 2011 and 2016 Census Data for Ireland, Dublin and the Local Area. Data Source: CSO 400 Area Estimated 2019 Pop % Change 2016-2019 200 Ireland 4,921,500 3.5% Dublin 1,395,600 3.6% 0 Local Area 39,914 3.4% *Calculated by finding 2.86% of Dublin’s estimated population (1,395,600*0.0286) -200 Table 4-3 Estimated 2019 Population. Source: CSO
Age Profile -400
-600 The Local Area has a strong representation (61.4%) of working age people (20-64) living in the area. This is slightly above the national average of 59.1% people aged 20-64. -800
The Local Area’s age profile has not changed significantly in the period 2011-2016 and remains a slightly 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 unstable population pyramid. This is indicated by the generally larger and small proportion of all various 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85+ age groups. Generally, the population pyramids for 2011 and 2016 are characterised by a high proportion Figure 4-3 Raw Change in population by Age Group of 30 – 40 year olds and 0-4 year olds.
There has been an increase in all age groups from 70-74 and above. This is indicative of an aging % Change in Population by Age Group 2011-2016 population, which is a trend that is seen nationwide and is likely to continue into the future. There has been a notable decrease in the 25-29 age group and a slight decrease in those aged 20-24. These 2.0% decreases are likely due to out-migration as people move away for higher education, jobs etc. 1.5%
There has also been a slight increase in the number of children aged 0-4, which shows an increase in the 1.0% number of new young families in the area. 0.5%
0.0%
-0.5%
-1.0%
-1.5%
-2.0%
-2.5%
0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85+
Figure 4-4 % Change in Population from 2011-2016 by Age Group. Data Source: CSO
Figure 4-2 Local Area 2011 and 2016 Population Pyramids. Data Source: CSO 4.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Employment There is also a set of c.350 m at the corner of Ballinteer Road and Mayfield terrace which is a 5 minute walk away from the subject site containing a supermarket, a pharmacy, a barber and a food take away The CSO’s Quarterly Labour Force Survey provides information in relation to national employment levels, service. unemployment levels and current labour force participation rates. Data for Q4 of 2019 shows an annual increase in employment of 3.5% compared to Q4 of 2018, while unemployment decreased by 14.2% over Furthermore, Nutgrove Retail Park is located 28-minute walk (8 minute cycle) from the subject site which the same period. is designated as a district centre to cater for a population of between 10,000-40,000.
ILO Economic Status Ireland Q4 2017 Q4 2018 Q4 2019 Annual Change The proposed development will also provide 161.2 sqm amount of retail facilities to help serve future All Persons 2017-2019 % residents of the scheme. In Labour Force 2,374,800 2,410,100 2,471,700 96,900 4.1 In Employment 2,230,800 2,281,300 2,361,200 130,400 5.8 Unemployed 144,000 128,800 110,600 -33,400 -23.2 Not in Labour Force 1,443,400 1,467,000 1,471,000 27,600 1.9 Total Persons aged 15 or over 3,818,200 3,877,200 3,942,800 124,600 3.3 Unemployment Rate % 6.1 5.4 4.5
Employment increased in 13 of the 14 economic sectors. The largest rate of increase was recorded in Information and Communication sector, which saw an increase of 10.7%.
Within the local catchment area, 48% of the population aged 15 and over are in work. Commerce and Trade is the most common industry in the area, followed closely by Professional Services.
Retail and Community Facilities
A desktop survey of the retail and community services within a 1km buffer of the site was carried out. Particular attention was given to facilities and services within a 10 minute walk of the subject site, as this is the distance people will walk before turning to other modes of transport. The key areas retail areas are identified as blue in figure 4.5 and are numbered 1-8. Tables 4-4 provides a list of these areas and the approximate walking time from the subject site.
The Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council Development Plan’s Retail Hierarchy identifies Major Town Centres, District Centres, Established Neighbourhood Centres, New Neighbourhood Centre and Key Development Areas. Dundrum Town Centre (no. 4 in figure no. 4-4 below) is identified as a Major Town Centre which is defined as being a: Full range of all types of retail services from newsagents to specialist shops and boutiques, department stores, foodstores of all types and a high level of mixed uses including the arts and culture to create a vibrant living place. Centres should be well connected and served by high Figure 4-5 Retail Clusters within 1km of the subject site quality public transport and should be serving population catchments in excess of 60,000 people. Dundrum Town Centre is located 800 m from the subject site. The retail services located at Ballinteer Avenue which is located 1km from the subject site are categorised as Established Neighbourhood Centres. Map Number Location Walk Time from Site 1 Ballinteer Road – Mayfield Terrace <10 minutes Dundrum Town Centre provides the most services and facilities within 1km of the subject site. A range 2 Ballinteer Avenue 9 minutes of food shops, a supermarket, pharmacies, electrical stores, hairdressers, a doctor’s surgeries, theatres 3 Ballinteer Avenue 11 minutes and cinemas, a full range of restaurants and cafes. 4 Dundrum Town Centre 10 minutes 5 Dundrum shopping centre 15 minutes
4.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
6 Blackthorn Drive c.1km away 7 Rockfield Central 11 minutes 8 Nutgrove Retail Park <30 minutes Table 4-4 Retail Clusters accessible to the subject site.
There are four substantial parks within a 10-15-minute walk of the subject site. Marlay Park and Fitzsimons wood are slightly further away but would provide further open space for the residents in the area.
Figure 4-7 Doctors within 1km of the subject site
Figure 4-6 Open Space within 1km of the subject site
There are six doctors’ surgeries located within 5km of the subject site. One of these is located in Dundrum Shopping centre which is less than c.10-minute walk. Two are located near the Balally Luas stop which is also a c. 10-minute walk away. The other four doctors within 1 km of the subject site are located separately and are not within a cluster mapped in figure 4-5.
4.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Childcare Facility Within 1km Radius Location Childcare 1. Dundrum Montessori School and Afterschool Holy Cross National School, Dundrum, Dublin 2. Handprints Montessori Preschool Queen of Angels National School, Wedgewood, Sandyford, Co. Dublin 3. Clever Clogs 128 Balally Dr, Dundrum, Sandyford, Dublin, D16 P025 4. Care-Well Day Nursey and Montessori School 25 Wesley Heights, Sandyford, Dublin 16, D16 V250 5. Once Upon a Time- Dundrum/Wyckham point 1 Wyckham Way, Dundrum, Sandyford, Dublin, D16 AY20 6. Ballinteer Pre-school – Dundrum Methodist Ballinteer Rd, Ballinteer, Dublin Church 7. Absorbent Minds (25 The Avenue, Woodpark) 25 The Avenue, Woodpark, Dublin, D16 X239 8. Absorbent Minds (1 Ballintyre Walk, Ballintyre) (1 Ballintyre Walk, Ballintyre) 9. Broadford Montessori Pre School Scouts Den, Broadford, Dublin 10. Naionra Dhun Droma Ballinteer St John’s GAA Club, Grange Road, Dundrum, Co. Dublin 11. Naionra Naithi Scoil Naithi, Broadford Road, Ballinteer, Dublin 12. Hillview Community Resource Centre 34 Hillview Grove, Dundrum, Dublin 13. Little Willow Academy 21 Willow Rd, Dundrum, Dublin 14. Little Minnows Crèche – 1 Gate Lodge, Ballinteer, Dublin 16, D16 Ballinteer C2V0 15. Narnia Nursery School Hazelwood Lodge, Kilmacud Rd Upper, Kilmacud West, Dublin 14 Table 4-5 Childcare Facilities within 1km of the subject site
Figure 4-8 Childcare Facilities within 1km of the subject site
As a result of the Covid-19 pandemic all childcare facilities are closed at the time of writing. It is therefore not possible to contact the local childcare facilities and estimate the current capacity in the area. Desktop research was carried out analysing information provided by Pobal and Dun Laoghaire Rathdown However, as this is a well-established residential area, it is expected that many of the existing childcare County Childcare Committee. A catchment area comprising of a 1km buffer from the subject site was facilities are at or near capacity. chosen as the basis for analysing the childcare provision in the area. A creche is proposed measuring C.620 sqm and is appropriately sized to provide for the childcare Pobal has employed Census 2016 data to map childcare facilities within Ireland, enabling a more demands of the future population of the scheme. Based on the 2001 Childcare Guidelines a 628 unit objective analysis of childcare provision and the targeting of areas where facilities may be needed in the scheme could generate a creche demand of 167 spaces. This can be readily accommodated in the large future. This data was used to locate the existing facilities in the chosen childcare catchment area, which creche proposed. found that there are 12 no. childcare facilities operating within 1km of the subject. These facilities are shown in Figure 5. A total of 16 no. childcare facilities are located within the Local Area population catchment area.
An analysis of the local area’s population indicates that c. 7% of the local population is aged 0-4.
4.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Electoral Divisions 2016 Population Pop Aged 0-4 % of Total Pop Aged 0-4 Ballinteer- 1,639 86 5.2% Meadowbroads Ballinteer- 1,848 106 5.7% Meadowmount Ballinteer-Ludford 2,028 118 5.8% Ballinteer-Broadford 2,537 148 5.8% Ballinteer-Woodpark 5,405 418 7.7% Dundrum-Sweetmount 2,165 116 5.3% Dundrum-Kilmacud 3,274 221 6.7% Stillorgan-Kilmacud 3,973 230 5.7% Dundrum-Balally 8,035 560 6.9% Dundrum-Sandyford 7,688 540 7% Total 38,592 2543 6.5% Table 4-6 Electoral Divisions Population Aged 0-4. Source: CSO
Schools
Desktop research of the schools in the area was carried out using the available information from The Department of Education and Google Maps.
A 1km Catchment Area was chosen as the basis for examining the schools in the area. Within this catchment, there are seven primary schools and two post-primary schools. There are a further four primary schools and three post-primary schools located within the Electoral Division Catchment Area.
The Department of Education provides enrolment information for all primary and post primary schools in the country. The 2019/2020 enrolment figures for the schools in the area are shown in the tables Figure 4-9 Primary and Post Primary schools within 1km of the subject site below. Primary Schools Gender 2019/2020 Enrolment Gaelscoil Na Fuinseoige Mixed 140 Primary Schools Gender 2019/2020 Enrolment Scoil Naithi Mixed 237 St. Tiernans Community School Mixed 345 Na Maighdine Muire Girl Girl 297 Holy Cross National School Mixed 301 Our Lady’s Boys National School Boys 283 Taney National School Mixed 434 Post-Primary Schools Gender 2019/2020 Enrolment St Olaf’s National School Mixed 509 St Benildus College Boys 807 Queen of Angels Primary Schools Mixed 314 Mount Anville Secondary School Girls 698 St Attractas Junior National School Mixed 343 Balinteer Community School Mixed 407 St Attractas Senior National School Mixed 356 Table 4-8 Schools within the Local Area of the subject site Post-Primary Schools Gender 2019/2020 Enrolment Wesley College Mixed 928 In addition to the schools mentioned above, planning permission has also been granted for a new two- Ashfield College Mixed 250 storey primary school building (ABP-303041-18) also on the site of St. Tiernan’s Community School, Table 4-7 Schools within 1km of the subject site directly adjacent the proposed development. The approved school with a gross floor area of c. 3,219 sqm will comprise of 16 classrooms and ancillary teacher and pupil facilities. This will significantly improve
4.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane the supply of primary school places in the immediate vicinity of the application site and it is understood noise and littering. Other impacts may include increased traffic due to hauling of building materials to that the eventual capacity of St. Tiernan’s overall will increase to 1,000 students. and from the proposed development site, which are likely to affect adjacent population. The construction impacts are dealt with in the relevant chapters of this EIAR document. Where possible potential risks will be avoided from design. 4.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT Operational Phase The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. The operational stage of the development is unlikely to cause any adverse impacts on the existing and apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, future residents of the locality in terms of human health. The design of the development has been and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham formulated to provide for a safe environment for the future residents and visitors alike. The paths, Avenue. Provision of additional pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and roadways and public realm have been designed in accordance with the best practice and applicable services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, guidelines. All open areas have been designed to be inviting, safe and conveniently located. boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. Impacts on Air Quality and Climate 4.5 IMPACT ASSESSMENT Construction Phase The construction associated with the development will cause disturbances to the site and the locality to Impacts on Businesses and Residences a certain extent. The likely impacts from the disturbance includes dust emissions from moving heavy Construction Phase machinery and construction traffic. If not properly mitigated this has the potential to impact the The construction of the proposed development is likely to have a positive effect on the local employment surrounding population and human health. and economic activity. The development in the short term (5 years maximum) will provide for construction related employment during the different phases of development. In the long term the Due to the extent of works on the site the increase in exhaust emissions will be a short-term effect and project will provide additional spend in the local shops, restaurants etc and offers good quality residential will not have any significant detrimental impacts to the air quality. The potential of an increase in exhaust units for existing and future residents of the city. emissions and dust release into the atmosphere will be managed through a Construction Management Plan. Waste generated during and after the construction phase will be dealt with in a Waste Management Businesses directly involved in the construction phase of the development would generate value and Plan. Any impacts to the existing population and health will be adequately addressed and mitigated. secure direct employment which in turn will contribute to the overall GDP of the economy and tax revenues. Operational Phase During the operational phase of the development it is susceptible that there will be a slight reduction in Operational Phase air quality with the growth of population on site and associated increase in the vehicular traffic. Emissions The proposed development will provide 628 no. residential units and considering the national average from living conditions such as heating, and kitchen may also contribute to the small increase in localised household size of 2.7 people this development will likely generate at most a population of c.1696 when emissions. fully occupied. The completion and operation of the development will also see a growth in the landscaped areas within Considering the number of people in employment in the local area (48%), it can be expected that c.814 the site. Plants, trees and other landscaping elements will see to the absorption of Carbon Dioxide from of the population generated will be working, This increase in the local employment population will the atmosphere and releasing oxygen back. These effects are discussed in detail in Chapter 9 - Air Quality contribute positively to local businesses and amenities, while also improving the vibrancy and vitality of and Climate. Any effects due to the development during the operational phase is not anticipated to be the area and the community. of significant impact to the existing or expected population of the locality.
The proposed retails unit will bring new employment and economic activity to the area and will support Impacts on Childcare the existing and future residential populations. The proposed retail units have been carefully considered Construction Phase to complement the existing retail and facilities in the area. During the construction phase, the childcare facilities within close vicinity of the subject site will be temporarily impacted by construction noise, traffic and dust. Although negative, this impact will be Impacts on Human Health minor, mitigated and will only continue for the construction period. Construction Phase The construction phase of the proposed development may give rise to short term (less than 5 years) impacts to the locality such as, construction traffic and surface contaminants, dust, exhaust emissions,
4.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Operational Phase nesters. As such, the development is unlikely to generate the same demand for school places from the The analysis of the 2016 population data for the local area shows that c. 6.5% of the population is aged outset as would be the case with more traditional suburban housing estates which are dominated by 0-4. The proposed development will provide 628 no. residential units and is likely to result in a 0-4 aged large family housing. Furthermore, the development will not generate the level of demand instantly. population of c. 110 no. children. Initially the demand will be for childcare which will be provided as part of the development. Over the course of approximately 10 years primary school demand will increase and then secondary school Local Catchment Area % of Total Population Development’s Projected demand incrementally. Population Population Given the range and location of primary and post primary schools in the area, including St. Tiernan’s 2543 6.5% 110 Aged 0-4 primary school campus directly adjacent the site, and which will have significant increased capacity Table 4-9 Projected population of development aged 0-4 shortly with the completion of the new school, it is expected that the incremental increase in demand for school places generated by the proposed development over the short to medium term can be Impacts on Schools accommodated.
Construction Phase In addition, the enrolment levels in schools will change over time and national enrolment projections During the construction phase of development there will be minimal impact on the surrounding schools. estimate decreasing enrolment numbers first at primary school and 5 years later at post primary school. The school will be temporarily negatively impacted by construction noise and dust. However, any These national projections are carried out by the Department of Education and Skills. negative impact will be of short duration and will be mitigated appropriately. The Department of Education published Projections of Full-Time Enrolment Primary and Second Level Operational Phase 2018-2036 in July 2018 which outlined 4 possible scenarios for the future enrolment in schools. The 2016 census indicates the share of population in the Primary School (4-11) and Post Primary School Enrolment projections show that primary school enrolment numbers reached their peak in 2018 and that (12-18) years. This percentage share was just to estimate the number of primary and post-primary school a continuous decline in enrolment until 2036 is expected. The projected enrolment for post-primary children the proposed development would generate. schools is not expected to peak until 2024 or 2025, which is then expected to be followed by a continuous decline until 2036. An analysis of the 2016 Census information shows that the total population for identified Local Catchment Area (consisting of five Electoral Divisions) was 38,592 people, of which 3,443 were of primary school age and 2,641 were of post-primary school age. This equates to approximately 9% of the population as primary school age and approximately 7% as post-primary school age.
Local Area Catchment Number of People % Total 2016 Population Primary School Age (4-11) 3443 9% Post Primary School Age (12-18) 2641 7% Total 2016 Population 38, 592 100% Table 4-10 Breakdown of 2016 Local Population
The national household size, according to the 2016 census, is 2.7 people. The proposed residential development contains 628 no. units and will have an expected population of c. 1,696 when mature. Using the percentages explained above, the estimated maximum primary school going population that would be generated by the development is c. 153 and c. 119 students for post-primary.
Projected Population for Development when Mature Primary School Age (4-11) 153 Figure 4-10 Projected Primary School Enrolment. Source: Dept. of Education and Skills Post Primary School Age (12-18) 119 Table 4-11 Projected School Aged Population of Development
It is noted that this is an apartment development of primarily 1 and 2 bedroom apartments and will have a varied mix of family/household types including single residents, couples, small families and empty
4.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Operational Phase The proposed development has been designed to avoid negative impacts on population and human health through the provision of various physical and social infrastructure as part of the development as are outlined in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. No addition mitigations measures are considered necessary.
4.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS
Construction Phase Any adverse likely and significant environmental impacts will be avoided by the implementation of the remedial and mitigation measures proposed throughout this EIAR. Positive impacts are likely to arise due to an increase in employment and economic activity associated with the construction of the proposed development. The overall predicted likely and significant impact of the construction phase will be short- term, temporary and neutral.
Figure 4-11 Projected Post-Primary Enrolment. Source: Dept. of Education and Skills Operational Phase Following these projections, it can then be assumed that the increase in primary school aged children The proposed development will contribute to further growth and expansion of the neighbourhood caused by the development is likely to be lower than expected and will level out in the near future and contributing to the existing and future populations. The predicted impacts of the Operational Phase are will not continue to increase into the future. considered to be long term and positive to population and human health.
4.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 4.9 CONCLUSIONS
Overall, the cumulative impacts of the proposed development on the population and human health are Do Nothing Scenario envisaged to be positive. The significant new population will contribute to the economic viability of the A ‘do nothing’ scenario will result in the subject site remaining undeveloped and the existing buildings area, increasing in spending and a range of new services and facilities and new open spaces will add to falling into dereliction. the viability and vibrancy of the area. The existing services and facilities will tap into the expanding population and invest more. Schools, Buses, shops etc. will benefit from the increase in population. Worst Case Scenario The worst-case scenario for the development will be a situation where the development is only partially completed. 4.7 MITIGATION MEASURES 4.10 MONITORING AND REINSTATEMENT Construction Phase The monitoring measures required for the aspects of water, air quality and climate, noise, landscape and A Preliminary Construction and Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared by the DBFL visual impact, etc provides an appropriate response in this instance. There are no reinstatement works and will be implemented during the construction phase to reduce the detrimental effects of the proposed for the proposed site. construction phase on the environment and local population. The CEMP will be formally agreed in writing with the planning authority in writing prior to the commencement of the development (the preliminary CEMP is included with this application for reference). Other items to be mitigated during the construction 4.11 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION phase are discussed further under various environmental topics discussed in the chapters following. As outlined above, there were two minor limitations in compiling the population data. These measures are put forward to avoid any significant negative environmental impacts on the • The census data that informed this chapter’s analysis dates from 2016, which could be considered population and human health. out of date.
4.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• At the time of writing, all childcare facilities are closed due to the Covid-19 pandemic. It is therefore not possible to estimate the current capacity of the childcare facilities in the area. However, a creche is proposed as part of the development. Despite these limitations to the data collection, every effort was made to ensure that the data collected and analysed was as accurate as possible.
4.12 REFERENCES
Central Statistics Office, 2020, Labour Force Survey Quarter 4 2019. Available at: https://www.cso.ie/en/releasesandpublications/er/lfs/labourforcesurveylfsquarter42019/
Central Statistics Office, 2020, Annual Population Estimates. Available at: https://statbank.cso.ie/px/pxeirestat/statire/SelectVarVal/Define.asp?Maintable=PEA01&PLanguage=0
Central Statistics Office, 2016, Census 2016 Small Area Population Statistics. Available at: http://census.cso.ie/sapmap/
Department of Education and Skills, 2020, School Enrolment Statistics for Primary Schools. Available at: https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Statistics/Data-on-Individual-Schools/primary/
Department of Education and Skills, 2020, School Enrolment Statistics for Post-Primary Schools. Available at: https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Statistics/Data-on-Individual-Schools/post-primary/
Department of Education and Skills, 2020, 28 February 2020 Current status of large-scale projects being delivered under the school building programme. Available at: https://www.education.ie/en/Schools- Colleges/Services/Building-Works/Major-Projects/current-status-of-large-scale-projects.pdf
Department of Education and Skills, 2017, Projections of Full Time Enrolment Primary and Second Level 2017-2035. Available online at: https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Statistics/projections/Projections-full-time-enrolment- Primary-and-Second-Level-2017-2035.pdf
Pobal, 2020, Childcare Services Map. Available at: https://maps.pobal.ie/WebApps/ChildcareFacilities/index.html
4.10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
5 BIODIVERSITY danger of extinction or vulnerable to changes in habitat and which need protection (Annex I species). 5.1 INTRODUCTION Appendix I indicates Annex I bird species as listed on the Birds Directive. A “Special Protection Area” or SPA, is a designation under The Birds Directive. This chapter provides an assessment of the impacts of the proposed development on the ecological environment, i.e. flora and fauna. It has been compiled in compliance with EIA Directive (2011/92/EU) as Special Areas of Conservation and Special Protection Areas form a pan-European network of protected amended by Directive 2014/52/EU, the Planning and Development Act 2000 as amended, and the sites known as Natura 2000 sites and any plan or project that has the potential to impact upon a Natura European Commission’s guidance on the preparation of the EIA Report, and follows the Draft Guidelines 2000 site requires appropriate assessment. on the Information to be Contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports (EPA, 2017). The development site is comprised of improved grassland of relatively low local ecological value. Wildlife Acts (1976 - 2012) The primary domestic legislation providing for the protection of wildlife in general, and the control of 5.2 METHODOLOGY some activities adversely impacting upon wildlife is the Wildlife Act of 1976. The aims of the wildlife act according to the National Parks and Wildlife Service are “... to provide for the protection and This chapter of the EIAR concentrates on ecological features within the development area of particular conservation of wild fauna and flora, to conserve a representative sample of important ecosystems, to significance, primarily designated habitats and species. This includes habitats/species listed in Annex I, provide for the development and protection of game resources and to regulate their exploitation, and II and IV of the EU Habitats Directive, rare plants listed in the Flora Protection Order and other semi- to provide the services necessary to accomplish such aims.” All bird species are protected under the natural habitats of conservation value. Wildlife Act 1976. The Wildlife (Amendment) Act of 2000 amended the original Wildlife Act 1976 to improve the effectiveness of the Wildlife Act 1976 to achieve its aims. The obligation to undertake appropriate assessment derives from Article 6(3) and 6(4) of the Habitats Directive. The first test is to establish whether, in relation to a particular plan or project, appropriate Both the Habitats Directive and the Birds Directive have been transposed into Irish law by one set of assessment is required. This is termed AA screening. Its purpose is to determine, on the basis of a regulations (i.e. The European Communities (Birds and Natural Habitats) Regulations 2011 to 2015 as preliminary assessment and objective criteria, whether a plan or project, alone and in combination with amended). other plans or projects, could have significant effects on a Natura 2000 site in view of the site’s conservation objectives. Habitat Survey The habitat survey was carried out in three stages, firstly through desktop research to determine existing The Appropriate Assessment process was commenced by Moore Group for the proposed development records in relation to habitats and species present in the study area as defined by the area of the and a Report for AA Screening prepared, which is presented as Appendix 5.1 to this chapter. proposed development, site boundaries and surrounding buffer zones up to 150 m away. This included research on the National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) metadata website, the National Biodiversity Policy & Guidance Data Centre (NBDC) database and a literature review of published information on flora and fauna EU Habitats Directive occurring in the proposed development area. The “Habitats Directive” (Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the Conservation of Natural Habitats and of Wild Flora and Fauna) is the main legislative instrument for the protection and conservation of Other environmental information for the area was reviewed, e.g. in relation to soils, geology, biodiversity within the European Union and lists certain habitats and species that must be protected hydrogeology and hydrology. Interactions in terms of the Chapters on these topics presented in this EIAR within wildlife conservation areas, considered to be important at a European as well as at a national were important in the determination of source vector pathways and links with potentially hydrologically level. A “Special Conservation Area” or SAC is a designation under the Habitats Directive. The Habitats connected areas outside the proposed development site. Directive sets out the protocol for the protection and management of SACs. The second phase of the survey involved site visits to establish the existing environment in the footprint The Directive sets out key elements of the system of protection including the requirement for of the proposed development area. Areas which were highlighted during desktop assessment were “Appropriate Assessment” of plans and projects. investigated in closer detail according to the Heritage Council Best Practice Guidance for Habitat Survey and Mapping (Smith et al., 2011). Habitats in the proposed development area were classified according EU Birds Directive to the Heritage Council publication “A Guide to Habitats in Ireland” (Fossitt, 2000). This publication sets out a standard scheme for identifying, describing and classifying wildlife habitats in Ireland. This form of The “Birds Directive” (Council Directive 79/409/EEC and Council Directive 2009/147/EC on the classification uses codes to classify different habitats based on the plant species present. Species Conservation of Wild Birds) provides for a network of sites in all member states to protect birds at their recorded in this report are given in both their Latin and English names. Latin names for plant species breeding, feeding, roosting and wintering areas. This Birds Directive identifies species that are rare, in follow the nomenclature of “An Irish Flora” (Parnell & Curtis, 2012).
5.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• Managing Natura 2000 Sites (EC, 2018) Guidance document on Article 6(4) of the Habitats Habitats were surveyed on the 30th September 2019, 9th and 10th March 2020 and 1st and 19th June 2020 Directive 92/43/EEC (EC, 2018); by conducting study area walkover covering the main ecological areas identified in the desktop • Appropriate Assessment of Plans and Projects in Ireland - Guidance for Planning Authorities assessment. Surveys were completed initially by the author Ger O’Donohoe of Moore Group and John (DEHLG, Rev. Feb. 2010); and Curtin of Éire Ecology during summer months. The summer survey dates are within the optimal survey • Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the UK and Ireland (CIEEM, 2019). periods for botanical species. A photographic record was made of features of interest. The following resources assisted in the production of this chapter of the report: Bat Surveys were undertaken by Altemar and the results of the surveys are presented as Appendix 5.2 • Ordnance Survey Ireland maps; to this chapter. The specific methodologies are presented in the report and not repeated here. The • OSI, Google and Bing Aerial photography (1995 – 2020); report presents the results site visits by Bryan Deegan (MCIEEM) on the 27th August 2019 (bat emergent • NPWS Mapviewer: http://www.npws.ie/en/MapsData/; survey) during which all hedgerows were inspected for signs of bat use or presence. In addition, a second • Designated sites (SACs, SPAs, NHAs); survey was carried out on the 22nd of November 2019 following receipt of the Arboricultural Assessment • Records of protected species from 10km squares; and Report (11/11/2019). No buildings are present on site. A bat emergent/detector survey was carried out • National Biodiversity Data Centre Records and Maps. on the 27th August 2019. At dusk, a bat detector survey was carried out onsite using a Batbox Duet heterodyne/frequency division detector to determine bat activity. Bats were identified by their Other environmental information for the area was reviewed, e.g. in relation to soils, geology, ultrasonic calls coupled with behavioural and flight observations. Tree roosting potential was assessed hydrogeology and hydrology. Interactions in terms of the chapters on these topics presented in this EIA during the second survey carried out on the 22nd November 2019. Report were important in the determination of source vector pathways and links with potentially hydrologically connected areas outside the proposed development site. In addition, two follow on assessments were carried out in 2020. The first was a repeat bat detector and emergent survey on the proposed development site which was carried out on the 30th July 2020 and Site Evaluation and Impact Determination the second was a bat assessment of Ballawley Park, including an assessment of bat activity in the lands The TII Guidelines for Assessment of Ecological Impacts of National Road Schemes (NRA, 2009) outlines of Ballawley Park that border the proposed development site. The Ballawley Park survey was carried out the methodology for evaluating ecological impacts of the project in the present report. According to the on the 9th August 2020. Bats were identified by their ultrasonic calls coupled with behavioural and flight TII Guidelines, the Ecological Study should address: observations. • Designated conservation areas and sites proposed for designation within the zone(s) of influence of any of the route options, th A Badger Survey was complete by Brian Keeley B.Sc. (Hons) Zool on 24 March 2020. The methodology • All the main inland surface waters (e.g. rivers, streams, canals, lakes and reservoirs) that are is presented in the attached report which is presented as Appendix 5.3 to this chapter. An additional intersected by any of the route corridor options, including their fisheries value and any relevant survey was undertaken on 19th August 2020, concentrating on the sites reported as having a potential designations, badger sett. • Aquifers and dependent systems and turloughs and their subterranean water systems, • Any known or potentially important sites for rare or protected flora or fauna that occur along or Birds were surveyed using standard transect methodology and signs were recorded where encountered within the zone(s) of influence of any of the route options, during the field walkover surveys. Surveys were completed for the late Winter and mid-Summer seasons • Any other sites of ecological value, that are not designated, along or in close proximity to any of by Éire Ecology and the report is presented as Appendix 5.4 to this chapter. Specific methodology is the route corridor options, included in the report and not repeated here. • Any other relevant conservation designations or programmes (e.g. catchment management schemes, habitat restoration or creation projects, community conservation projects, etc.), Following desktop assessment an evaluation of the development area and determination of the • Any other features of particular ecological or conservation significance along any of the route potential impacts on the flora and fauna of the area is based on the following guidelines and options. publications: • EPA Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports Further guidance is provided in the Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the UK and Ireland 2017; (CIEEM, 2019). • European Commission Guidance on the Preparation of the EIA Report (2017) as well as the European Commission Guidance on Integrating Climate Change and Biodiversity into Environmental Impact Assessment (2013); 5.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT • Assessment of plans and projects significantly affecting Natura 2000 sites (EC, 2002); • Managing Natura 2000 Sites (EC, 2000) Guidance document on Article 6(4) of the Habitats Designated Conservation Areas Directive 92/43/EEC (EC, 2000); Department of Environment, Heritage and Local Government (2009) Guidance on Appropriate Assessment recommends an assessment of European sites within a zone of impact of 15 km. This distance is a guidance only
5.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane and the zone of impact has been identified taking consideration of the nature and location of the proposed Project A review of Ordnance Survey Ireland (OSI) Geographical Information System (GIS) data for rivers and to ensure all European sites with connectivity to it are considered in terms of a catchment-based assessment. streams indicates that there are no watercourses located in the immediate environs of the proposed The zone of impact may be determined by connectivity to the proposed Project in terms of: Project. There is no connectivity to the nearest watercourse, Balally Stream, which has been channelised beneath the intersection of Wyckham Way and Ballinteer Road, approximately 70 m to the west of the • Nature, scale, timing and duration of works and possible impacts, nature and size of excavations, storage western extent of the proposed Project boundary. of materials, flat/sloping sites;
• Distance and nature of pathways (dilution and dispersion; intervening ‘buffer’ lands, roads etc.); and • Sensitivity and location of ecological features. It has been noted that the proposed Project is located within the suburban environment of Dublin City and that it is to be connected to the public sewers for the treatment of waste water and disposal of The guidance provides that, at the screening stage, it is necessary to identify the sites and compile information on surface water. their qualifying interests and conservation objectives. In preparation for this, the potential for source pathway receptor connectivity is firstly identified and detailed information is then provided on sites with connectivity. European sites that are located within 15 km of the Project are listed in Table 1 below. Spatial boundary data on Habitat Descriptions the Natura 2000 network was extracted from the NPWS website (www.npws.ie) on the 8th of October 2019 and reviewed on the 7th July 2020. The proposed development boundary and habitats contained within are presented in the Habitat Map in Figure 5-1 below. The subject site is located on improved grassland (GA1), with small pockets of Site Code Site name Distance (km)1 woodland (WD1), patches of scrub (WS1) and scattered trees. Additional artificial habitats found on site include the buildings and surfaces associated with the Gort Muire complex (BL3). These are not outlined 000199 Baldoyle Bay SAC 14.75 on the Habitat Map but are obvious from recent aerial photography. An artificial pond associated with 000202 Howth Head SAC 13.57 the gardens of Gort Muire is noted but located outside the redline boundary of the site. A list of habitats 000206 North Dublin Bay SAC 9.20 recorded and their corresponding Fossitt codes is presented in Table 5-2.
000210 South Dublin Bay SAC 4.30
000713 Ballyman Glen SAC 9.24 Habitat Habitat Category Habitat Type 000714 Bray Head SAC 13.53 000725 Knocksink Wood SAC 7.67 (G) Grassland (GS) Semi-natural grassland (GA1) Improved grassland 001209 Glenasmole Valley SAC 8.65 (W) Woodland (WD) Modified woodland (WD1) Broadleaved woodland
002122 Wicklow Mountains SAC 5.43 (WS) Scrub/transitional woodland (WS1) Scrub 003000 Rockabill to Dalkey Island SAC 9.78
004006 North Bull Island SPA 9.20 Table 2 Habitat types present according to Fossitt (2000). 004016 Baldoyle Bay SPA 14.75 004024 South Dublin Bay and River Tolka Estuary SPA 4.15 004040 Wicklow Mountains SPA 5.62 004172 Dalkey Islands SPA 9.46 Table 1 European Sites located within 15km or the potential zone of impact2 of the Project.
The proposed Project is to take place within the suburban environment of Dublin City. The nearest European sites are those associated with South Dublin Bay, Including South Dublin Bay SAC (Site Code 000210) and South Dublin Bay and River Tolka Estuary SPA (Site Code 004040), which are located over 4 km to the north east. On the north side of Dublin Bay are North Dublin Bay SAC (Site Code 000206) and North Bull Island SPA (Site Code 004006) which are located over 9 km from the proposed Project. There is no potential for meaningful connectivity to any other European Sites.
1 Distances indicated are the closest geographical distance between the proposed Project and the European site boundary, as made 2 All European sites potentially connected irrespective of the nature or scale of the proposed Project. available by the NPWS. Connectivity along hydrological pathways may be significantly greater.
5.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
fruticosus agg.), Cleavers (Galium aparine) and occasional Wood rush (Luzula campestris). Horse chestnut are located toward the western end of the site.
There has been some clearance and management of the woodland areas recently and bare ground has colonised with Rapeseed, Willowherb and Thistles.
Scrub (WS1) Scrub on site is dominated by bramble and nettle particularly in the woody area along the norther boundary of the site. There are occasional scrubby trees of Hawthorn and Elder. Tutsan (Hypericum androsaemum) is frequent along with Dogwood (Cornus sanguinea), Bindweed (Calystegia sepium ssp. sepium), Cow parsley (Anthriscus sylvestris), Bush vetch (Vicia sepium) and more toward the western corner Hedgerow Crane's-bill (Geranium pyrenaicium) was occasional.
Invasive Species A site assessment/survey was carried out on the 24th July 2019 by Knotweed Control Ireland searching directly for evidence of Japanese knotweed and other high impact invasive plants at Gort Muire. The report is presented as Appendix 5.5 to this chapter. This included a walkover survey of the entire site and around part of the outside perimeter. No Japanese Knotweed plant species were recorded within the property boundary.
There is a Japanese Knotweed eradication program currently being carried out on the adjacent walled garden site to the north. This involves herbicide treatments to several areas of Japanese Knotweed on- site which first started in 2017. The site is due for development and at present there are tenders out for
Figure 5-1 Habitat map based on recent aerial photography the total removal of all Knotweed on-site to be removed off-site under license (S.I. 477, 2011) to a landfill facility. The Knotweed is growing around the far northern boundary which does not adjoin the subject site. Therefore, there is no risk of Knotweed spreading across the boundary and infesting the entrance Improved grassland (GS1) to Gort Muire. The entire open field area has been managed and mown possibly for sileage over the years and presents a reduced sward of mixed grasses . Perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne) dominates the grassy component Winter heliotrope (Petasites fragrans) was recorded by Moore Group during habitat surveys. It is an of this habitat along with Cocksfoot (Dactylis glomerata) and to a lesser extent, Yorkshire fog (Holcus invasive species (not listed on the Third Schedule) but nefarious in that it spreads from rhizome lanatus) with False oat-grass (Arrhenatherum elatius) and Red Fescue (Festuca rubra) found towards the disturbance and can cover large patches outcompeting natural vegetation. The areas within scrub in margins of the field. Typical characteristic species for this habitat found on site include; Meadow which it was recorded are indicated on the habitat map in Figure 1. buttercup (Ranunculus acris), Nettle (Urtica dioica), Broad-leaved Dock (Rumex obtusifolius), Common sorrel (Rumex acetosa), Red clover (Trifolium pratense), Ribwort plantain (Plantago lanceolata), Creeping There is a small patch of Russian-vine (Fallopia baldschuanica) creeping in from a rear garden on the thistle (Cirsium arvense) and Spear thistle (C. vulgare). The grassland margins are rank and succeeding southwestern perimeter. It is not considered invasive but is a Garden escape occasionally naturalised on to scrub in places with occasional Nettle (Urtica diocia) and Bramble scrub patches. Hogweed waste ground and on fences. (Heracleum sphondylium) is frequent along with Rapeseed (Brassica napus) and Ragwort (Senecio jacobaea). The boundary of the site in the south-eastern corner with Ballawley Park was surveyed during bird surveys in June 2020. To the site side of the boundary palisade fence the habitat consists of grassy verge Mixed broadleaved woodland (WL1) rather than hedgerow with nettle and hogweed dominating alongside grasses such as false oat-grass and This habitat occurs at the norther extent of the site and is associated with the boundary at the entrance cocksfoot. On the park side it comprises bramble scrub with several trees overhanging the fence. Tree to the site at the visitors car park in that area. Tree species includes Ash (Fraxinus excelsior), Sycamore species include Sycamore and Sessile oak. (Acer pseudoplatanus), Wych elm (Ulmus glabra), Hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna) interspersed with Elder (Sambucus nigra), Blackthorn (Prunus spinosa) and Apple (Malus spp.) along with Willow (Salix caprea) and Dog Rose (Rosa canina). The ground layer is dominated by Ivy (Hedera helix), Bramble (Rubus
5.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Summary There are no Annexed habitats on or adjacent to the proposed development site. There were no rare or There are no badger setts within the site. One burrow with potential for badger use is almost certainly protected species recorded on the site. There are no rare or protected habitats recorded within the used by a fox and may not be in use by foxes at present based on the field signs. No entrance showed study area. the shape of a typical badger sett entrance. No badger tracks, badger hairs, dung or paw prints were noted within the immediate vicinity of this burrow. Fox scats were noted close to the burrow but may There are no rivers or streams that cross the proposed development site, as indicated in Ordnance Survey also have been from a fox commuting through the site from another area. Ireland (OSI) Geographical Information System (GIS) data made available by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). There are no hydrological pathways to nearby rivers or streams evident. Outside of the proposed development footprint, there is one or more badger setts. The entrances to what may potentially be two or more separate setts are behind a line of leylandii to the west of Gort The habitats under the footprint of the proposed development are of relatively low local ecological value Muire and south of the entrance to the site. Here, there was one entrance with a large spoil heap, one with the mature trees being of low to moderate value. entrance with a small spoil heap and four entrances without appreciable soil accumulations. One entrance was in a flat area west of the tree roots while all other entrances were in the embankment on Fauna which the trees grow.
Otters None of these setts suggest the presence of a main sett based on the amount of the spoil, the absence There are no suitable habitats for otters on or near the site. The artificial pond on the round of Gort of any bedding around the entrance and the absence of a latrine. It is probable that the larger sett Muire discharges via closed culverts to the Marlay Park Stream which lead through various culvers and entrance is in use or was used recently based on the disturbed soil. Tracks from the sett were in evidence attenuation ponds to the River Dodder. The pond has very limited accessibility to otters and no signs but no latrine or dung pits were noted. were recorded during fieldwork. There is evidence within the main field of the site of badger commuting based on occasional paw prints Bats and within the same area, there is evidence of fox activity. While there have been no sightings of badgers The review of existing bat records (sourced from Bat Conservation Ireland’s National Bat Records by staff, there are signs of foraging that are recent and the sett excavation has increased in recent times Database) within a 2km of the study area reveals that four of the nine known Irish species have been according to the staff member. Tracks leading from the site indicate mammal movement that may observed locally. A common pipistrelle bat (Pipistrellus pipistrellus sensu lato) was noted 150m to the include fox and badger. west in 2004 and a Soprano Pipistrelle (Pipistrellus pygmaeus) was noted in 2001, 200m to the west (NBDC records). Based on NBDC/NPWS records, bats have not been seen on site. Birds During the March surveys vantage point Surveys were conducted from the eastern end of the Site for No buildings or structures of roosting potential were present on site. In relation to bat roosting potential, three hours up to dusk on the 9th and from 1 hour prior to sunrise for three hours on the 10th. These the site comprised of one large field surrounded by mature hedgerows and treelines. The hedgerows surveys revealed some activity from gulls (Herring, Great black-backed and Black-headed) over the site were of poor roosting potential due to the small size of the trees. However, some larger trees on site and the surrounding lands. However, towards dusk of the 9th all gulls vacated the area and flew east over have potential for bat roosts. A small number of mature trees onsite have potential for bat use. These the VP Off site. Similarly on the 10th upon arrival no gulls were noted on the site until approximately 10 are confined to the southwestern corner of the site. minutes after sunrise at which point gulls arrived flying over the Site flying west. It is the opinion that most gulls roost at sites adjacent to the coast and fly inland during daylight hours. A woodland and pond Two bats (soprano pipistrelle and a Leisler’s bat were noted foraging on site along the field boundaries found adjacent to the site towards the west contained Mallard and Moorhen. both in 2019 and in 2020. No bats were detected emerging from any of the onsite trees. In relation to the bat assessment of Ballawley Park in 2020 bat foraging activity was noted across the site and including Results of June's surveys showed no species of note was found breeding within the subject site. Species the section that borders the proposed development to the west of the Park. Of note is a potential bat found breeding and probably breeding were all common species and passerines. The area of highest roosting site of a single Leisler’s Bat in an oak in the western portion of the Park. Leisler’s were observed interest can be found by the pond to the west of Marmalade lane within the boundary of Gort Muire in flight across the Park and above several of the trees. Soprano pipistrelles were also observed in the where breeding Moorhen and Mallard were observed. A tree creeper (Certhia familians) was also found Park, but to a lesser extent, but of note a single Soprano pipistrelle was noted foraging in the small area in this section. Again gull species were noted overflying and occasionally perched within the site, of the park that borders the development. however, no breeding evidence was recorded.
Badgers No rare or endangered species of bird was recorded breeding within the subject site. On each of the June The assessment was undertaken in response to a request from Lioncor following an examination of the surveys, the surveyor paid particular attention to any signs of Swifts, particularly at dawn so as to locate site by the Moore Group ecologist undertaking the ecological assessment of the site and concern that nest sites. No observations of Swifts were noted. there was evidence of a badger sett within the area proposed for development.
5.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
5.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT Stream or River Dodder downstream. It has also been noted that the proposed Project is to be connected to the existing municipal sewer network for both wastewater and surface water. The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a There is tentative connectivity via the municipal sewers to Dublin Bay. However, adverse effects on the creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection Dublin Bay European sites are highly unlikely given: via Wyckham Avenue. Provision of additional pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site • The nature of the proposed Project, a residential development that is to be located within the development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant suburban environment of Dublin City; areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the • The distance between the proposed Project and the nearest European sites, over 4 km; proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. • The proposed development is to be connected to existing Irish Water sewers for both surface water and foul water. 5.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS Having considered the above, significant effects on any European sites as a result of the proposed Project Construction Phase can be ruled out and potential significant effects on European sites have been excluded at a preliminary screening stage. Habitats There will be a loss of improved grassland which is considered imperceptible and neutral in the context Bats of proposed green areas within the Project design. The proposed development will involve the construction of dwellings on site with additional light spill in
the area which may reduce the foraging potential of the site. The Woodland areas within the site boundary are relatively small and are considered of low value at a local level. The minor loss is considered imperceptible and neutral. Badgers The boundary of the site in the south-eastern corner with Ballawley Park habitat consists of grassy verge • Interruption to foraging rather than hedgerow. There are patches of scrub and scattered trees. The minor loss is considered Badger foraging will be reduced by the increased density of buildings and loss of greenspace and imperceptible and neutral. vegetation. There will be some increased potential for availing of domestic scraps and pet food. This may lead to reduced foraging success and reduced reproductive success. This is a long term to permanent The bramble scrub areas are considered of low value at a local level. The minor loss is considered moderate negative impact. imperceptible and neutral. • Disturbance from increased human activity and occupancy Bats There will be increased levels of activity and an increased possibility of unintentional and intentional No buildings are noted on site. No bats emerging onsite trees were observed. The hedgerows on site disturbance / persecution through human and dog activity. This is a long-term to permanent moderate have few features that would act as potential roosting areas. However, the boundary features on site negative impact. would form foraging corridors for bat species. The larger forest area to the west of the site (to be retained) and three trees on site have the potential for bat roosting. However, no roosts were not Birds observed. It is the surveyor's opinion that gulls and wintering waders may use the site on occasion to perch and feed, however, roosting sites are likely to be found closer to the coast. It is unlikely the proposed Badgers development will have a significant negative effect on the local bird population given the lack of breeding There will be no direct impact on badgers. evidence from within the site and the abundance of similar parkland and green areas surrounding the site.
Birds All birds are protected under the Wildlife Acts. Potential impacts on nesting birds can be avoided by 5.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS timing the cutting of vegetation as required by the Wildlife Acts. A review of mapping made available through the planning section of the Dún Laoghaire Rathdown County Council website indicates that, within the last three years, there have been 19 developments granted Operational Phase planning permission in the vicinity of the proposed Project, details in Table 4. Habitats It has been noted that there are no rivers or streams in the vicinity of the proposed Project. There will be no discharges to the artificial pond in the garden of Gort Muire and so no connectivity to the Marlay
5.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Planning Ref. Description of development Comments Planning Ref. Description of development Comments D17B/0564 Permission is sought for retention of the front There are no predicted in-combination effects given the D17A/0510 Permission for the widening of the existing front There are no predicted in-combination effects given the porch extension, and the construction of a two nature and scale of the proposed development and the vehicular access gate and the creation of a new nature and scale of the proposed development and the storey extension to the rear, amendment to side distance to any European sites. pedestrian access doorway to the rear wall of the distance to any European sites. elevation fenestration, with the addition of property and all associated site works. rooflights on the main and porch roof to the fore, Planning permission for a new 26 sqm ground floor There are no predicted in-combination effects given the with associated site works. D17A/1040 extension to the side (North East), a new 5 sqm nature and scale of the proposed development and the D19A/0180 Permission for a single storey bedroom extension, Planner’s Report - An internal AA screening assessment first floor pitched roof extension providing a distance to any European sites. plus alterations to the existing games room and was carried out by the Planning Department, which `granny flat` to the rear (North West), provision of conservatory to provide a family flat at the rear of concludes that 'having regard to the scale, location and a new window with obscure glazing to existing the main house. nature of the works associated with the development ground floor WC to the rear (North West) and proposal, there will be no adverse impact on any Natura demolition of an existing 8 sqm ground floor 2000 site as a result Of the proposed development'. conservatory to the side (North East) together with associated internal works. D19A/0042 Permission for an extension for 2 years of the grant There are no predicted in-combination effects given the of planning permission Ref. No. D16A/0614, final nature and scale of the proposed development and the D19A/0191 Permission for a first floor extension to rear, new There are no predicted in-combination effects given the grant order No. P/0163/17 dated 26 Jan-2017 for distance to any European sites. dormer to side with roof light, new dormer to rear, nature and scale of the proposed development and the the Retention of pigeon loft located in rear garden new roof light to front, alterations to fenestration distance to any European sites. of 7 Clonard Lawns. The pigeon loft has a flat roof at side of dwelling, removal of existing chimney and is of timber construction with a floor area of breast, widening of existing vehicular entrance to 8.0 sqm and is 2.3m high. The structure is in situ 3.5m and all associated site works. adjacent to the south-western rear garden D18A/0775 Permission for Retention of alterations made to Planner’s Report - a screening of the site has also been boundary wall. planning permission Reg. Ref. D16A/0667 carried out by the Planning Department which D18A/0628 Permission for the demolition of all existing Planner’s Report - Appropriate Assessment was (currently under construction) made on foot of concludes that 'having regard to the scale, location and buildings on site and demolition of front curved referenced in Item 9 of the 'Assessment' of the first requirements of Irish Water. The alterations nature of the works associated with the development entranceway walls facing Sandyford Road; Planning Report. Having regard to the nature and scale include the removal of a single storey element proposal, there will be no adverse impact on any Natura construction of 5 no. part single-storey / part of the development which consists of 5 no. houses on a reducing the dwellings footprint and distance from 2000 site as a result of the proposed development'. three-storey, two-bedroom, split-level residential brownfield Site in a serviced location, there is no real watermain. units; provision of 1 no. on-curtilage car parking likelihood of significant effects on the environment space in car port / garage for each dwelling and 3 arising from the proposed development. The need for D18A/0088 Permission to widen our existing front driveway There are no predicted in-combination effects given the nature and scale of the proposed development and the no. additional parking spaces on the southern environmental impact assessment can be excluded. entrance with associated site works. boundary; provision of private open space distance to any European sites. including rear garden (30.9 sqm) internal courtyard D19A/0008 Permission for construction of single storey There are no predicted in-combination effects given the (14.9 sqm) and terrace (14.9 sqm) at front of each extension to the rear and conversion of attic space nature and scale of the proposed development and the proposed unit at second-floor level; and insertion of dormer window to the rear of distance to any European sites. reconfiguration of vehicular entrance; provision of existing detached house, alterations to internal bin storage; landscaping and boundary treatments layout and to elevations, 3 no. Velux windows, and all ancillary works necessary to facilitate the external wall insulation and all associated site development. development works, including increasing the D17B/0103 Permission is sought for a new single storey There are no predicted in-combination effects given the driveway entrance from 2.55m to 3.50m. extension to the side of the existing detached nature and scale of the proposed development and the D19B/0043 Permission for demolition of existing garage to the There are no predicted in-combination effects given the dwelling with external finishes to match existing, distance to any European sites. side, construction of a new two storey extension to nature and scale of the proposed development and the retention of the conversion to the existing attic side and front, single storey extension to side and distance to any European sites. area with a double ventilated rooflight in the rear. New velux roof windows to side and front. existing front tiles roof and associated site works. Revisions to existing windows to rear at ground floor level, new bathroom window to side at first D19A/0115 Permission for: 1. Demolition of existing single There are no predicted in-combination effects given the storey garage to western side of existing dwelling nature and scale of the proposed development and the floor level along with ancillary site works. house. 2. Consequent alterations to existing distance to any European sites. D18B/0382 Permission is sought for a new porch, garage There are no predicted in-combination effects given the dwelling house including façade alterations. 3. conversion, first floor extension over garage, nature and scale of the proposed development and the Construction of 1 no. new infill detached two internal alterations and all ancillary works. distance to any European sites. storey dwelling house to the western side of the existing dwelling house. 4. Provision of 1 no. new D18A/1022 Permission for development at post-primary Planner’s Report - No detail has been submitted as part vehicular access/egress point and alterations to school, to consist of development at existing all- of the planning application with respect to Appropriate arrangements to create 2 no. driveways with 2 no. weather hockey playing surface of area 1600 sqm, Assessment screening. Notwithstanding, having regard car parking spaces each. 5. All ancillary site to consist of substitution of existing sand base to to the minor nature and scale of the proposed development works, boundary treatment works existing playing surface by proposed new water development and the distance to the closest Natura and services. base, with new water storage tank and pump 2000 site (South Dublin Bay cSAC and South Dublin Bay housing, new well with below-ground surface and Booterstown Marsh SPA) approx. 4,9km to the water pipework, 6 no. water spray guns north east) it can be concluded that there is no terminating at ground level and all associated likelihood of the proposed development having any
5.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Planning Ref. Description of development Comments works below and above ground. Ludford House is a significant impact on any Natura 2000 site either by To provide cover and foraging opportunities, it is proposed that the southwestern area of the site is Protected Structure on the grounds of the College. itself or in combination with other plans or projects. planted with species such as hawthorn and blackthorn, dog rose and bramble. The proposed development is outside the curtilage of Ludford House. Badger friendly planting has been incorporated into the Landscape Plan as per the recommendations of D18A/0686 Permission for the Change of Use of the existing There are no predicted in-combination effects given the multi-purpose church building to include part-time nature and scale of the proposed development and the the Badger Specialist. day care early years services along with other uses distance to any European sites. related to the multi-purpose place of worship. Operational Phase D18A/0360 Permission for 1 vehicular access to front garden, There are no predicted in-combination effects given the Habitats 100mm external insulation to front and side nature and scale of the proposed development and the elevations of existing dwelling, 2 no. roof lights to distance to any European sites. The Project site will be landscaped with regard to Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Council policies on existing roof 1 front and 1 to rear, 52.9 sqm sitting promoting biodiversity and pollinator friendly planting. room and kitchen/dining area at rear. Demolition of 26.7 sqm of garden shed in back garden. Bats D17B/0049 Planning permission for; conversion of garage to There are no predicted in-combination effects given the form bedroom with en-suite. nature and scale of the proposed development and the Light spill from the dwellings should if possible, follow the Bat Conservation Ireland “Bats & Lighting distance to any European sites. Guidance. Notes for: Planners, engineers, architects and developers”. D18B/0259 Permission for an extension to an existing two There are no predicted in-combination effects given the storey semi-detached dwelling house. The nature and scale of the proposed development and the development will consist of a.) Conversion of attic distance to any European sites. Badgers space into guest bedroom with openable windows, All dogs shall be on a leash within the grounds to avoid unintentional badger persecution. access stairs, en-suite and storage area b.) Extension to first floor area to accommodate increased bedroom and wardrobe space c.) Birds Extension to ground floor area to accommodate new family room to rear of dwelling and increased Potential impacts on nesting birds can be avoided by timing the cutting of vegetation as required by the dining room area, including all associated site Wildlife Acts. works and services. ABP-304590-19 Permission for a Strategic Housing Development at The Board completed an Appropriate Assessment “The Walled Garden”, Gort Mhuire, Dundrum, Screening exercise considering the Report for AA 5.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS Dublin 16 consisting of 116 residential units and all Screening submitted, the Inspector’s Reports and ancillary development. submissions on file and found concluded that, by itself Habitats or in combination with other development in the vicinity, the proposed development would not be likely The development is located in an area of low to moderate ecological value and as such predicted to have to have a significant effect on any European site in view a neutral imperceptible effect on biodiversity. Specific local mitigation measures include the avoidance of the conservation objectives of such sites and that a of cutting of vegetation during the bird nesting season with regard to the construction phase. Stage 2 AA is not, therefore required.
Table 2 .Planning applications granted permission in the vicinity of the proposed Project. With the employment of appropriate mitigation measures with regard to local biodiversity, the Proposed Development will have a neutral imperceptible and long-term effect on biodiversity. 5.7 MITIGATION MEASURES Bats Construction Phase There is no evidence of a current or past bat roost on site, therefore no significant negative impacts on Bats these animals are expected to result from the proposed redevelopment. However, foraging activity A pre-construction survey of trees to be felled should be carried out and a derogation licence acquired if within the area will be lost unless sufficient hedgerow planting is carried out. A pre-construction survey a bat roost is present. should be carried out on onsite trees with bat roosting potential, that are to be removed.
Badgers Badgers The fox earth within the site shall be assessed prior to its removal by a mammal specialist. Should badgers There will be reduced foraging for badgers given the loss of the field. In urban areas, this may be have occupied the site, this would require a procedure to exclude under guidance of a specialist ecologist compensated by benign feeding as well as opportunistic foraging on scraps and pet food. This and NPWS. The area whereat the new gate will be placed shall be examined prior to development to development is likely to create a permanent slight negative impact for badgers. ensure that the badger setts are safe from damage or disturbance.
5.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Birds NRA (2009) Guidelines for Assessment of Ecological Impacts of National Road Schemes. Dublin: National Potential impacts on nesting birds can be avoided by timing the cutting of vegetation as required by the Roads Authority. Available at: http://www.nra.ie/Environment/ Wildlife Acts. Parnell, J. and T. Curtis (2012) Webb’s An Irish Flora. Cork University Press. Smith, G.F., O’Donoghue, P., O’Hora, K. and E. Delaney (2011) Best Practice Guidance for Habitat Survey and Mapping. The Heritage Council. 5.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO https://www.batconservationireland.org/wp- If the proposed development were not to procced there would be no impacts on biodiversity. content/uploads/2013/09/BCIrelandGuidelines_Lighting.pdf
5.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO
A worst case scenario would occur whereby badgers, bats or birds would be killed, injured or displaced by the proposed development.
5.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT
There is no requirement for monitoring in regard to ecology or biodiversity.
As previously mentioned, the Project site will be landscaped with regard to Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Council policies on promoting biodiversity and pollinator friendly planting.
5.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION
None
5.13 REFERENCES
CIEEM (2019) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the UK and Ireland: Terrestrial, Freshwater, Coastal and Marine; September 2018; Version 1.1 - Updated September 2019. Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management. Department of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government (2010) Guidance on Appropriate Assessment of Plans and Projects in Ireland (as amended February 2010). EC (2000) Managing Natura 2000 sites: the provisions of Article 6 of the ‘Habitats’ Directive 92/43/EEC. EC (2018) Managing Natura 2000 sites: the provisions of Article 6 of the ‘Habitats’ Directive 92/43/EEC. EC (2001) Assessment of plans and projects significantly affecting Natura 2000 sites: Methodological guidance on the provisions of Article 6(3) and (4) of the Habitats Directive 92/43EEC. European Commission, Brussels. EC (2007) Guidance document on Article 6(4) of the 'Habitats Directive '92/43/EEC: Clarification of the concepts of: alternative solutions, imperative reasons of overriding public interests, compensatory measures, overall coherence and opinion of the Commission. European Commission, Brussels. EPA (2017) Draft Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports. EPA, May 2017. Fossitt, J. (2000) A Guide to Habitats in Ireland. The Heritage Council. Nairn, R. and J. Fossitt (2004) The Ecological Impacts of Roads, and an Approach to their Assessment for National Road Schemes. In: J. Davenport and J.L Davenport (eds) The Effects of Human Transport on Ecosystems: Cars and Planes, Boats and Trains, 98-114. Dublin. Royal Irish Academy.
5.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
6 LAND, SOIL & GEOLOGY The following sources of information were consulted to establish the baseline environment: 6.1 INTRODUCTION 1) The Geological Survey of Ireland (GSI) online well card and groundwater records for the area were inspected, with reference to hydrology and hydrogeology; This chapter of the EIAR was undertaken PUNCH Consulting Engineers to assess the impact of the 2) EPA water quality monitoring data in the area; proposed Marmalade Lane development on the surrounding soils, geology and groundwater 3) EPA Geoportal website; environment. 4) Geophysical Survey, Minerex Geophysics Limited, Gort Muire, Dundrum, Report Reference No. 6469, dated 8th October 2019. The potential impacts and mitigation measures the construction and post development activities may 5) Site Investigation, Site Investigations Limited, Wyckham Place, Dundrum, Dublin 16, Report have on soils, geology and groundwater are set out in the following sections. In summary, there are no Reference No. 5626, dated 23rd July 2019. likely significant impacts predicted on the soils, geology and groundwater environment associated with 6) Ground Investigation, Causeway Geotech, Gort Muire, Report Reference No. 19-1215, dated the proposed development of the site. 19th December 2019.
From the GSI /EPA website, the following information was obtained: 6.2 METHODOLOGY 1) Soil Map; The assessment of the potential impact of the activity on water and hydrology was carried out according 2) Bedrock Geology Maps; to the methodology specified in the following guidance documents: 3) Quaternary (Subsoils) Maps; 1) Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in 4) Well Card Database (Groundwater Wells); Environmental Impact Statements (2017); 5) Historical Geological 6 inch:1-mile maps; 6) Database of Site Investigations/Surveys; The principal attributes (and impacts) to be assessed include the following: 7) Waste sites, mine sites and industrial locations; 1) Geological heritage sites in the vicinity of the perimeter of the subject site; 8) Geological heritage locations; and 2) Landfills, industrial sites in the vicinity of the site and the potential risk of encountering 9) Water features. contaminated ground; 3) The quality, drainage characteristics and range of agricultural uses of soil around the subject site; 4) Quarries or mines in the vicinity, the potential implications (if any) for existing activities and extractable reserves; 5) The extent of topsoil and subsoil cover and the potential use of this material on site or requirement to remove it off-site as waste for disposal or recovery; 6) High yielding water supply springs/ wells in the vicinity of the subject site to within a 2 km radius and the potential for increased risk presented by the proposed development; 7) Classification (regionally important, locally important) and extent of aquifers underlying the study area perimeter and increased risks presented to them by construction and operation related activities associated with aspects such as for example removal of subsoil cover, removal of aquifer (in whole or part), drawdown in water levels, alteration in established flow regimes, change in groundwater quality; 8) Natural hydrogeological/ karst features in the area and potential for increased risk presented by the activities at the proposed development site; and 9) Groundwater-fed ecosystems and the increased risk presented by the construction and operational phases of the proposed development both spatially and temporally.
6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
6.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT 4. Glacial Till: a thin stratum of soft to firm sandy gravelly clay encountered across the site generally overlying weathered bedrock Soils 5. Weathered Bedrock: sandy silty gravel of granite of varying thickness encountered across the site There are 3 no. soil types noted at the proposed development site, as per Teagasc soil classification overlying competent bedrock. mapping accessible from Geological Survey Ireland Spatial Resources. These are: Deep well drained 6. Bedrock (Granite): Rockhead was encountered at depths ranging from 1.00m in RC07, RC08, RC10 mineral (Mainly basic); Mineral poorly drained (Mainly basic); and, Made Ground. Refer to Figure 6-1 to 3.90m in RC03. below. Geology The GSI quaternary maps for the region indicate that the soil type for the region is till derived from granites with some bedrock outcrop or subcrop. Refer to Figure 6-2 below.
Site Location Site Location
Figure 6-1 Teagasc soil classification mapping (www.gsi.ie)
Site Investigation works were carried out by Causeway Geotech in December 2019. The results of the Figure 6-2 Quaternary Sediments (www.gsi.ie) Site Investigation indicate an overburden of clay of 1.0m – 3.9m below ground level over weathered rock. A summary of the ground types encountered in the exploratory holes is listed below, in approximate stratigraphic order: The Geophysical Survey, Site Investigation and Ground Investigation carried out at the site indicate the 1. Topsoil: encountered across the site (except RC01 and SC04) with a thickness range of 200- natural soils are generally glacial till consisting of a thin stratum of soft to firm sandy gravelly clay 700mm. The areas of thicker topsoil extent are likely to be reworked areas. generally overlying weathered bedrock. The weathered bedrock is described as sandy silty gravel of 2. Made Ground (sub-base): RC01 and SC03 encountered 300-390mm of aggregate fill described as granite of varying thickness across the site. This was underlain with competent granite bedrock. sandy angular gravel or fine to coarse sand. 3. Made Ground (fill): reworked sandy gravelly clay and sandy silty gravel fill encountered in SC04 The national draft generalised bedrock map shows that the underlying bedrock for the site is ‘fine to to a depth of 0.90m. coarse-grained granite’, as shown in Figure 6-3. 6.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
The lands are not located in a GSI or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) source protection area.
Site Location
Figure 6-4 Table noting depth to rockhead from Causeway Geotech’s December 2019 Site Investigation report EPA data shows there are no watercourses within the Marmalade Lane site, however the River Slang is located just outside the western perimeter.
GSI data show that the Marmalade Lane site is within an area of moderate to extreme groundwater
vulnerability, as shown in Figure 6-5. This indicates that the area has an extreme likelihood of Figure 6-3 GSI Bedrock Map (www.gsi.ie) groundwater contamination and deters development that carries significant potential to contaminate to water within the area. In this instance the proposed development, which is wholly residential in nature, does not represent a significant potential to contaminate water within the area.
For details of surface water contamination mitigation measures during the construction and operation phases, please refer to Chapter 7 of this EIAR.
6.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
6.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS
There is potential for land and soils to interact with other environmental elements during the Construction and Operational Phases of the project. These interactions are listed below.
Traffic and Transportation Site Location Construction traffic will have an impact on the land and soils as well as on the traffic on the local road network. There is no anticipated cumulative effect as the construction stage is finite and the permanent design for the site will protect the existing soil and geological environment during operation.
Water and Hydrology Any environmentally damaging fluids will have an effect on the surrounding hydrological network. This is discussed further in the hydrology section. There is no anticipated cumulative effect as the construction stage is finite and the permanent design will protect the existing soil and geological environment during operation.
Waste Management There will be an interaction with waste management for the construction stage. Waste should be stored on site in a designated area and removed from site regularly. Contaminated materials are to be bunded prior to removal from site so as not to have damaging effects on the soils and geology underneath. During the operational stage, runoff from waste storage areas will be collected by gullies and discharged to the foul drainage system on site. This drainage shall not be allowed drain to ground or to the surface water network. Figure 6-5: National Vulnerability Map (www.gsi.ie) Noise and Vibration
The earthworks on site will require construction vehicles which have an impact on the land and soils as 6.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT well as on the noise on the local environment. There is no anticipated cumulative effect as the construction stage is finite. The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a Air Quality creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via The earthworks and construction work on site have potential to have an impact on the land and soils as Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services well as on the air quality on the local environment. There is no anticipated cumulative effect as the provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary construction stage is finite. treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. Flora and Fauna The earthworks and construction work on site have potential to have an impact on the land and soils as The proposed development in relation to soils and geology will comprise: well as on the flora and fauna within the local environment. There is no anticipated cumulative effect as • Removal of existing topsoil and subsoil the construction stage is finite. • Breaking out rock where required due to high rock levels • Reprofiling and importing fill to build levels on site • The construction of multi storey residential buildings, creche, and gym and associated foundations 6.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS • Construction of vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue and additional pedestrian/cyclist There are no anticipated cumulative impacts. accesses • Excavation for installation of services, pavements and landscaping on existing and imported fill
6.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
6.7 MITIGATION MEASURES Operational Phase At operational phase, impacts on land and soils from the development will be limited to risk of fuel or oil Construction Phase leaks from vehicles using the road network or the carparks. The risk posed by such instances will be mitigated with the surface water treatment measures outlined in detail in the Engineering Planning Stripping Topsoil Report and drainage drawings submitted as part of this planning application. Treatment of surface water Full topsoil removal will be required to implement the required works. Topsoil that can be reused for through SuDS measures (e.g. permeable paving) and petrol interceptors prior to discharge from the site landscaping works will be stockpiled on site. The remaining topsoil will be removed from site. will mitigate any potentially harmful impacts.
Excavation of Subsoil Layers Minor subsoil removal will be required where works require excavation to install foundations and 6.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS services and other works. The impact of this is expected to be minimal. Construction Phase
The predicted impact on land, soil and geology at construction phase is limited to the excavations Construction Traffic required to construct the foundations and install the proposed works. If mitigation elements are Construction traffic will be in operation during the proposed works. This will comprise construction implemented, then the risk of impact is negligible. workers, temporary special construction vehicles, cranes, and excavation machinery. Their impact on the land and soil is expected to be limited to their operations related to the construction works, and Operational Phase therefore is expected to be short term in nature. As long as relevant impact mitigation measures are implemented, the impact on the operational phase
would be limited. Accidental Spills and Leaks
During construction of the development, there is a potential risk from accidental pollution incidences from the following sources: spillage or leakage of oils and fuels stored on site; spillage or leakage of oils 6.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO and fuels from construction machinery or site vehicles; spillage of oil or fuel from refuelling machinery on site; and the use of concrete and cement during appropriate foundation construction. Under a ‘Do Nothing’ scenario, there would be no change in the site’s current use, and there would no Accidental spillages may result in contamination of soils and groundwater underlying the site should change to the impacts to the soil and geological environment over the existing scenario. contaminants migrate through the subsoils and impact underlying groundwater. Soil stripping and excavation for drainage lines will also reduce the thickness of subsoils in localised areas. 6.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO Concrete (specifically, the cement component) is highly alkaline and any spillage which migrates though the subsoil would be detrimental to groundwater quality. No significant effects on land, soils, subsoils or bedrock are anticipated. However, any contamination instances during construction will likely occur in localised areas only, with effects likely to be minimal. In order to provide fuel to the relevant items of plant on site, a certified double skinned metal fuel tank Due to nature of the subsoil, permeability varies significantly throughout the site, therefore it must be with integrated pump, delivery hose, meter, filter and locking mechanism will be situated in a secure assumed to be a worst-case scenario and all spillages to be dealt with appropriately as shall be outlined area on the construction site. It will be situated within a bund. This tank will be certified for lifting when in the construction and environmental management plan. full. Sand piles and emergency clean up spill kits will be readily available in the event of a fuel spill. A hazardous bin will also be available to contain any spent sand or soak pads. New metal gerry cans with 6.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT proper pouring nozzles will be used to move fuel around the site for the purposes of refuelling items of small plant on site. Drip trays will be used under items of small plant at all times. Any waste oils etc. Construction stage elements should be monitored by the contractor for compliance with all relevant contained in the drip trays or the bunded area will be emptied into a waste oil drum, which will be stored standards. within the bund. Metal gerry cans and any other items of fuel containers will be stored in certified metal bunded cabinets. Any gas bottles will be stored in a caged area at a secure location on the site. All will The operational phase of the proposed development should be monitored by the management be properly secured at point of work. company(s) for the site.
Geological Environment Any environmental impact should be rectified as soon as is practical. There are no likely significant impacts on the geological environment associated with the proposed development of the site. 6.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION
No particular difficulties were encountered in completing this section.
6.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
6.13 REFERENCES
1. Minerex Geophysics Limited (201) Gort Muire, Dundrum_GS (Appendix 6.1) 2. Causeway Geotech (2019) Gort Muire_GIR (Appendix 6.2) 3. Site Investigations Limited (2019) Wyckham Place, Dundrum, Dublin 16_SI (Appendix 6.3) 4. PUNCH Consulting Engineers (2020) Site Specific Flood Risk Assessment (submitted with this planning application) 5. PUNCH Consulting Engineers (2020) Water Services Engineering Report (submitted with this planning application) 6. GSI On Line Mapping 7. EPA On Line Mapping
6.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
7 HYDROLOGY AND WATER SERVICES
7.1 INTRODUCTION 1. Foul water: a. A 225mm uPVC foul water sewer on Wyckham Avenue to the west of the site. This chapter of the EIAR was undertaken by PUNCH Consulting Engineers to assess the likely impact of b. A 225mm uPVC foul water sewer on Parkvale to the east of the site. the proposed development on the drainage and water supply material assets, as well as identifying 2. Surface Water: proposed mitigation measures to minimise any impacts. Impact on the flood regime effected by the a. A 225mm uPVC surface water sewer on Wyckham Avenue to the west of the site. proposed development is also addressed in this chapter. b. A 225mm concrete surface water sewer on Parkvale to the east of the site. 3. Potable/Mains Water: a. A 160mm MOPVC watermain on Wyckham Avenue to the west of the site. 7.2 METHODOLOGY b. A 24” cast-iron watermain runs through the Saint Tiernan’s Community School to the The assessment of the potential impact of the activity on water and hydrology was carried out according north of the proposed development site. to the methodology specified in the following guidance documents:
1) Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in Environmental Impact Statements (2017); Mains (b) 2) EPA Advice Notes on Current Practice (in the Preparation of EIS) (2003)
Mains (a) Foul (b) The following sources of information were consulted to establish the baseline environment: -
1) The Planning System and Flood Risk Management – Guidelines for Planning Authorities - Department of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government (DoEHLG) and the Office of Public Works (OPW); 2) The Geological Survey of Ireland (GSI) well card and groundwater records for the area were Foul (a) inspected, with reference to hydrology; 3) Control of Water Pollution from Construction Sites, Guidance for Consultants and Contractors (CIRIA 532, 2001); 4) Base maps – Ordnance Survey of Ireland; Surface (a) Surface (b) 5) Flood Hazard Maps and flooding information for Ireland, www.floodmaps.ie - Office of Public Works (OPW); 6) CFRAM/ PFRA Maps (OPW); 7) Geological Survey of Ireland (GSI) maps on superficial deposits. 8) Geophysical Survey, Minerex Geophysics Limited, Gort Muire, Dundrum, Report Reference No. 6469, dated 8th October 2019 (See Appendix 6.1 of EIAR) Site Location 9) Site Investigation, Site Investigations Limited, Wyckham Place, Dundrum, Dublin 16, Report Reference No. 5626, dated 23rd July 2019. (See Appendix 6.3 of EIAR) 10) Ground Investigation, Causeway Geotech, Gort Muire, Report Reference No. 19-1215, dated 19th December 2019. (See Appendix 6.2 of EIAR)
7.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT Figure 7-1: Existing Foul and Surface Water Drainage, and Water Mains in the Vicinity of the Marmalade Lane site (Irish Water Records)
The receiving environment comprises the existing services within the vicinity of the development. There is 1 no. water course that passes west and north of the site boundary.
The following drainage and water supply services are present within and adjacent to the site:
7.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
The following water course is present adjacent to the site: Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary 1) River Slang treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed a. The river runs outside the site perimeter, to the west of the proposed development, from development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. south to north. b. As per CFRAMS flood mapping for the site, the site of the proposed development is shown The following connections to existing public drainage and water supply services works are proposed: as being located in the fluvial Flood Zone C and that there is no fluvial flood risk to the site of the proposed development. See the Site-Specific Flood Risk Assessment Report that 1) Foul Water: accompanies this planning application for further details. a) A new 150mm diameter foul water connection is proposed to connect to the existing 225mm diameter foul water sewer on Wyckham Avenue
2) Surface Water: a) A new surface water sewer network shall be provided for the proposed development which will be entirely separated from the foul water sewer network. b) Surface water drainage for the proposed development is to be restricted to QBar as per the requirements of the Greater Dublin Strategic Drainage Strategy. In order to River Slang restrict surface water drainage to QBar sustainable drainage systems (SuDS) will be implemented by the developer. QBar for the site has been calculated as 19.54l/s. The network has been designed to cater for the 1:100 year storm with 20% climate change. c) SuDS measures include: Green Roofs (intensive and extensive) with greater than 60% coverage for all proposed apartment blocks; Permeable Pavements for parking areas at ground level; tree root systems and infiltration trenches catering for surface water flows from pavement at ground level. d) Attenuation tanks are proposed and sized to reduce the peak runoff from the site. e) All other surface water drainage from each of the buildings on site will discharge by gravity to the proposed external in-ground gravity surface water drainage system. f) Surface water within the basement carpark will pass through a petrol interceptor prior to discharge. g) It is proposed to discharge the stormwater drainage within the site to the existing Site Location sewer on Wyckham Avenue by gravity.
3) Potable Water: a) An in-ground pressurised watermain network along the exterior of the buildings underneath the proposed road network on site is proposed. b) Metered connections will be provided from this network to each building. c) Sluice valves, air valves, scour valves and hydrants will be provided to meet the requirements of Irish Water and the Building Regulations.
d) To reduce the water demand on Local Authority water supplies and to reduce the foul Figure 7-2: Location of adjacent watercourse - River Slang (EPA maps) discharge from the development, water conservation measures should be incorporated in the sanitary facilities throughout the development, e.g. dual flush toilets, monobloc low volume push taps and waterless urinals.
7.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via
7.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
7.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS settlement system will be carried out on a routine basis. Please refer to the Outline Construction & Demolition Waste Management Plan for further information. Construction Phase During the construction phase of the proposed development there are several potential processes that In order to provide fuel to the relevant items of plant on site, a certified double skinned metal fuel tank could impact the existing surface water, foul water and watermain networks: with integrated pump, delivery hose, meter, filter and locking mechanism will be situated in a secure 1) Topsoil stripping and cut/fill earthworks activities may cause an elevated silt load area on the construction site. It will be situated within a bund. This tank will be certified for lifting when 2) Hydrocarbons may be released into networks from accidental spills full. Sand piles and emergency clean up spill kits will be readily available in the event of a fuel spill. A 3) The construction of the proposed in ground services will require the excavation, removal and hazardous bin will also be available to contain any spent sand or soak pads. New metal gerry cans with reinstatement of existing natural and man-made ground. proper pouring nozzles will be used to move fuel around the site for the purposes of refuelling items of 4) There is potential for existing infrastructure to conflict with proposed excavation, by existing small plant on site. Drip trays will be used under items of small plant at all times. Any waste oils etc. infrastructure being close to the proposed works. contained in the drip trays or the bunded area will be emptied into a waste oil drum, which will be stored 5) The connection of watermain on site will require the public water network to be suspended within the bund. Metal gerry cans and any other items of fuel containers will be stored in certified metal for a period to allow connection into the existing network. bunded cabinets. Any gas bottles will be stored in a caged area at a secure location on the site. All will be properly secured at point of work. Operational Phase If the material assets are not constructed appropriately, then there is a risk of pipe leakage. Surveys will be undertaken to ascertain the exact location of all infrastructure. The material assets are to be constructed in accordance with all relevant Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council and Irish Water 7.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS standards.
Hydrology and Material Assets – Site Services, Drainage and Water Supply These measures will be addressed within the Contractors method statements for the works. The contractor is to conduct the works in accordance with all relevant local authority requirements, and The Material Assets – Site Services, Drainage and Water Supply requirement of the development is in health and safety legislation. part prescribed by the hydrological requirement for the development. Operational Phase The proposed surface water network for the development has been designed to cater for the 1% AEP SuDS measures will intercept and attenuate surface water on site. The surface water will be passed (1:100-year storm return period) storm, with 20% additional rainfall to allow for climate change. through petrol interceptors and other SuDS measures that will clean the surface water. The water will Discharge from the overall development will be limited to 19.54l/s. be discharged to the surface water drainage system at a rate of 19.54l/s.
The stormwater from the site will be treated and attenuated via the SuDS measures outlined in the The material assets (surface water, foul water and watermain networks) will be pressure tested to Engineering Planning Report and drainage drawings. relevant Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council and Irish Water standards prior to completion of the works. The drainage networks will also be CCTV surveyed and reviewed to ensure there are no defects. Similarly, interaction between hydrology and the proposed foul or potable water supply is not applicable These test measures will ensure to a reasonable degree that the pipes have been installed to the required or controlled as outlined in the sections above. As such, there is no anticipated cumulative effect. standard and the risk of leakage will be greatly reduced.
Material Assets – Site Services, Communications, Electrical and Gas, and Material Assets – Site Services, 7.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS Drainage and Water Supply Construction Phase Drainage and water supply material assets should be co-ordinated with communications, electrical and There are no predicted significant impacts arising from the construction phase due to the temporary gas material assets to ensure that there are no physical conflicts and that all necessary clearances are nature of construction and the expected use of portable or temporary toilets only, which will be provided. As such, there is no anticipated cumulative effect. contracted out to an authorised disposal agent.
7.7 MITIGATION MEASURES A wide range of mitigation measures have been specified for the construction and operational phases of the project. These mitigation methods seek to ensure that construction and operational discharges are Construction Phase controlled to prevent potential pollution impacts to all receiving surface water systems. Throughout the construction works, all surface water (water from excavations etc.) will be pumped to a holding and settlement tank on site for treatment. The discharge water from the final tank will be routed to the existing surface water system with approval from the local authority. Visual checks of the
7.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Operational Phase No negative residual impacts are anticipated with the implementation of the construction and operational mitigation measures as stated.
7.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO
Under a ‘Do Nothing’ scenario there would be no change in the site’s current use, and there would no change to the impacts to the water environment over the existing scenario. The site in its existing greenfield state does not give rise to any significant emissions to any surface water bodies or foul network system.
7.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO
No significant effects on hydrology and water services are anticipated. However, any failure is likely to be due to the incorrect installation of SuDS causing a reduction in treatment of surface water or a pipe leakage resulting in contamination of ground water. Therefore, it must be assumed that to be a worst case scenario to be dealt with appropriately as shall be outlined in the construction and environmental management plan.
7.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT
The construction of works should be monitored to ensure compliance with relevant local authority requirements, and health and safety legislation.
The operational phase of public works should be monitored by the local authority responsible for the respective asset.
The operational phase of private assets should be monitored by the management company for the building.
After construction, all assets are to be backfilled and reinstated in accordance with the design and relevant local authority and Irish Water requirements.
7.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION
No particular difficulties were encountered in completing this section.
7.13 REFERENCES
1. PUNCH Consulting Engineers (2020) Site Specific Flood Risk Assessment Report (submitted with this planning application) 2. PUNCH Consulting Engineers (2020) Engineering Planning Report (submitted with this planning application) 3. Irish Water existing services records (2020) 4. EPA On Line Mapping
7.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
8 NOISE & VIBRATION
INTRODUCTION
This section of the EIAR has been prepared by Traynor Environmental Ltd to identify and assess the potential noise impacts associated with the proposed development of lands for mixed use development at Marmalade lane, Wyckham Avenue, Dundrum, Dublin 16 during both the construction and operational phases of the development.
This chapter includes: • A description of the receiving ambient noise climate in the vicinity of the subject site. • An assessment of the potential noise and vibration impact associated with the proposed development during o The short-term construction phase and o The long-term operational phase on its surrounding environment. • The assessment of direct, indirect and cumulative noise and vibration impacts on the surrounding environment have been considered as part of the assessment.
Mitigation measures are included, where relevant, to ensure the proposed development is constructed and operated in an environmentally sustainable manner in order to ensure minimal impact on the receiving environment.
Proposed Development Site Location and Brief Description This is as described in chapters 1 (introduction) and 3 (Description of Development) of this EIAR and as set out in the statutory notices.
Figure 8-1 Proposed Site Layout Statement of Competence
In accordance with Article 5(3)(a) of the EU Directive, by appointing Traynor Environmental, the applicant has ensured that this chapter has been prepared by “Competent experts”. METHODOLOGY
In accordance with Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) guidance “All competent persons must possess This assessment meets the requirements for an EIAR, as outlined in the relevant National and EU legislation, a combination of technical knowledge, experience and skills, and must be able to demonstrate both practical and has been prepared in accordance with guidance documents. and theoretical competence and should participate in continual professional development. Competence may BS 5228-1:2009+A1:2014 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open sites - be demonstrated through reference to an appropriate qualification and/or professional membership of a Part 1 – Noise. recognised acoustic organisation (e.g. the Institute of Acoustics) and/or appropriate experience”. • BS 5228-1:2009+A1:2014 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open
sites - Part 2 -Vibration. The monitoring and analysis of the data was conducted by Nevin Traynor of Traynor Environmental deemed to be a “competent person” as per criteria outlined by the EPA. The monitoring programme, data and report • BS 7385-2:1993 Guide for measurement of vibrations and evaluation of their effects on buildings. was carried out by Nevin Traynor who is certified as been competent in Environmental Noise Measurement • BS 4142: 2014: Methods for Rating and Assessing Industrial and Commercial Sound. by the Institute of Acoustics (IOA) with over 15 years’ experience in Environmental and Acoustic • BS 8233:2014 Guidance on Sound Insulation and Noise Reduction for Buildings. Consultancy.
8.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane • BS 6841 (1987): Measurement and evaluation of human exposure to whole-body mechanical ‘noise from construction and demolition sites should not exceed the level at which conversation in the nearest vibration and repeated shock. building would be difficult with windows shut.’ • ISO 1996: 2017: Acoustics - Description, Measurement and Assessment of Environmental Noise. • ProPG: Planning & Noise. Paragraph E.2 goes on to state: • EPA Advice Notes for Preparing Environmental Impact Statements, (Draft, September 2015). ‘noise levels, between 07:00 and 19:00 hours; outside the nearest window of the occupied room closest to The study has been undertaken using the following methodology: the site boundary should not exceed: • Baseline Noise monitoring and an Environmental Noise Survey has been undertaken across the development area to determine the range of noise levels at varying locations across the site. 70 decibels (dBA) in rural, suburban areas away from the main road traffic and industrial noise. 75 decibels (dBA) in urban areas near main roads in heavy industrial areas.’ o The equipment used was two Larson Davis Sound Expert LxT and a Larson Davis Expert 831.
o The Baseline monitoring periods were from January 08th up to and including January 10th, 2020 at Locations A, B & C. Note that a typical planning condition in relation to construction noise issued by Local Authorities refer also o The Environmental Noise Survey monitoring period was carried out at six noise sensitive to the compliance with BS 5228 part 1 as a means of controlling impacts to the surrounding environment. BS 5228 has therefore been used to inform the assessment approach for construction noise in line with locations around the proposed development on July 01st, 2020 between 08:00hrs to Local Authorities requirements. 18:00hrs. • A review of the most applicable standards and guidelines has been conducted in order to set a range For residential properties it is considered appropriate to adopt the 75dB(A) during daytime. The of acceptable noise and vibration criteria for the construction and operational phases of the construction noise limits, which are presented in Table 8.1 represent a reasonable compromise between proposed development, this is summarised in the following sections. the practical limitations in a construction project, and the need to ensure an acceptable noise level for the • Predictive calculations have been performed to estimate the likely noise emissions during the nearby residents and their sensitive receptors including amenity space. Table 8.1 specifies the recommended Project Noise Limit Criteria in accordance NRA Maximum Permissible Construction Phase construction phase of the project at the nearest sensitive locations (NSL) to the site. Noise Levels at the Façade of Dwellings during road developments. • Predictive calculations have been performed to assess the potential impacts associated with the operation of the development at the most sensitive locations surrounding the development site; Construction Phase Noise Limit Criteria and, • A schedule of mitigation measures has been proposed, where relevant, to control the noise and Days & Times LAeq, (1hr) dB LpA(max) slow dB vibration emissions associated with both the construction and operational phases of the proposed Monday to Friday - 07:00 to 19:00 70 80 development. Monday to Friday - 19:00 to 22:00 60 65
Saturday - 08:00 to 16:30 65 75 Construction Phase – Noise Assessment Criteria Sundays and Bank Holidays - 08:00 to 16:30 60 65 Table 8-1 NRA Maximum Permissible Construction Phase Noise Levels at the Façade of Dwellings during Road Developments. There is no published statutory Irish guidance relating to the maximum permissible noise level that may be generated during the construction phase of a project. Dún Laoghaire - Rathdown County Council (DLR) typically controls construction activities by imposing limits on the hours of operation and consider noise Note 1: Construction activity at these times, other than that required in respect of emergency works, will limits at their discretion. normally require the explicit permission of the relevant local authority. For the appropriate assessment period (i.e. daytime in this instance) the ambient noise level is determined. If the construction noise exceeds, In order to set appropriate construction noise limits for the development site, reference has been made to then a significant effect is deemed to occur. BS 5228 -1:2009 +A1 2014 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open sites- Noise. Part 1 of this document Noise provides guidance on selecting appropriate noise criteria relating to The closest neighbouring noise sensitive property to the proposed development is a residential dwelling construction works. located approximately 13m east of the proposed site.
BS 5228-1:2009+A 1:2014 gives several examples of acceptable limits of construction noise, the most simplistic being based on upon the exceedance of fixed noise limits. For example, paragraph E.2 states:
8.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane Construction Phase – Vibration Assessment Criteria Expected vibration levels from the construction works will be discussed further in Section 8.5.
Guidance relevant to acceptable vibration in order to avoid damage to buildings is contained within BS 7385- Human Perception 2 (1993). The guidance values contained within BS 7385 are reproduced also in British Standard BS 5228-2 It is acknowledged that humans are sensitive to vibration stimuli and that perception of vibration at high (2009). magnitudes may lead to concern. Vibration typically becomes perceptible at around 0.15 to 0.3 mm/s and
may become disturbing or annoying at higher magnitudes. However, higher levels of vibration are typically These standards differentiate between transient and continuous vibration. Surface construction activities tolerated for single events or events of short-term duration, particularly during construction projects and are considered to be transient in nature as they occur for a limited period of time at a given location. The when the origin of vibration is known. For example, piling can typically be tolerated at vibration levels up to standards note that the risk of cosmetic damage to residential buildings starts at a Peak Particle Velocity 6 mm/s respectively if adequate public relations are in place. These values refer to the day and evening time (PPV) of 15mm/s at 4Hz. The standard also notes that below 12.5mm/s PPV the risk of damage tends to periods only. zero. Both standards note that important buildings that are difficult to repair might require special consideration on a case by case basis but building of historical importance should not (unless it is structurally unsound) be assumed to be more sensitive. If a building is in a very unstable state, then it will tend to be Operational Phase -Noise Assessment Criteria more vulnerable to the possibility of damage arising from vibration or any other ground borne disturbance. The operational phase of the development has been assessed with regard to the four Local Authorities in Table 8.2 below summarises the proposed vibration criteria below which there is no risk of damage to the Dublin Agglomeration - Dublin City Council, Dún Laoghaire - Rathdown County Council and South Dublin buildings. These limits apply to vibration frequencies below 15Hz where the most conservative limits are County Council in their role as designated Action Planning Authorities under Article 7 of the Environmental required. If there are any protected buildings near the works, there is a greater potential for these to be Noise Regulations 2006, Statutory Instrument Number 140 of 2006 (the Regulations). The Action Plan is more vulnerable than other adjacent modern structures. Therefore, on a precautionary basis, the guidance aimed at managing Environmental Noise and excludes noise from domestic activities, noise created by values for structurally sound buildings are reduced by 50% in line with the guidance documents referred to neighbours, noise at workplaces or construction noise as these can be dealt with under existing legislation above. such as the Environmental Protection Agency Act 1992 and Health & Safety legislation.
Mechanical Plant Threshold of potential significant effect (Peak Particle Velocity Category of Building Due consideration must be given to the nature of the primary noise sources when setting criteria. Criteria - PPV - at building foundation) for Transient Vibration for noise from these sources, with the exception of additional vehicular traffic on public roads, will be set in terms of the LAeq,T parameter (the equivalent continuous sound level). In relation to day-to-day operational Structurally sound and non-protected buildings 12 mm/s phase noise impacts on off-site residential locations Dún Laoghaire - Rathdown County Council would typically apply the following condition to a development of this nature: Protected and / or potentially vulnerable 6 mm/s buildings Noise levels from the proposed development shall not be so loud, so continuous, so repeated, of such Table 8-2: Transient Vibration Impact Criteria for Buildings (Conservative Criteria below which there is No Risk of Cosmetic Damage). Source: duration or pitch or occurring at such times as to give reasonable cause for annoyance to a person in any “Guidelines for the Treatment of Noise & Vibration in National Road Schemes”, NRA, 2004 premises in the neighbourhood or to a person lawfully using any public place. In particular, the rated noise levels from the proposed development shall not constitute reasonable grounds for complaint as provided for
in B.S. 4142. Method for rating industrial noise affecting mixed residential and industrial areas. Building Response As previously mentioned in table 8.2 the standard notes that below 12 mm/s PPV the risk of damage tends Reason: In order to ensure a satisfactory standard of development, in the interests of residential amenity. to zero. It is therefore common, on a cautious basis to use this lower value. Taking this into consideration the vibration criteria in Table 8.3 is recommended. This wording is most relevant to the noise emissions from mechanical plant serving the development and careful consideration will be given to this issue as part of the detailed assessment.
Allowable vibration (in terms of peak particle velocity) at the closest part of sensitive property to the source of Guidance from DLR: Methods for Rating and Assessing Industrial and Commercial Sound. This guidance is vibration, at a frequency of the industry standard method for analysing building services plant noise emissions to residential receptors Less than 15Hz 15 to 40Hz 40Hz and above and is the document typically used by DLR in their standard planning conditions and also in complaint investigations. 12 mm/s 20 mm/s 50 mm/s Table 8-3 Recommended Vibration Criteria During Construction Phase BS 4142 describes methods for rating and assessing sound of an industrial and / or commercial nature. The methods described in this British Standard use outdoor sound levels to assess the likely effects of sound on
8.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane people who might be inside or outside a dwelling or premises used for residential purposes upon which source will have an adverse impact or a significant adverse impact. Where the rating level does not exceed sound is incident. the background sound level, this is an indication of the specific sound source having a low impact. For an appropriate BS 4142 assessment it is necessary to compare the measured external background noise level (i.e. the LA90,T level measured in the absence of plant items) to the rating level (LAr,T) of the various plant Traffic Noise items, when operational. Where noise emissions are found to be tonal, impulsive in nature or irregular enough to attract attention, BS 4142 also advises that a penalty be applied to the specific level to arrive at Given that traffic to and from the development will make use of existing roads already carrying traffic the rating level. volumes, it is appropriate to consider the increase in traffic noise level that arises as a result of vehicular movements associated with the development. The subjective method for applying a penalty for tonal noise characteristics outlined in BS 4142 recommends the application of a 2dB penalty for a tone which is just perceptible at the noise receptor, 4dB where it is In order to assist with the interpretation of the noise associated with vehicular traffic on public roads, Table clearly perceptible, and 6dB where it is highly perceptible. 8.5 offers guidance as to the likely impact associated with any particular change in traffic noise level (Source
DMRB, 2011). It shows that small changes in noise levels are not normally noticeable, whereas an increase The following definitions as discussed in BS 4142 as summarised in Table 8.4 below: of 10dB would be described as a doubling of loudness. In summary the assessment looks at the impact with Noise Description and without development at the nearest noise sensitive locations. is the noise level produced by all sources including the sources of concern, i.e. the residual noise level plus the specific noise of mechanical plant, in EPA Glossary of Change in Sound Level (dB) Subjection Reaction Magnitude of Impact ambient noise level, LAeq,T 1 terms of the equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level over Effects the reference time interval [T] 0 None No Change Neutral is the noise level produced by all sources excluding the sources of concern, 0.1 - 2.9 Imperceptible Negligible Imperceptible i.e. the ambient sound remaining at the assessment location when the 3-4.9 Perceptible Minor Slight
residual noise level, LAeq,T specific sound source is suppressed to such a degree that it does not 5 - 9.9 Up to a doubling of loudness Moderate Moderate
contribute to the ambient sound, in terms of the equivalent continuous A- 10+ Over a doubling of loudness Major Significant weighted sound pressure level over the reference time interval [T] Table 8-5 Significance in Change of Noise Level is the sound level associated with the sources of concern, i.e. noise 1EPA Guidelines on the Information to be contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports, (Draft August 2017) emissions solely from the mechanical plant, in terms of the equivalent specific noise level, LAeq,T continuous A-weighted sound pressure level over the reference time Mechanical Plant interval [T] During the operational phase, potential noise sources relate to building and mechanical services used to is the specific sound level plus any adjustments for the characteristic serve the proposed development. rating level, LAr,T features of the sound (e.g. tonal, impulsive or irregular components) is the sound pressure level of the residual noise that is exceeded for 90% In order to set appropriate operational noise criteria for these potential sources, guidance has been taken background noise level, LA90,T from BS 8233:2014 Guidance on Sound Insulation and Noise Reduction for Buildings. The recommended of the time period T internal noise levels for dwellings are set out in Table 8.6. Table 8-4 Tonal Noise Characteristics In order to set an external noise level based on the internal criteria noted above, this is done by factoring in If the rated plant noise level is +10dB or more above the pre-existing background noise level then this the degree of noise reduction afforded by a partially open window, which BS 8233 suggests as 15dB. Using indicates that complaints are likely to occur and that there will be a significant adverse impact. A difference this value, external noise levels of 50 and 45dB LAeq,T are considered appropriate for day and night-time of around +5dB is likely to be an indication of an adverse impact, depending on the context. The lower the periods respectively. The time period for day-time noise levels has been set over a 1-hour period to provide rating level is relative to the measured background sound level, the less likely it is that the specific sound a robust criterion. Given the higher sensitivity of people to noise at night, the time period for night-time levels is set as 15mins. In this instance, the following criteria relate to the nearest noise sensitive properties external to the site.
8.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• Daytime (07:00 to 23:00hrs) 50dB LAeq,1hr
• Night-time (23:00 to 07:00hrs) 45 dB LAeq,15min
For an appropriate BS 4142 assessment it is necessary to compare the measured external background noise level (i.e. the LA90,T level measured in the absence of plant items) to the rating level (LAr,T) of the various plant items, when operational. Where noise emissions are found to be tonal, impulsive in nature or irregular enough to attract attention, BS 4142 also advises that a penalty be applied to the specific level to arrive at the rating level.
Inward Noise Impact The Professional Guidance on Planning & Noise (ProPG) report was published in May 2017. This guidance was prepared by a working group comprising members of the Association of Noise Consultants (ANC), the Institute of Acoustics (IOA) and the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health (CIEH). Although not a government document, since its adoption it has been generally considered as a best practice guidance and has been widely adopted in the absence of equivalent Irish guidance.
The ProPG outlines a systematic risk based 2 Stage approach for evaluating noise exposure on prospective sites for residential development. The two primary stages of the approach can be summarised as follows:
Stage 1 - Comprises a high-level initial noise risk assessment of the proposed site considering either measured and or predicted noise levels; and Figure 8-2 ProPG Stage 1- Initial Noise Risk Assessment
Stage 2 - Involves a full detailed appraisal of the proposed development covering four ‘key elements’ A site should not be considered a negligible risk if more than 10 LAFmax events exceed 60dB during the night period and the site should be considered a high risk if the LAFmax events exceed 80dB more than 20 times a that include: night. Element 2 of the ProPG document sets out recommended internal noise targets derived from BS 8233 Element 1 - Good Acoustic Design Process; (2014). The recommended indoor ambient noise levels are set out in Table 8.5 below and are based on Element 2 - Noise Level Guidelines; annual average data, that is to say they omit occasional events where higher intermittent noisy events may Element 3 - External Amenity Area Noise Assessment; and occur. Element 4 - Other Relevant Issues. Activity Location (07:00 to 23:00) (23:00 to 07:00)
The initial noise risk assessment is intended to provide an early indication of any acoustic issues that may Resting Living room 35 dB LAeq,16hr - be encountered. It calls for the categorisation of the Site as a negligible, low, medium or high risk based on Dining Dining room / area 40 dB LAeq,16hr - the pre-existing noise environment. Figure 8.2 presents the basis of the initial noise risk assessment, it provides appropriate risk categories for a range of continuous noise levels either measured and / or Sleeping 30 dB LAeq,8hr Bedroom 35 dB LAeq,16hr predicted onsite. (daytime resting) 45 dB LAmax,T* Table 8-6 ProPG Internal Noise Levels *Note The document comments that the internal LAFmax, T noise level may be exceeded no more than 10 times per night without a significant impact occurring.
8.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane In addition to these absolute internal noise levels ProPG provides guidance on flexibility of these internal Environmental Measurements, th noise level targets. For instance, in cases where the development is considered necessary or desirable, and 12 June Larson Davis Sound (Serial Unit 12, noise levels exceed the external noise guidelines, then a relaxation of the internal LAeq values by up to 5dB 31417/34692 2018/25th can still provide reasonable internal conditions. Expert 831 No.3913) Tallaght Business Park, Dublin June 2020 24 The ProPG guidance provides the following advice with regards to external noise levels for amenity areas in the development: Environmental Measurements,
Larson Davis Sound (Serial Unit 12, 30th April ‘The acoustic environment of external amenity areas that are an intrinsic part of the overall design should 2019007353 Expert LxT No.5901) Tallaght Business Park, Dublin 2019 always be assessed and noise levels should ideally not be above the range 50-55dB LAeq,16hr.’ 24 Operational Phase – Vibration Assessment Criteria Table 8-7 Instrumentation Details Noise Monitoring Locations Taking into account the proposed development under consideration here, there are no vibration sources associated with the operational phase. Operational criteria relating to this issue are therefore not included. Measurement Parameters The noise survey results are presented in terms of the following parameters: RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT LAeq This is the equivalent continuous sound level. It is an average and is used to describe a fluctuating noise in terms of a single noise level over the sample period. The closer the Laeq value is to either the LA10 The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. or LA90 value indicates the relative impact of the intermittent sources and their contribution. The relative apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, spread between the values determines the impact of intermittent sources such as traffic on the background. gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions LA90 This is the sound that is exceeded for 90% of the sample period. It is typically used as a descriptor including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, for traffic noise. landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. LA10 This is the sound that is exceeded for 10% of the sample period. It is typically used as a descriptor for traffic noise. Noise Monitoring Equipment The equipment used during the baseline noise and environmental noise survey was installed and removed LAFMIN is the instantaneous minimum sound level measured during the sample period using the 'F' time by Traynor Environmental. The noise measurements were carried out using the following equipment weighting. mentioned in Table 8.7 below. The instruments were checked and calibrated before and after the survey with no significant drift noted. LAFmax is the instantaneous maximum sound level measured during the sample period using the 'F' time weighting.
Instrumentation Details The "A:' suffix denotes the fact that the sound levels have been "A-weighted" in order to account for the Last non-linear nature of human hearing. All sound levels in this report are expressed in terms of decibels (dB) Calibration relative to 2x10-5 Pa. Manufacturer Instrument Calibrated by Laboratory Certificate Ref Calibration Baseline Noise Survey Environmental Measurements, The subject site is located at Marmalade lane, Wyckham Avenue, Dundrum, Dublin 16 approximately 800m 8th March Larson Davis Sound (Serial Unit 12, 2018004505/ south of the M50 motorway. The site is bounded to the north by St, Tiernan’s Community School which lies 2018/ 23rd approximately 1km southeast of Dundrum main street. To the south by the Wesley Heights and Lawns house Expert LxT No.5595) Tallaght Business Park, Dublin 34689 estate. To the east by Parkvale housing estate and to the west by Wyckham Points apartment blocks and June 2020 24 the Carmelite Order.
8.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane A baseline noise survey has been conducted at the site in order to quantify the existing noise environment. Location A The survey was conducted in general accordance with ISO 1996: 2017: Acoustics - Description, Measurement Date LAeq LAFmax LAF10.00 LAF90.00 and Assessment of Environmental Noise. Specific details are set out below. 08/01/2020 41 50 43 38
Three measurement locations were selected as shown in Figure 8.3 below and described below. 09/01/2020 43 54 45 40 Location A - located on the west boundary. Location B - located on the east boundary. Average 42 52 44 39 Location C - located on the south boundary. Table 8-9 Location A: Average Night time Noise
Date LAeq LAFmax LAF10.00 LAF90.00 09/01/2020 46 56 47 42 10/01/2020 44 54 46 40 Average 45 55 47 41
Table 8-10 Location A: Average Day time Noise
The noise environment at the measurement location A was dominated by intensive short duration noise events which are characteristic of road traffic noise from the Wyckham Way road and Wyckham Point road. Daytime noise levels measured at 45 dB(A) LAeq and background noise levels measured 41 dB(A) LA90. Night time noise levels were measured at 42 dB(A) LAeq and the measured background noise level was 39 dB(A) LA90.
Location B
Date LAeq LAFmax LAF10.00 LAF90.00 08/01/2020 43 56 46 39 09/01/2020 44 56 48 42
Average 44 56 47 41 Figure 8-3 Baseline nose monitoring locations Table 8-11 Location B: Average Night time Noise
Survey Periods Date LAeq LAFmax LAF10.00 LAF90.00 Baseline noise survey measurements were conducted at Locations A – C over the following survey periods: Period 09/01/2020 47 57 48 45 Location Start Time/Date End Time/Date 10/01/2020 48 57 49 46 A 23:00hrs on 08/01/20 22:30hrs on 10/01/20 Average 48 57 49 46 Table 8-12 Location B: Average Day time Noise B 23:00hrs on 07/01/20 22:30hrs on 10/01/20
C 23:00hrs on 07/01/20 22:30hrs on 10/01/20 The noise environment at the measurement location B indicates that the measured noise was dominated Table 8-8 Baseline survey dates and times by intensive short duration noise events which are characteristic of road traffic noise from Wyckham Way road, Ballinteer road and the neighbouring housing estate roads. Daytime noise measured at 48 dB(A) LAeq Survey Results and Discussion
8.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane and background noise levels measured 46 dB(A) LA90. Night-time measured at 44 dB(A) LAeq and the Noise Measurement measured background noise level was 41 dB(A) LA90. Description Location
Location C Located at Ardglas residential housing estate, just off Sandyford Road Location NM1 Date LAeq LAFmax LAF10.00 LAF90.00 (R117), north of the proposed site. 08/01/2020 45 55 47 41 Location at Ballawley Park residential housing estate, just off Sandyford Road Location NM2 09/01/2020 42 55 42 37 (R117) south west of the proposed site. Average 44 55 45 39 Location at the Clonard residential housing estate, west of Sandyford Road Location NM3 Table 8-13 Location C: Average Night time Noise (R117) and southeast of the proposed site. Location at College Park residential housing estate, east of R826, north of Location NM4 Date LAeq LAFmax LAF10.00 LAF90.00 the M50 and south of the proposed site. 09/01/2020 45 55 46 42 Location at the Hilton Gardens residential housing estate, east of R826 and Location NM5 10/01/2020 52 62 53 49 southwest of the proposed site. Average 49 59 50 46 Location at Lynwood housing estates and Southmede Apartments to the Table 8-14 Location C: Average Day time Noise Location NM6 northwest of the proposed site.
Table 8-15 Description of Noise Measurement Location The noise environment at the measurement location C indicate that the measured noise was dominated by intensive short duration noise events which are characteristic of road traffic noise from the neighbouring housing estate roads and the Sandyford road (R117). Daytime noise measured at 49 dB(A) LAeq and background noise levels measured 46 dB(A) LA90. Night-time measured at 44 dB(A) LAeq and the measured background noise level was 39 dB(A) LA90.
Discussion and conclusions Location A, B and C all indicate that the dominate intensive short duration noise events are characteristic of road traffic noise from the neighbouring roads. The baseline noise environment will not require additional constraints to be imposed on the majority of the proposed project outside of the normal criteria applicable to a development of the scale and nature of that proposed.
Environmental Noise Survey An environmental noise survey has been conducted at the site in order to quantify the existing noise environment. The survey was conducted in general accordance with ISO 1996: 2017: Acoustics - Description, Measurement and Assessment of Environmental Noise. Specific details are set out below. Six measurement locations were selected as shown in Figure 8.4 and described in Table 8.15 below.
8.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
11:30 80 46 68 55 65 15:00 77 41 66 56 64 Table 8-16 Measured Noise Levels at NM1
The dominant noise source at this location was traffic on the Sandyford and Wyckham Way roads (R117). Background noise from the junction between the two roads was also significant noise source at this location. Other minor noise sources include gardening activities from the nearby housing estates to the east and west. The LAeq ranged from 65 to 62 dB. The LA90 ranged from 54 to 56 dB.
Location NM2 Measured Noise Levels (dB re. 2x10-5Pa) Time LAmax LAmin LA10.00 LA90.00 LAeq 08:30 75 32 54 35 52 Day 12:00 71 34 52 37 51 15:30 74 35 57 38 53 Table 8-17 Measured Noise Levels at NM2
NM2 was located at the residential housing estate, Ballawley Park, just off Sandyford Road (R117) east of the proposed development. The ambient noise environment was primarily made up of background traffic noise from the R117. Other noise sources were typical activities within the housing estate, these include cars on the estate roads, dogs barking, lawnmowers, children playing. The LAeq ranged from 51 to 53 dB. The Figure 8-4 Noise Monitoring Locations (Image Source: Google Maps) LA90 ranged from 35 to 38 dB. *NM: Noise measurement, NSL: Noise Sensitive Location Location NM3
Measured Noise Levels (dB re. 2x10-5Pa) Survey Periods Time The noise survey was carried out at six locations over the following period: LAmax LAmin LA10.00 LA90.00 LAeq 08:00hrs to 18:00hrs on 01st July 2020 09:00 71 34 61 39 57
For the purpose of this assessment, daytime is taken to be between 07:00 and 23:00. The weather during Day 12:30 71 33 62 37 57 the daytime survey period was showery and overcast with windspeeds at 3.2 Knots and daytime 16:00 73 34 63 38 59 temperature of 14 Cͦ . (Weather information from Met Éireann synoptic Casement weather station). Table 8-18 Measured Noise Levels at NM3
Survey Results and Discussion The noise survey results for the six monitoring locations are summarised in Tables 8.16 – 8.20 below. The existing noise environment at NM3 is in a residential housing estate, Clonard estate and is made up of the various activities along the Ballawley estate and Ballawley Park. This includes the background noise from Location NM1 the Sandyford Road (R117) traffic to the east as significant noise source at this location. People walking and talking was also a contributing noise source. The LAeq ranged from 57 to 59 dB. The LA90 ranged from 37 to Measured Noise Levels (dB re. 2x10-5Pa) Time 39 dB. The variation in LAeq can be attributed to the cars on the estate road near the measurement location. LAmax LAmin LA10.00 LA90.00 LAeq
Day 08:00 74 52 65 54 62
8.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane Location NM4 The existing noise environment at NM6 is made up of the various activities within the Lynwood housing estates and Southmede Apartment. These include cars in the estate roads, dogs barking, lawnmowers, Measured Noise Levels (dB re. 2x10-5Pa) Time children playing. Background noise from traffic on the Bothar Bailie an tSaoir Road was audible and was a LAmax LAmin LA10.00 LA90.00 LAeq significant noise source at this location. The M50 lies south of this location and background noise from this 09:30 67 54 60 56 58 was not a significant noise source. The LAeq ranged from 49 to 50 dB. The LA90 ranged from 46 to 48 dB.
Day 13:30 64 55 61 57 59 Conclusion 16:30 74 57 63 59 62 The results of the environmental noise survey study suggest the noise environment will not require Table 8-19 Measured Noise Levels at NM4 additional constraints to be imposed on the majority of the proposed project outside of the normal criteria applicable to a development of the scale and nature of that proposed. NM4 was located in the College Park residential housing estate, east of Ballinteer Road (R826) and south of the proposed site. The ambient noise environment was primarily made up of background traffic noise from CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT the R826 and the M50. Other noise sources included vehicle movement in the housing estate. The ambient noise fluctuated from volume of road traffic on the housing estate roads. The LAeq ranged from 58 to 62 dB. The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. The LA90 ranged from 56 to 59 dB. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Location NM5 Avenue. Provision of additional pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, Measured Noise Levels (dB re. 2x10-5Pa) Time boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A LAmax LAmin LA10.00 LA90.00 LAeq detailed development description is included the statutory notices and chapter 3 of the EIAR.
10:00 70 43 62 48 58 When considering a development of this nature, the potential noise and vibration impact on the Day 14:00 71 42 62 48 59 surroundings is considered for each of two distinct stages: 17:00 67 42 61 45 57 • Construction Phase. Table 8-20 Measured Noise Levels at NM5 • Operational Phase
The existing noise environment at NM5 is made up of the various activities within Hilton Gardens housing The construction phase will involve excavation over the development site, landscaping, construction of estate. These include cars on the estate roads, dogs barking, lawnmowers, children playing. Background internal roads, excavation of foundations, building and transport of materials to site using the local road noise from traffic on the Ballinteer Avenue was audible and was a significant noise source at this location. network. The M50 lies south of this location and background noise from this was not a significant noise source The LAeq ranged from 57 to 59 dB. The LA90 ranged from 45 to 48 dB. The primary sources of outward noise in the operational context are deemed to be long term in duration and will comprise traffic movements to site using the existing road network. (These issues are discussed in detail in the following sections). Location NM6 Measured Noise Levels (dB re. 2x10-5Pa) POTENTIAL IMPACTS Time LAmax LAmin LA10.00 LA90.00 LAeq The potential noise and vibration impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the 10:30 75 41 51 46 50 proposed development are discussed in the following sections.
Day 14:30 61 45 51 48 50 Construction Phase 17:30 60 43 51 47 49 Noise Table 8-21 Measured Noise Levels at NM5 A review of the baseline noise survey and the threshold values detailed in Table 8.1 indicates that the daytime noise guidance limit for construction noise is 65dB LAeq. It is assumed that construction works will
8.10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane take place during normal working hours only. During the construction phase of the proposed development, construction site for the duration of works. It is assumed that construction works will take place during a variety of items of plant will be in use, such as excavators, dumper trucks, compressors and generators. normal working hours only. The closest noise sensitive locations (NSL) have been identified as shown in Figure 8.5 and described below in table 8.23. Due to the nature of daytime activities undertaken on a construction site of this nature, there is potential for generation of significant levels of noise. The flow of vehicular traffic to and from a construction site is Noise Sensitive also a potential source of relatively high noise levels. Description Locations Considering the outline construction programme, it is possible to predict typical noise levels using guidance Location NSL1 This represents St. Tiernan’s Community School located to the north of the set out in BS 5228-1:2009+A1:2014. Table 8.21 outlines typical plant items and associated noise levels that are anticipated for various phases of the construction programme. proposed site approximately 10m from the nearest significant site work,
Location NSL2 This represents a Parkvale housing estate located along the east boundary of the Noise level at 10m Activity Item of Plant (BS5228 Ref) proposed site approximately 8m from the nearest significant site works; Distance (dB LAeq (1hour)) This represents Ballawley housing estate located off the Sandyford Road R117 to Wheeled Loader Lorry (D3 1) 75 Location NSL3 the south of the proposed site approximately 200m from the nearest significant Track Excavator (C2 22) 72 Site Preparation site work. Dozer (C2.13) 78 (Phase 1) This represents Wesley Heights & Wesley Lawns housing estates located to the Dump Truck (C4.2) 78 Location NSL4 south of the proposed site approximately 8m from the nearest significant site Cumulative Site Preparation 82 works. Dump Truck (C2.30) 79 Location NSL5 This represents Wyckham Point apartments located to the west of the proposed Tracked excavator (02.21) 71 site approximately 133m from the nearest significant site works. Compressor (D7.08) 70 Location NSL6 This represents the Carmelite Order to the northwest of the proposed site General Construction Telescopic Handler (C4.54) 79 approximately 11m from the nearest significant site works. (Phase 2) Hand Held Circular Saw (C4.72) 79 Table 8-23 Description of Noise Measurement Location
Diesel Generator (C4.76) 61
Internal Fit out 70 Cumulative General Construction 84 Asphalt Paver & Tipping Lorry (C5.30) 75 Road Electric Water Pump (C5.40) 68 Works/Landscaping Vibratory Roller (C5.20) 75 (Phase 3) Cumulative General Landscaping and Road Work 78
Table 8-22 Predicted Noise Levels from Key Pieces of Equipment
The calculations also assume that the equipment will operate for 66% of the 12-hour working day (i.e. 8 hours) and that a standard site hoarding, typically 2.4m height will be erected around the perimeter of the
8.11
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Cumulative Site Preparation 82 83 59 84 61 82 Dump Truck (C2.30) 79 80 56 81 58 79 Tracked excavator (02.21) 71 72 48 73 50 71 Compressor (D7.08) 70 71 47 72 49 70 General Telescopic Handler (C4.54) 79 80 56 81 58 79 Construction Hand Held Circular Saw (C4.72) 79 80 56 81 58 79 (Phase 2) Diesel Generator (C4.76) 61 62 38 63 40 61 Internal Fit out 70 71 17 72 49 70 Cumulative General Construction 84 85 61 86 63 84
Asphalt Paver & Tipping Lorry (C5.30) 75 76 52 77 54 75
Road Works/ Electric Water Pump (C5.40) 68 69 45 70 47 68 Landscaping Vibratory Roller (C5.20) 75 75 52 76 54 75 (Phase 3) Cumulative General Landscaping and 78 79 55 80 57 78 Road Work Table 8-24 Indicative Construction Noise Levels at Nearest Noise Sensitive Locations
Taking into account these assumptions and allowing for the attenuation of sound over distance, the Figure 8-5 Site Context & Noise Assessment Locations (Image Source: Google Maps) predicted construction noise level at the nearest sensitive properties is above the relevant construction noise criteria, i.e. the level at which a potential significant impact could be expected to occur, at noise sensitive locations within 11m of site work. Also, considering the proximity of NSL1 (approx. 10m at nearest Predicted Noise Level at Various Locations point), NSL2 (approx. 9m at nearest point), NSL4 (approx. 8m at nearest point) and NSL6 (approx. 11m at In order to assess the level of Environmental noise associated with the proposed development a number of nearest point) has a potential significant impact at all construction phases in the absence of mitigation. noise sensitive locations were considered. Figure 8.5 details the locations from the nearest façade of the neighbouring building to the proposed development. Review of the predicted noise levels at these locations are above the criteria at which a significant impact is deemed to occur (65dB LAeq,T) and therefore, in the absence of noise mitigation, a negative, significant and Table 8.24 below presents the predicted daytime noise levels from an indicative construction period at these short-term impact is likely. noise sensitive locations (NSL). At greater distances (property represented by NSL3 & NSL5) predicted construction noise levels are lower for site preparation, general construction and road works/Landscaping, therefore any impact is expected to LAeq at distance (m) Construction be negative, moderate and short-term. Item of Plant (BS5228-1 Ref) NSL1 NSL2 NSL3 NSL4 NSL5 NSL6 Phase 10m 9m 200m 8m 133m 11m Construction Traffic dB dB dB dB dB dB The noise levels associated with mobile plant items such as concrete mixer trucks, loaders etc. operational Wheeled Loader Lorry (D3 1) 75 76 52 77 54 75 on site have been included as part of the construction noise assessment and calculated noise levels in Table Site Preparation Track Excavator (C2 22) 72 73 49 74 51 72 8.23. Consideration should also be given to the addition of construction traffic along the site access routes. (Phase 1) Dozer (C2.13) 78 79 55 80 57 78 Access to the development site for construction traffic will be via the Wyckham Point road to the northwest of the proposed development. Dump Truck (C4.2) 78 79 55 80 57 78
8.12
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane It is possible to calculate the noise levels associated with the passing vehicle using the following formula. It is anticipated that excavations will be made using standard excavation machinery, which typically do not LAeq,T = LAX+ 10log 10(N) - 10log10(T) + 10log10(r1/ r2)dB generate appreciable levels of vibration close to the source. Taking this into account and considering the distance that these properties are from the works and the attenuation of vibration levels over distance, the
resultant vibration levels are expected to be well below a level that would cause disturbance to building Where: LAeq,T = is the equivalent continuous sound level over the time period Tin seconds. occupants or even be perceptible.
LAX = is the "A-weighted" Sound Exposure Level of the event considered(dB). The associated impact with these activities is considered to be neutral and imperceptible. N = is the number of events over the course of time period T.
r1= is the distance at which LAX is expressed. Operational Phase
r2= is the distance to the assessment location Noise There are six primary potential sources of noise associated with the development once operational these are: A calculation distance of 5m from the road has been used to assess noise levels at the closest buildings along - Additional vehicular traffic on public roads. the construction routes. The mean value of Sound Exposure Level for truck moving at low to moderate - Mechanical plant noise. speeds (i.e. 15 to 45km/hr) is of the order of 82dB Lax at a distance of 5 metres from the vehicle. This figure - Residential. is based on a series of measurements conducted under controlled conditions. Construction vehicle are - Creche. predicted in the table below for peak hours associated with each key phase. Table 8.25 below summarises Each of these primary noise sources is addressed in turn in the following sections. the calculated noise level associated with passing haul vehicles during each phase, assuming the peak hour flows per day. Note there is no significant source of vibration associated with the operational phase of the proposed
development. Calculated Noise at edge of road Construction Phase No. of Trucks/peak hour (5m),dB LAeq, 1hr Additional Traffic on Adjacent Roads Phase 1 3 55 During the operational phase of the proposed development, there will be an increase in vehicular traffic Phase 2 2 51 associated with the site on some surrounding roads.
Phase 3 3 53 A traffic impact assessment relating to the proposed development has been prepared by Punch Consulting Table 8-25 Calculated Construction Traffic Noise Levels at Edge of Road Engineering, as part of this EIAR. Using this information and Project Appraisal Guidelines from Transport Infrastructure Ireland related noise impacts of the road links has been assessed.
The calculated noise levels associated with the various phases are in the range of 51 to 55dB LAeq,1hr. The calculated noise levels are below the construction noise criterion of 65dB. In addition, it should be noted Table 8.26 below displays the predicted change in noise level at different road links around the site for the that, in order to assess a worst• case scenario, a large proportion of the daily vehicle numbers have been year of opening and the design year using the Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT). assumed to arrive/depart over an hour-long period. 2025 Year Base Vibration Road Links The main potential source of vibration during the construction programme is associated ground-breaking AADT Without AADT With Change in Noise activities. Development Development Level Wyckham Way North of Roundabout 27,550 28,150 0.4 Considering the low vibration levels at very close distances to the ground-breaking activities, vibration levels at the nearby buildings are not expected to pose any significance in terms of cosmetic or structural damage Wyckham Way North of Roundabout 31,750 32,300 0.3 to any of the residential or sensitive buildings in proximity to the development works. In addition, the range Ballinteer Road 9,950 10,500 0.3 of vibration levels is typically below a level which would cause any disturbance to occupants of nearby buildings. Wyckham Point Road 3,350 5,100 1.1 Road Links 2040 Year Base
8.13
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane AADT Without AADT With Change in Noise to the proposed development, they are at sufficient distances such that the cumulative noise levels will Development Development Level remain dominated by the localised works referred to in Table 8.24.
Wyckham Way North of Roundabout 31,400 32,000 0.4 In the event that works on site and works associated with proposed or permitted developments were Wyckham Way North of Roundabout 36,170 36,700 0.3 ongoing simultaneously, there is potential for cumulative noise impacts at all NSLs. Under this scenario, construction activities will be audible at a number of facades of the residential areas due to their location Ballinteer Road 11,350 11,800 0.3 with respect to both areas of works. Wyckham Point Road 3,775 5,500 1.1 The contractor will be required to control noise and vibration impacts associated with this development in Table 8-26 Predicted Change in Noise Level associated with Vehicular Traffic – Existing Road Network line with the guidance levels included in Table 8.1 and Table 8.2 and follow the best practice control measures within BS 8228-2.The impact from any construction works associated with the other With reference to Table 8.5, the predicted change in noise level associated with additional traffic accessing developments listed above is considered to be imperceptible as these works are expected to take place at the proposed development, for the existing road network, has a negligible effect. The impact is therefore large distances to the most exposed noise sensitive receivers to the proposed development under imperceptible and long term. assessment.
Mechanical Plant Operational Phase It is expected that the principal items of building and mechanical services plant will be associated with the The operational phase of the development listed above have the potential to generate additional traffic on running of the apartments. These items will be selected at a later stage, however, they will be designed and the roads in the vicinity of the local area. These additional vehicle movements have been considered in the located so that there is no negative impact on sensitive receivers within the development itself. The services traffic assessment in the operational phase of the potential impact section. The cumulative impact of this plant will be designed/attenuated to meet the relevant plant noise criteria for day and night-time periods source is determined to be imperceptible and long term. at nearby sensitive receivers as set out in Section (Human Perception) PREDICTED IMPACTS Residential The noise impact of the residential aspect of the development on the receiving environment will be slight. Construction Phase It will be limited to internal vehicle movements entering and exiting the undercroft carpark, and residents During the construction phase of the project there is the potential for significant and moderate impacts on using the public open space which will be screened by the creche and apartment blocks. nearby noise sensitive properties due to noise emissions from site activities. The application of binding noise limits, hours of operation, along with implementation of appropriate noise and vibration control measures, Creche will ensure that noise and vibration impact will have a negative, moderate and short-term impact on the The Creche which is located to the north of the site will serve the residents of the development. The opening surrounding environment. hours of the creche is expected to be from 7am – 7pm Monday to Friday. No early morning noise associated with the creche is expected before 7am. The noise of children playing in any environment is regarded as a Operational Phase natural aspect of life in any area of a development. Additional Vehicular Traffic Considering that sensitive receivers within the development are much closer than off-site sensitive The predicted change noise levels associated with additional traffic is predicted to be of imperceptible receivers, once the relevant noise criteria is achieved within the development it is expected that there will impact along the existing road network. In the context of the existing noise environment, the overall be no negative impact at sensitive receivers off site. contribution of induced traffic is considered to be of neutral, imperceptible and long-term impact to nearby residential locations. POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS
Construction Phase Mechanical Plant & Creche During the construction phase of the proposed development, construction noise on site will be localised Noise levels associated with operational plant are expected to be well within the adopted day and night- and will therefore likely be the primary noise source at the nearest noise sensitive receivers. In the event time noise limits at the nearest noise sensitive properties taking into account the site layout, the nature and that construction activities associated with the majority of developments noted above occur simultaneous type of units proposed and distances to nearest residences. Assuming the operational noise levels do not exceed the adopted design goals, the resultant residual noise impact from this source will be of neutral, Imperceptible, long term impact.
8.14
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane MITIGATION MEASURES • Site compounds will be located in excess of 30m from noise sensitive receptors within the site constraints. The use lifting bulky items, dropping and loading of materials within these areas should Construction Phase - Noise be restricted to normal working hours. With regard to construction activities, best practice control measures for noise and vibration from • For mobile plant items such as dump trucks, excavators and loaders, the installation of an acoustic construction sites are found within BS 5228 (2009 +A1 2014) Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control exhaust and/or maintaining enclosure panels closed during operation can reduce noise levels by up on Construction and Open Sites Parts 1 and 2. Whilst construction noise and vibration impacts are expected to 10dB. Mobile plant should be switched off when not in use and not left idling. to vary during the construction phase depending on the distance between the activities and noise sensitive • For steady continuous noise, such as that generated by diesel engines, it may be possible to reduce buildings, the contractor will ensure that all best practice noise and vibration control methods will be used, the noise emitted by fitting a more effective exhaust silencer system or utilising an acoustic canopy as necessary in order to ensure impacts at off-site noise sensitive locations are minimised. to replace the normal engine cover. For concrete mixers, control measures should be employed The best practice measures set out in BS 5228 (2009) Parts 1 and 2 includes guidance on several aspects of during cleaning to ensure no impulsive hammering is undertaken at the mixer drum. construction site mitigation measures, including, but not limited to: • For all materials handling ensure that materials are not dropped from excessive heights, lining drops chutes and dump trucks with resilient materials. • Selection of quiet plant. • For compressors, generators and pumps, these can be surrounded by acoustic lagging or enclosed • Noise control at source. with in acoustic enclosures providing air ventilation. • Screening. • Demountable enclosures can also be used to screen operatives using hand tools and will be moved • Liaison with the public around site as necessary. • Monitoring • All items of plant should be subject to regular maintenance. Such maintenance can prevent unnecessary increases in plant noise and can serve to prolong the effectiveness of noise control A detailed comment is offered on these items in the following paragraphs. Noise control measures that will be considered include the selection of quiet plant, enclosures and screens around noise sources, limiting measures. the hours of work and noise and vibration monitoring, where required. Screening
Screening is an effective method of reducing the noise level at a receiver location and can be used Selection of Quiet Plant successfully as an additional measure to all other forms of noise control. Construction site hoarding will be This practice is recommended in relation to static plant such as compressors and generators. It is constructed around the site boundaries as standard. The hoarding will be constructed use standard plywood recommended that these units be supplied with manufacturers' proprietary acoustic enclosures. The material to provide adequate sound insulation. potential for any item of plant to generate noise will be assessed prior to the item being brought onto the site. The least noisy item should be selected wherever possible. Should a particular item of plant already on In addition, careful planning of the site layout will also be considered. The placement of site buildings such the site be found to generate high noise levels, the first action should be to identify whether or not said as offices and stores will be used, where feasible, to provide noise screening when placed between the item can be replaced with a quieter alternative. source and the receiver.
Noise Control at Source Liaison with the Public If replacing a noisy item of plant is not a viable or practical option, consideration will be given to noise A designated environmental liaison officer will be appointed to site during construction works. Any noise control "at source". This refers to the modification of an item of plant or the application of improved sound complaints should be logged and followed up in a prompt fashion by the liaison officer. In addition, where reduction methods in consultation with the supplier. For example, resonance effects in panel work or cover a particularly noisy construction activity is planned or other works with the potential to generate high levels plates can be reduced through stiffening or application of damping compounds; rattling and grinding noises of noise, or where noisy works are expected to operate outside of normal working hours etc., the liaison can often be controlled by fixing resilient materials in between the surfaces in contact. officer will inform the nearest noise sensitive locations of the time and expected duration of the noisy works.
Referring to the potential noise generating sources for the works under consideration, the following best practice mitigation measures should be considered:
8.15
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Monitoring Daytime Noise levels from the baseline noise survey range from 45 - 49dB LAeq and the night-time levels ranged from 42 - 44dB LAeq across the proposed development site. These figures are in the low risk area Where required, construction noise monitoring will be undertaken at periodic sample periods at the nearest based on the ProPG guidelines. When the development becomes fully operational, due to people noise sensitive locations to the development works to check compliance with the construction noise walking/running, dogs barking, children playing, mechanical plant, creche and addition vehicular traffic on criterion. surrounding roads noise will increase slightly
Noise monitoring should be conducted in accordance with the International Standard ISO 1996: 2017: The ‘worst case’ scenario would be that the attributes, mitigation measures were not carried out, the ProPG Acoustics - Description, measurement and assessment of environmental noise. Internal Noise Levels guidelines, BS 8233:2014 Guidance on Sound Insulation and Noise Reduction for
Buildings are not met. Project Programme The phasing programme will be arranged so as to control the amount of disturbance in noise and vibration MONITORING AND REINSTATEMENT sensitive areas at times that are considered of greatest sensitivity. During excavation or when other high Construction Phase noise generating works are in progress on a site at the same time as other works of construction that themselves may generate significant noise and vibration, the working programme will be phased so as to It is recommended that monthly noise and vibration monitoring surveys be carried along the boundary of prevent unacceptable disturbance at any time. the proposed site in order to monitor the effectiveness of noise and vibration management for the duration of the construction phase. Noise and vibration levels at Residential Sensitive Locations should not exceed Construction Phase - Vibration the construction phase noise and vibration limit criteria in Table 8.1 and Table 8.2. Any breaches of these limits will require a review of operations and mitigation measures if the exceedance is due to the The vibration from construction activities will be limited to the values set out in Tables 8.2 and 8.3. construction works on site. Magnitudes of vibration slightly greater than those in the table are normally unlikely to cause cosmetic damage, but construction work creating such magnitudes should proceed with caution. Limit values have In order to effectively manage noise and vibration at residential dwelling located approximately 13m east been provided for soundly constructed residential and commercial properties. of the proposed site, installation of continuous data logging live noise and vibration monitoring system is
required. This software will require remote login, data download and text/email alert functionality. It will Operational Phase measure key noise and vibration parameters (e.g. LAeq, LAFMAX, LA90, LA10, PPV(mm/sec) and Frequencies as Additional Traffic on Adjacent Roads Hz.
During the operational phase of the development, noise mitigation measures with respect to the outward impact of traffic from the development are not deemed necessary. Operational Phase
When the residential development is operational it will not result in an increase in noise and vibration levels Mechanical Services Plant at any of the sensitive locations beyond the site boundary therefore no monitoring is deemed necessary Taking into account that sensitive receivers within the development are much closer than off-site sensitive going forward. receivers, once the relevant noise criteria is achieved within the development it is expected that there will be no negative impact at sensitive receivers off site, and therefore no further mitigation required. DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION
No difficulties were encountered during the preparation of the EIAR chapter. ‘DO-NOTHING’ SCENARIO
Should the project not proceed there would be no increase in noise emanating from the site. REFERENCE ‘WORST-CASE’ SCENARIO • BS 5228-1:2009+A1:2014 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open sites - Part 1 - Noise. The ‘worst case’ scenario is that the development is not constructed as per the drawings and details • BS 5228-1:2009+A1:2014 Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open provided in the planning application. While one would expect the development is required to be sites - Part 2 -Vibration. constructed in accordance with the planning documents which includes various mitigation measures • BS 6841 (1987): Measurement and evaluation of human exposure to whole-body mechanical outlined above. vibration and repeated shock
8.16
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane • BS 4142: 2014: Methods for Rating and Assessing Industrial and Commercial Sound. • Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, 2011 • EPA Advice Notes for Preparing Environmental Impact Statements, (Draft, September 2015); • EPA Advice Notes on Current Practice (in the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements), (EPA, 2003); • EPA Guidelines on the Information to be contained in Environmental Impact Statements, (EPA, 2002); • EPA Guidelines on the Information to be contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports, (Draft August 2017) • ISO 1996: 2017: Acoustics - Description, measurement and assessment of environmental noise. • The Transport Infrastructure Ireland (TII, formerly NRA) Good Practice Guidance for the Treatment of Noise during the Planning of National Road Schemes (TII, 2014), the Guidelines for the Treatment of Noise and Vibration in National Road Schemes (TII, 2004) was also considered in the preparation of the assessment. This document sets out noise and vibration limits for the construction phase which are generally applied by planning authorities to all construction projects. • The Professional Guidance on Planning & Noise (ProPG), May 2017
8.17
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Baseline Environment 9 CLIMATE & AIR QUALITY The existing ambient air quality in the vicinity of the site has been characterised with information obtained from a number of sources including EPA Annual Air Quality in Ireland Reports and Local air monitoring stations data. 9.1 INTRODUCTION The ambient air quality data collected and reviewed for the purpose of this study focused on the principal This section identified and assessed the potential air quality and climatic impacts associated with the substances (dust, vehicle exhaust emissions and boiler emissions) which may be released from the site proposed development both the construction and operational phases of the development. during the construction and operation phases and which may exert an influence on local air quality.
It includes a comprehensive description of Air Quality Standards and other Relevant Guidance - the existing air quality and climate at and in the vicinity of the subject site, Air quality standards and guidelines are available from a number of sources. The guidelines and standards - how the construction and operational phases of the development may impact existing air quality referenced in this report include those from Ireland and the European Union.
and finally. In order to reduce the risk to health from poor air quality, National and European statutory bodies have set - the mitigation measures that shall be implemented to control and minimise the impact that the limit values in ambient air for a range of air pollutants. These limit values or “Air Quality Standards” are health or environmental-based levels for which additional factors may be considered. For example, natural development may have on local ambient air quality and reduce the impact on the local micro climate. background levels, environmental conditions and socio-economic factors may all play a part in the limit value which is set (Ref Table 9.1). Proposed Development Site Location and Brief Description Air quality significance criteria are assessed on the basis of compliance with the appropriate standards or This is as described in chapters 1 (introduction) and 3 (Description of Development) of this EIAR and as set limit values. out in the statutory notices. The applicable standards in Ireland include the National Air Quality Standards Regulations 2011 (S.I No. 180 Statement of Competence of 2011), which incorporate European Commission Directive 2008/50/EC which has set limit values for the In accordance with Article 5(3)(a) of the EU Directive, by appointing Traynor Environmental, the applicant pollutants SO2, NO2, PM10, benzene and CO Council Directive 2008/50/EC combines the previous Air Quality has ensured that this chapter has been prepared by “Competent experts”. Framework Directive (96/62/EC) and its subsequent daughter directives (including 1999/30/EC and 2000/69/EC). Provisions are also made for the inclusion of new ambient limit values relating to PM2.5. The 9.1 METHODOLOGY European 2008/50/EC Clean Air for Europe (CAFÉ) Directive is the current air quality directive for Europe The general assessment methodology of the potential impact of the proposed development on air quality which supersedes the European Directives 1999/30/EC and 2000/69/EC. and climate has been devised in accordance with: In order to assess a wider range of air pollutants in the development area it is necessary to review current ➢ 2017 EPA Guidelines on information to be contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports. air quality monitoring data from published sources such as the most recent EPA’s 2018 Annual report ➢ Guidelines on Information to be Contained in an Environmental Impact Statement (EPA 2002). entitled Air Quality in Ireland. This EPA report provides detailed monitoring data collected from a number ➢ Guidelines for Planning Authorities and An Bord Pleanála on carrying out Environmental Impact of monitoring locations throughout Ireland on an annual basis to assess national compliance with National Assessment (DoHPLG, August 2018). Air Quality Regulations. The location of the site at ‘Marmalade Lane’, Dundrum, Dublin 16 is characterised ➢ Advice Notes on Current Practice (in preparation of Environmental Impact Statements) (EPA 2003). as a Zone A area as defined by the EPA. ➢ Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. Revised Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in Environmental Impact Statements. EU legislation on air quality requires that Member States divide their territory into zones for the assessment ➢ Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. Draft Advice Notes for Preparation of Environmental Impact and management of air quality. The zones currently in place in Ireland in are as follows: Statements. ➢ ➢ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Guidance for Consent Authorities Regarding Sub-Threshold Zone A is the Dublin conurbation, ➢ Development (DoEHLG 2003). Zone B is the Cork conurbation ➢ ➢ Development Management Guidelines (DoEHLG, 2007). Zone C comprising 23 large towns in Ireland with a population >15,000. ➢ European Union (Planning & Development) (Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations 2018). ➢ Zone D is the remaining area of Ireland. ➢ Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB). The zones changed on 1 January 2013 to reflect the results of the 2011 census.
9-1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
The air quality in each zone is assessed and classified with respect to upper and lower assessment thresholds • HGV flows change by 200 vehicles per day or more; based on measurements over the previous five years. Upper and lower assessment thresholds are • Daily average speed changes by 10 km/h or more; or prescribed in the legislation for each pollutant. The number of monitoring locations required is dependent • Peak hour speed changes by 20 km/h or more. on population size and whether ambient air quality concentrations exceed the upper assessment threshold, are between the upper and lower assessment thresholds, or are below the lower assessment threshold. Concentrations of key pollutants are calculated at sensitive receptors that have the potential to be affected by the proposed development. For road links which are deemed to be affected by the proposed Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) Guidelines. development and within 200 m of the chosen sensitive receptors inputs to the air dispersion model consist The DMRB Model is based on the UK Highway Agency’s DMRB and adapts it for use on national roads in of: road layouts, receptor locations, annual average daily traffic movements (AADT), percentage heavy Ireland through a series of implementation documents. Due to the lack of such a model in Ireland the UK goods vehicles, annual average traffic speeds and background concentrations. The DMRB guidance states DMRB was used to predict vehicle emissions from the new development. that road links at a distance of greater than 200 m from a sensitive receptor will not influence pollutant DMRB Volume II, section 3, Part 1 Air Quality provides a screening model which is used to predict vehicle concentrations at the receptor. Using this input data, the model predicts the road traffic contribution to emissions for NO2, NOx, PM10, carbon monoxide, benzene and 1,3-butadiene at sensitive receptors which ambient ground level concentrations at the worst-case sensitive receptors using generic meteorological have potential to be affected by the proposed development. data. The DMRB model uses conservative emission factors, the formulae for which are outlined in the DMRB The DMRB model requires a number of inputs such as traffic flow (AADT), speed and vehicle mix and annual Volume 11 Section 3 Part 1 – HA 207/07 Annexes B3 and B4. These worst-case road contributions are then background pollutant concentrations. Background pollutant concentrations according to air zone were added to the existing background concentrations to give the worst-case predicted ambient concentrations. attained by averaging six years of data, from yearly EPA air quality reports for 2013-2018. Predicted The worst-case ambient concentrations are then compared with the relevant ambient air quality standards concentrations for the construction and operation phases of the project were compared with the Irish to assess the compliance of the proposed development with these ambient air quality standards. The TII ambient air quality standard – S.I. No.180 of 2011 – Air Quality Standards Regulations 2011. These Guidelines for the Treatment of Air Quality During the Planning and Construction of National Road Schemes regulations set limit values and averaging periods, which are used to assess the impact of emissions on detail a methodology for determining air quality impact significance criteria for road schemes and this can human health, vegetation and ecosystem. be applied to any project that causes a change in traffic flows. The degree of impact is determined based on Key pollutant concentrations were predicted for nearby sensitive receptors for the following scenarios: both the absolute and relative impact of the proposed development.
• The baseline scenario (2018), for model verification; The TII significance criteria have been adopted for the proposed development. The significance criteria are • Do-Nothing scenario (DN), which assumes the retention of present site usage with no development based on PM10 and NO2 as these pollutants are most likely to exceed the annual mean limit values (40 in place (2025); μg/m3). However, the criteria have also been applied to the predicted 8-hour CO, annual benzene and • Year Do-Something scenario (DS), which assumes the proposed development in place (2025); annual PM2.5 concentrations for the purposes of this assessment. • Design Year Do-Nothing scenario (DN), which assumes the retention of present site usage with no development in place (2040); and Transport Infrastructure Ireland (TII) Guidelines • Design Year Do-Something scenario (DS), which assumes the proposed development in place (2040). Construction Phase As stated in the TII Guidance it is “very difficult to accurately dust emissions arising from construction The assessment methodology involved using the DMRB Screening Model (Version 1.03c, July 2007), the NOx activities”. “A semi quantitative approach is recommended to determine the likelihood of a significant to NO2 Conversion Spreadsheet (Version 5.1, June 2016), and following guidance issued by the TII, and the impact, which should be combined with an assessment of the proposed mitigation measures”. EPA. The TII guidance states that the assessment must progress to detailed modelling if: The semi-quantitative assessment outlined is used to assess the impact of the dust during the construction • Concentrations exceed 90% of the air quality limit values when assessed by the screening method; phase. TII guidance states that dust emissions from construction sites can lead to elevated PM10 or concentrations and can cause soiling of properties. The impact of dust emissions during the construction • Sensitive receptors exist within 50m of a complex road layout (e.g. grade separated junctions, hills phase is assessed by estimating the area over which there is a risk of significant impacts, in line with the TII etc). guidance. Emissions from construction vehicles are assessed where construction traffic results in a significant (>10%) increase in AADT flows near sensitive receptors in accordance with the TII guidance. The TII guidance, states that road links meeting one or more of the following criteria can be defined as being ‘affected’ by a proposed development and should be included in the local air quality assessment: Significance criteria outlined in Tables 9.10 and 9.11 are used to assess the impact of the construction traffic on worst-case sensitive for receptors. • Road alignment change of 5 metres or more; Operational Phase • Daily traffic flow changes by 1,000 AADT or more; The TIFs Guidelines for the Treatment of Air Quality during the Planning and Construction of National Road Schemes specifies that the changes in pollutant concentrations alongside roads with a significant change in
9-2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane traffic should be assessed. It states that receptors should be considered at all road links where a greater PARTICULATE 2008/50/EC 24-hour limit for 50% 50 μg/m3 than 5% change in flows or speeds is predicted for the "Do-Something" option. MATTER protection of human Significance criteria have been adopted from the TII guidelines and these are presented in Appendix 9.2. 3 PM10 health – not to be 20% 40 μg/m The TII guidelines requires the consideration of NOx and nitrogen deposition impacts at ecological sites that exceeded more than 35 are located within 200m of the proposed development. times/year
POLLUTANT REGULATION LIMIT CRITERIA TOLERANCE LIMIT VALUE Annual limit for the NITROGEN 2008/50/EC Hourly limit for the 40% until 2003 200 μg/m3 protection of human DIOXIDE protection of human reducing linearly health 3 health – not to be to PARTICULATE 2008/50/EC Annual limit for the 20% from June 25 μg/m exceeded more than 18 0% by 2010 MATTER protection of human 2008. Decreasing times/year 40 μg/m3 PM2.5 health linearly to 0% by 40% until 2003 STAGE 1 2015 3 Annual limit for the reducing PARTICULATE 2008/50/EC Annual limit for the NONE 20 μg/m protection of linearly to 0% by MATTER protection of human human health 2010 PM2.5 health 400 μg/m3 STAGE 2 Annual limit for the NO & NO2 protection of None BENZENE 2008/50/EC Annual limit for the 20% until 2006. 5 μg/m3 vegetation protection of human Decreasing LEAD 2008/50/EC Annual limit for the 100% 0.5 μg/m3 health linearly protection of human to 0% by health 2010 3 SULPHUR 2008/50/EC Hourly limit for protection 150 μg/m3 350 μg/m3 CARBON 2008/50/EC 8-hour limit (on a rolling 60% 10 mg/m DIOXIDE of human health – not to MONOXIDE basis) for protection of be human health exceeded more than 24 DUST German TA 30 Day Average NONE 350 mg/m2/day times/year NONE 125 μg/m3 DEPOSITION Luft Air Quality Daily limit for protection of Standard Note human health – not to be 1 exceeded more than 3 NONE 20 μg/m3 Table 9.1: Air Quality Standards Regulations 2011 (based on EU Council Directive 2008/50/EC)
times/year Note 1: Dust levels in urban atmospheres can be influenced by industrial activities and transport sources. Annual and Winter limit for There are currently no national or European Union air quality standards with which these levels of dust the protection of deposition can be compared. However, a figure of 350 mg/m2-day (as measured using Bergerhoff type dust ecosystems deposit gauges as per German Standard Method for determination of dust deposition rate, VDI 2129) is commonly applied to ensure that no nuisance effects will result from industrial or construction activities.
9-3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Construction Impact Assessment Criteria (INDCs) which will form the foundation for climate action post 2020. Significant progress was also made on Transport Infrastructure Ireland’s ‘Guidelines for the Treatment of Air Quality during the Planning and elevating adaption onto the same level as action to cut and curb emissions. Construction of National Road Schemes’ (Revision 1, 2011) states that “it is very difficult to accurately quantify dust emissions arising from construction activities” and that The EU, on the 23/24th of October 2014, agreed the “2030 Climate and Energy Policy Framework” (EU 2014). “it is thus not possible to easily predict changes to dust soiling rates or PM10 concentrations.” The European Council endorsed a binding EU target of at least a 40% domestic reduction in greenhouse gas The guidance advises the use of a semi-quantitative approach to determine the likelihood of a significant emissions by 2030 compared to 1990. The target will be delivered collectively by the EU in the most cost- impact which should be combined with an assessment of the proposed mitigation measures. effective manner possible, with the reductions in the ETS and non-ETS sectors amounting to 43% and 30% The impact of construction related dust emissions is assessed by estimating the area over which there is a by 2030 compared to 2005, respectively. Secondly, it was agreed that all Member States will participate in risk of significant impacts as per the NRA guidance. The construction assessment criteria, reproduced from this effort, balancing considerations of fairness and solidarity. The policy also outlines, under “Renewables the NRA guidance, are set out in Appendix 9.3 below. and Energy Efficiency”, an EU binding target of at least 27% for the share of renewable energy consumed in the EU in 2030. Operational Impact Assessment Criteria Once operational the proposed development may impact on air quality as a result of the requirements of In 1999, Ireland signed the Gothenburg Protocol to the 1979 UN Convention on Long Range Transboundary new buildings to be heated and with the increased traffic movements associated with the development. Air Pollution. The initial objective of the Protocol was to control and reduce emissions of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOX), Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) and Ammonia (NH3). To achieve the initial Air quality significance criteria are assessed on the basis of compliance with the national air quality limit targets Ireland was obliged, by 2010, to meet national emission ceilings of 42 kt for SO2 (67% below 2001 values. The Air Quality Standards Regulations 2011 replace the Air Quality Standards Regulations 2002 (S.I. levels), 65 kt for NOX (52% reduction), 55 kt for VOCs (37% reduction) and 116 kt for NH3 (6% reduction). In No. 271 of 2002), the Ozone in Ambient Air Regulations 2004 (S.I. No. 53 of 2004) and S.I. No. 33 of 1999. 2012, the Gothenburg Protocol was revised to include national emission reduction commitments for the main air pollutants to be achieved in 2020 and beyond and to include emission reduction commitments for Climate Assessment Methodology PM2.5. In relation to Ireland, 2020 emission targets are 25 kt for SO2 (65% below 2005 levels), 65 kt for NOX Climate has implications for many aspects of the environment from soils to biodiversity and land use (49% reduction), 43 kt for VOCs (25% reduction), 108 kt for NH3 (1% reduction) and 10 kt for PM2.5 (18% practices. The proposed development may impact on both the macro-climate and micro-climate. The reduction). COM (2013) 917 Final is the “Proposal for a Council Decision for the acceptance of the macro-climate is the climate of a large geographic area such as Ireland. The micro-climate refers to the Amendment to the 1999 Protocol to the 1979 Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution to climate in the immediate area. With respect to microclimate, green areas are considered to be sensitive to Abate Acidification, Eutrophication and Ground level Ozone”. development. Development of any green area is generally associated with a reduction in the abundance of European Commission Directive 2001/81/EC, the National Emissions Ceiling Directive (NECD), prescribes the vegetation including trees and a reduction in the amount of open, undeveloped space. The removal of same emission limits as the 1999 Gothenburg Protocol. A National Programme for the progressive reduction vegetation or the development of man-made structures in these areas can intensify the temperature of emissions of these four transboundary pollutants has been in place since April 2005 (DEHLG 2004, 2007). gradient. The most recent data available from the EU in 2010 indicated that Ireland complied with the emissions ceilings for SO2, VOCs and NH3 but failed to comply with the ceiling for NOX (EEA 2011). COM (2013) 920 To assess the impacts of converting vegetative surfaces to hard-standing with residential buildings and its Final is the “Proposal for a Directive on the reduction of national emissions of certain atmospheric pollutants significance, the amount of vegetative surfaces associated with the proposed development that will be and amending Directive 2003/35/EC”. The proposal will apply the 2010 NECD limits until 2020 and establish converted to residential buildings and hard-standing has been considered. new national emission reduction commitments which will be applicable from 2020 and 2030 for SO2, NOX, NMVOC, NH3, PM2.5 and CH4. In relation to Ireland, 2020-29 emission targets are for SO2 (65% below 2005 The impact of the proposed scheme upon the macro-climate is assessed through the consideration of the levels), for NOX (49% reduction), for VOCs (25% reduction), for NH3 (1% reduction) and for PM2.5 (18% change in CO2 emissions that will occur due to the changes in traffic flow that occur in response to the reduction). In relation to 2030, Ireland’s emission targets are for SO2 (83% below 2005 levels), for NOX (75% proposed scheme. Ireland ratified the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reduction), for VOCs (32% reduction), for NH3 (7% reduction), for PM2.5 (35% reduction) and for CH4 (7% in April 1994 and the Kyoto Protocol in 1997 (FCCC 1997, 1999). For the purposes of the EU burden sharing reduction). agreement under Article 4 of the Kyoto Protocol, Ireland agreed to limit the net anthropogenic growth of the six GHGs under the Kyoto Protocol to 13% above the 1990 level over the period 2008 to 2012 (ERM Guidance issued by the European Commission in 2013 entitled Guidance on Integrating Climate Change and 1998). The UNFCCC is continuing detailed negotiations in relation to GHGs reductions and in relation to Biodiversity into Strategic Environmental Assessment has been applied to this assessment in order to technical issues such as Emission Trading and burden sharing. The most recent Conference of the Parties determine the potential impacts the proposed developments may have a climate change and biodiversity. (COP24) to the agreement was convened in Katowice, Poland December 2018. COP24 was viewed as an important step towards the new 2015 agreement on climate change which was signed in Paris in late 2015. Contributions to greenhouse gas emissions will be based on Intended Nationally Determined Contributions
9-4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
9.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT Temperature The annual mean temperature at Casement (2011-2019) is 9.8ºC. Given the relatively proximity of this Description of the Baseline Environment/Context meteorological station to the proposed development site, similar conditions would be observed. Table 9.2 The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. sets out meteorological data for Casement from 2011-2019. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, Year Period Rainfall (mm) Mean Temperature gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham (0C) Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions 2011 Annual Mean 726.8 10.1 including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, 2012 Annual Mean 688.5 9.4 landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development 2013 Annual Mean 925.7 9.6 description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. 2014 Annual Mean 946.9 10.1 2015 Annual Mean 836.5 9.4 The proposed development is bounded to the north by St Tiernan’s Community School, by the Carmelite 2016 Annual Mean 731.7 9.7 Order to the west and by residential developments to the east and south. The Marmalade lane area is 2017 Annual Mean 703.5 10.0 characterised largely by residential housing estates. 2018 Annual Mean 657.7 10.0
2019 Annual Mean 865.3 9.8 The site is not located within a Conservation Area or an Architectural Conservation Area. The topography of Mean 787.0 9.8 the site is generally flat. The development area is located within a zone which includes a number of sources Table 9.2 - Meteorological Data for Casement 2011-2019 of transportation related air emissions principally, Dublin bus routes 44, 44B and 116 serve the site along Sandyford Road and routes 14, 14C and 75 operate along Wyckham Way. The site is 750m from Balally Luas Wind station and 1.4km from Kilmacud station on the Green Luas line. Wind is of key importance for both the generation and dispersal of air pollutants. Casement met data has been examined to identify the prevailing wind direction and average wind speeds over a five-year period Meteorological Data (see Figure 9.1). For data collated during five representative years (2012 - 2016), the predominant wind A key factor in assessing temporal and spatial variations in air quality is the prevailing meteorological direction is westerly to south-westerly with predominately moderate wind speeds. conditions. Depending on wind speed and direction, individual receptors may experience very significant variations in pollutant levels under the same source strength (i.e. traffic levels). Wind is of key importance in dispersing air pollutants and for ground level sources, such as traffic emissions, pollutant concentrations are generally inversely related to wind speed. Thus, concentrations of pollutants derived from traffic sources will generally be greatest under very calm conditions and low wind speeds when the movement of air is restricted. In relation to PM10, the situation is more complex due to the range of sources of this pollutant. Smaller particles (less than PM2.5) from traffic sources will be dispersed more rapidly at higher wind speeds. However, fugitive emissions of coarse particles (PM2.5 - PM10) will increase at higher wind speeds. Thus, measured levels of PM10 will be a non-linear function of wind speed.
Description of Existing Climate The nearest representative synoptic meteorological station to the subject site is at Casement which is located approximately 15km northwest of the site and as such, long-term measurements of wind speed/direction and air temperature for this location are representative of prevailing conditions experienced at the subject site. Recent meteorological data sets for Casement were obtained from Met Éireann for the purposes of this assessment study.
Rainfall Precipitation data from the Casement meteorological station for the period 2011-2019 indicates a mean annual total of about 787.0 mm. This is within the expected range for most of the eastern half of the Ireland which has between 750mm and 1000 mm of rainfall in the year.
9-5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Baseline Air Quality – Review of Available Background Data Air quality monitoring programs have been undertaken in recent years by the EPA and Local Authorities. The most recent annual report on air quality in Ireland is “Air Quality in Ireland 2018 – Indicators of Air Quality” (EPA, 2020). The EPA website details the range and scope of monitoring undertaken throughout Ireland and provides both monitoring data and the results of previous air quality assessments (EPA, 2020).
In terms of air monitoring and assessment, the proposed development site is within Zone A. The long-term monitoring data has been used to determine background concentrations for the key pollutants in the region of the proposed development. The background concentration accounts for all non-traffic derived emissions (e.g. natural sources, industry, home heating etc.) The most recent EPA publication includes a number of monitoring locations in Dublin City which would be broadly comparable to the expected air quality at the subject site. The various air quality monitoring stations within the Dublin area provides a comprehensive range of air quality monitoring data sets which have been selected as part of this assessment to describe the existing ambient air quality at the subject site.
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) With regard to NO2, continuous monitoring data from the EPA at the Zone A locations of Ringsend, Swords, Blanchardstown, Ballyfermot, Dun Laoghaire, Rathmines, Coleraine St and Winetavern St show that levels of NO2 are below the annual limit values. The average results at all location has been used in the DMRB screening model. Long-term data for the period 2013 – 2018 show annual mean concentrations range from 13.0 – 36.6 μg/m3; suggesting an average over the six year period of no more than 21.63μg/m3. Based on these results from 2013 - 2018 a current maximum daily 1-hr mean of 156.30μg/m3 has been used in the DMRB screening model.
Air Quality Zone A Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
Figure 9.1: Casement Windrose 2012-2016 Station Averaging Period Year 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Description of Existing Air Quality Ringsend Annual Mean NO2 - - - - 21.9 27 The existing ambient air quality at and in the vicinity of the site is typical of a city urban location and as such, (μg/m3) domestic and commercial heating sources and road traffic are identified as the dominant contributors of 3 hydrocarbon, combustion gases and particulate emissions to ambient air quality. Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) - - - - 137.7 121 Swords Annual Mean NO2 15.0 14.0 13.0 15.7 14.2 16 Trends in Air Quality (μg/m3) 3 Trends in Annual air quality monitoring programs have been undertaken in recent years by the EPA and Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 221.0 325.0 170.0 205.9 107.3 112 Local Authorities. The most recent annual report on air quality “Air Quality in Ireland 2018– Key Indicators Blanchardstown Annual Mean NO2 29.0 31.0 25.0 30.2 26.2 25 of Ambient Air Quality” details the range and scope of monitoring undertaken throughout Ireland with (μg/m3) Dublin 16 categorised as Zone A. 3 Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 154.0 215.0 178.0 160.2 331.2 149 The most recent 2018 EPA publication includes a number of Zone A monitoring locations which would be Ballyfermot Annual Mean NO2 16.0 16.0 16.0 17.3 16.5 17 broadly comparable to the expected air quality at the subject site. The various Zone A air quality monitoring (μg/m3) 3 stations within Ireland provide a comprehensive range of air quality monitoring data sets which have been Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 107.0 128.0 142.0 127.3 148.2 217 selected as part of this assessment to describe the existing ambient air quality at the subject site. Dun Laoghaire Annual Mean NO2 16.0 15.0 16.0 18.6 17.4 19
(μg/m3)
3 Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 123.0 105.0 103.0 141.7 153.3 135
9-6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
3 Rathmines Annual Mean NO2 19.0 17.0 18.0 20.0 17.1 20 Daily Max > 50 μg/m 3 1 4 2 3 1 (μg/m3) Phoenix Park Annual Mean PM10 14 12 12.0 10.5 9.1 11 3 3 (μg/m ) Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 107.0 112.0 106.0 102.0 115.9 138 Daily Max > 50 μg/m3 3 0 2 0 1 0 Coleraine St. Annual Mean NO2 26.0 25.0 25.0 27.6 25.6 - Table 9.4: Trends in Zone A Air Quality - PM10 3 (μg/m ) 3 Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 118.0 130.0 157.0 146.5 189.4 - Nitrogen Oxide (NOx)
Winetavern St. Annual Mean NO2 31.0 31.0 31.0 36.6 27.2 29 With regard to NOx, continuous monitoring data from the EPA at the Zone A locations of Ringsend, Swords, (μg/m3) Blanchardstown, Ballyfermot, Dun Laoghaire, Rathmines, Coleraine St and Winetavern St. The average long- 3 3 term concentrations range from 22 – 59 μg/m for the period 2013 – 2018. Based on these results a Max 1-hr NO2 (μg/m ) 158.0 188.0 182.0 193.9 196.4 165 conservative estimate of the current background NOX concentration in the region of the proposed Table 9.3: Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) development is 38.20 μg/m3.
Particulate Matter (PM10) Air Quality Zone A Nitrogen oxide (NOx) Results of Continuous PM10 monitoring carried out at the locations of Ringsend, Tallaght, Blanchardstown, Ballyfermot, Dun Laoghaire, Rathmines, Winetavern St and Phoenix Park, with six years of annual mean Station Averaging Period Year (NOx) concentrations are shown in Table 9.4. Long-term data for the period 2013 – 2018 show concentrations of 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 the annual mean ranges from 9.1 – 20 μg/m3; suggesting an average concentration over the six year period Ringsend Annual Mean NOx - - - - 54.3 50 3 of no more than 14.05 μg/m3. The daily limit for the protection of human health is no more than 35 (μg/m ) 1 3 Hourly Max - - - - 986.1 909 days>50µg/m . Based on the EPA data (Table 9.4) a conservative estimate of the current background PM10 concentration in the region of the proposed development is 14.05 μg/m3. Swords Annual Mean NOx 25 24 22 24.5 22.2 23 3 (μg/m ) 1 Air Quality Zone A PM 10 Hourly Max 1018 7022 833 1173.4 653.8 735
Station Averaging Period Year ( PM10 ) Blanchardstown Annual Mean NOx 62 67 55 76.4 57.8 62 3 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 (μg/m ) Hourly Max1 1006 1440 962 953.2 1441.5 1032 Ringsend Annual Mean PM10 - - - - 13.4 20 (μg/m3) Ballyfermot Annual Mean NOx 21 25 23 25.6 20.7 25 3 Daily Max > 50 μg/m3 - - - - 2 3 (μg/m ) Hourly Max1 523 839 553 705.2 789.4 704 Tallaght Annual Mean PM10 - 15.0 14.0 14.2 11.8 15 (μg/m3) Dun Laoghaire Annual Mean NOx 27 22 27 29.1 27.4 30 3 Daily Max > 50 μg/m3 - 2 4 0 2 1 (μg/m ) Hourly Max1 424 416 915 570.9 796.4 614 Blanchardstown Annual Mean PM10 20 18.0 17.0 17.9 15.0 17 (μg/m3) Rathmines Annual Mean NOx 28 27 28 31.1 26.8 33 3 Daily Max > 50 μg/m3 11 5 9 2 3 2 (μg/m ) Hourly Max1 668 750 593 558.1 946.2 681 Ballyfermot Annual Mean PM10 12 11 12.0 10.7 12 16 (μg/m3) Coleraine St. Annual Mean NOx 46 41 44 49.5 46.2 - 3 Daily Max > 50 μg/m3 2 2 3 0 1 0 (μg/m ) Hourly Max1 1000 720 962 1008.2 1530.9 - Dun Laoghaire Annual Mean PM10 17 14 13.0 12.9 11.9 13 (μg/m3) Winetavern St. Annual Mean NOx 50 59 49 63.4 45.6 47 3 Daily Max > 50 μg/m3 5 2 3 0 2 0 (μg/m ) Hourly Max1 1209 1236 982 1222.1 1427.7 1144 Rathmines Annual Mean PM10 17 14 15.0 14.8 13.4 15 Note 1 3 3 NOx is expressed as μg/m . (μg/m ) Note 2 3 3 NOx annual mean limit value for the protection of Vegetation: 30 μg/m (Limit only applies to rural stations in Zone D) Daily Max > 50 μg/m 8 3 5 3 5 2 Table 9.5: Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Nitrogen oxide (NOx) Winetavern St. Annual Mean PM10 14 14 14.0 14.0 12.9 14 (μg/m3)
9-7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Particulate Matter (PM2.5) Continuous PM2.5 monitoring was carried out by the EPA at the Zone A locations of Marino, Finglas, Air Quality Zone C Carbon Monoxide(CO) Rathmines and Coleraine showed annual mean levels of 6 - 11 μg/m3 over the period 2013 - 2018. Based on Station Averaging Period Year (CO) this EPA data shown in table 9.6, an average background PM2.5 concentration in the region of the proposed 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 3 3 3 development is 8.40 μg/m . There were no exceedances of limit of 25 μg/m in annual mean. Coleraine Annual Mean PM10 (mg/m 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.43 - Street ) Air Quality Zone A PM 2.5 Max1 2.7 2.5 3 2.3 2.9 - Station Averaging Period Year (PM2.5) Winetavern Annual Mean PM10 0 0 0 0.1 0.14 0.2 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Street (mg/m3) 3 Marino Annual Mean PM10 (μg/m ) 9 8 8 7 6.9 6 Max1 2.4 2.4 2 1.9 2.3 1.8 Daily Max 55 50 84 111.3 71.3 30 Balbriggan Annual Mean PM10 0.6 0.5 - - - - Finglas Annual Mean PM10 - 7 8 8.5 6.6 8 (mg/m3) (μg/m3) Max1 1.6 1.9 - - - - Daily Max - 35 75 111.3 51.9 97 Note 1 maximum daily 8-hr mean limit value for protection of human health of 10 mg/m3 3 Rathmines Annual Mean PM10 (μg/m ) 11 9 10 10 8.5 9 Table 9.8: Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Carbon Monoxide (CO) Daily Max 76 49 85 53.3 95.7 70 Background concentrations for 2025 and 2040 have been calculated. These have used the predicted current Coleraine Annual Mean PM10 11 9 9 9 8 - (μg/m3) background concentrations and the year on year reduction factors provided by Transport Infrastructure Daily Max 62 43 82 46.4 81.5 - Ireland in the Guidelines for the Treatment of Air Quality During the Planning and Construction of National Note 1 3 Road Schemes and the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs LAQM.TG. PM2.5 annual mean limit value for the protection of human health: 25 μg/m Table 9.6: Trends in Zone A Air Quality - (PM 2.5) 9.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT Benzene The proposed development as described in chapter 3 of this EIAR and set out in the statutory planning In terms of benzene, the annual mean concentration in the Zone A monitoring location of Rathmines from notices. 3 3 2013 - 2018 was 0.83 μg/m . This is well below the limit value of 5 μg/m . Between 2013 - 2018 annual mean When considering a development of this nature, the potential air quality and climate impact on the 3 concentrations at Zone A sites ranged from 0.30 – 1.01 μg/m . Based on this EPA data a conservative surroundings must be considered for each of two distinct stages: estimate of the current background benzene concentration in the region of the proposed development is A. - Construction phase; 3 0.83 μg/m B. - Operational phase.
Air Quality Zone A Benzene During the construction stage the main source of air quality impacts will be as a result of fugitive dust Station Averaging Period Year emissions from site activities. Emissions from construction vehicles and machinery have the potential to 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 impact climate. The primary sources of air and climatic emissions in the operational context are deemed Rathmines Annual Mean 0.94 0.94 0.92 1.01 0.92 0.30 long term and will involve the change in traffic flows or congestion in the local areas which are associated Benzene(μg/m3) with the development. Daily Max 5.77 4.70 7.89 1.94 4.60 4.40 Table 9.7: Trends in Zone A Air Quality - Benzene 2013 - 2018 The following describes the primary sources of potential air quality and climate impacts which have been assessed as part of this EIAR.
Carbon Monoxide (CO) With regard to CO, annual averages at the Zone A locations of Coleraine Street, Winetavern Street and Do-Nothing Scenario 3 Balbriggan over the 2013 – 2018 period are low, ranging from 0 to 0.6 μg/m based on this EPA data, a The Do-Nothing scenario includes retention of the current site without the proposed residential conservative estimate of the current background CO concentration in the region of the proposed development in place. In this scenario, ambient air quality at the site will remain as per the baseline and will 3 3 development is 0.36 mg/m . The maximum daily 8-hr mean of 2.28mg/m has been used in the DMRB change in accordance with trends within the wider area (including influences from potential new screening model. developments in the surrounding area, changes in road traffic, etc).
9-8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
9.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS Annual Average Daily Traffic Flow (AADT) information was obtained from Punch Consulting Engineers on Construction Impacts this project and has been used to model pollutant levels under various traffic scenarios and under sufficient Air Quality spatial resolution to assess whether any significant air quality impact on sensitive receptors may occur. The greatest potential impact on air quality during the construction phase of the proposed development is Cumulative effects have been assessed, as recommended in the EU Directive on EIA (Council Directive from construction dust emissions and the potential for nuisance dust and PM10/PM2.5 emissions. The 2014/52/EU). Firstly, background concentrations have been included in the modelling study. These proposed development can be considered moderate in scale and therefore there is the potential for background concentrations are year-specific and account for non-localised sources of the pollutants of significant dust soiling 50m from the source (Table 9.9). While construction dust tends to be deposited concern. Appropriate background levels were selected based on the available monitoring data provided by within 200m of a construction site, the majority of the deposition occurs within the first 50m. In order to the EPA. minimise dust emissions during construction, a series of mitigation measures have been prepared in the form of a dust minimisation plan. Provided the dust minimisation measures outlined in the plan (see The impact of the proposed development has been assessed by modelling emissions from the traffic Appendix 9.3) are adhered to, the air quality impacts during the construction phase will not be significant. generated as a result of the development. The impact of CO, benzene, NO2, NOx and PM10 for the years 2025 Regard has also been taken for the import of infill materials from off-site locations and potential dust and 2040 was predicted at the nearby sensitive receptors to the development. This assessment allows the impacts as a result of this will also be mitigated. The mitigation measures are summarised in Section 9.7 significance of the development, with respect to both relative and absolute impact, to be determined.
Source Potential Distance for Significant The receptors modelled represent the worst-case locations close to the proposed development and were Effects (Distance from Source) chosen due to their close proximity (within 200 m) to the road links impacted by proposed development. Vegetation Scale Description Soiling PM10 The worst-case traffic data which satisfied the assessment criteria detailed in Section 9.2 is shown in Table Effects 9.10 which has a 20% HGV flow. Eight receptors have been identified in the vicinity of the proposed Major Large construction sites, with high use of haul roads 100m 25m 25m development. Sensitive receptors have been chosen as they have the potential to be adversely impacted by Moderate Moderate sized construction sites, with moderate 50m 15m 15m the development, these receptors are shown in Table 9.10, 9.11 and Figure 9.2. use of haul roads Minor Minor construction sites, with limited use of haul 25m 10m 10m roads Base Year Do-Nothing Do-Something Table 9.9: Assessment Criteria for the Impact of Dust from Construction, with Standard Mitigation in Place Link Speed Road Name Number (kph) Climate 2018 2025 2040 2025 2040 There is the potential for a number of greenhouse gas emissions to atmosphere during the construction of Wyckham Way North the development. Construction vehicles, generators etc., may give rise to CO2 and NO2 emissions. However, 1 50 24,550 27,550 31,400 28,150 32,000 the impact on the climate is considered to be imperceptible in the long and short term. of roundabout Wyckham way road Human Health 2 50 28,250 31,750 36,170 32,300 36,700 Best practice mitigation measures are proposed for the construction phase of the proposed development South of roundabout which will focus on the pro-active control of dust and other air pollutants to minimise generation of 3 Ballinteer Road 50 8,800 9,950 11,350 10,500 11,800 emissions at source. The mitigation measures that will be put in place during construction of the proposed development will ensure that the impact of the development complies with all EU ambient air quality 4 Wyckham Point road 50 2,700 3,350 3,775 5,100 5,500 legislative limit values which are based on the protection of human health. Therefore, the impact of Table 9.10: ADDT - Traffic Data used in Air Modelling Assessment construction of the proposed development is likely to be short-term and imperceptible with respect to human health.
Operational Phase Local Air Quality There is the potential for a number of emissions to the atmosphere during the operational phase of the development. In particular, the traffic-related air emissions may generate quantities of air pollutants such as NO2, CO, benzene and PM10.
9-9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Name Receptor Type Coordinates compared against the ‘Do-Nothing’ scenario, which assumes that the proposed development is not in place Eastings Northings in future years, in order to determine the degree of impact. R1 Residential Housing 317114 227032 R2 Residential Housing 317162 227032 NO2 R3 Residential Housing 317226 227093 The results of the DMRB modelled impact of the proposed development for NO2 in 2025 and 2040 are shown R4 Residential Housing 317232 227120 in Table 9.12 – 9.19. The annual average concentration is within the limit value at all worst-case receptors. R5 Residential Housing 317220 227204 Levels of NO2 range between 57.98% - 67.98% in 2025 and 58.25% - 68.63% in 2040 of the annual limit value 3 R6 Residential Housing 317171 227235 using the annual mean concentrations for the EPA. The hourly limit value for NO2 is 200 μg/m and is R7 Residential Housing 317110 227241 expressed as a 99.8th percentile (i.e. it must not be exceeded more than 18 times per year). The daily R8 Residential Housing 317053 227235 maximum 1-hour NO2 concentration is not predicted to be exceeded in 2025 or 2040. There are some Table 9.11: Description of Sensitive Receptors increases in traffic flows between 2025 and 2040, therefore any reduction in concentrations is due to reduced background concentrations and greater efficiencies predicted in engines.
The impact of the proposed development on annual mean NO2 levels can be assessed relative to “Do Nothing (DN)” levels in 2025 and 2040. Relative to baseline levels, some imperceptible increases in pollutant levels are predicted as a result of the proposed development. With regard to impacts at individual receptors, the greatest impact on NO2 concentrations will be an increase of 1.43% of the annual limit value at Receptor 4. Thus, using the assessment criteria outlined in Appendix 9.2 Tables A1 – A2, the impact of the proposed development in terms of NO2 is negligible. Therefore, the overall impact of NO2 concentrations as a result of the proposed development is long-term and imperceptible at all of the receptors assessed.
PM10 The results of the modelled impact of the proposed development for PM10 in 2025 and 2040 are shown in Table 9.14. Predicted annual average concentrations at all receptors in the region of the development range between 36.15% - 39.08% in 2025 of the limit value. Future trends with the proposed development in place indicate similarly low levels of PM10. PM10 concentrations in 2040 range between 36.23% - 39.28% of the limit value.
The impact of the proposed development can be assessed relative to “Do Nothing” levels in 2025 and 2040. Relative to baseline levels, some imperceptible increases in pollutant levels are predicted as a result of the proposed development. With regard to impacts at individual receptors, the greatest impact on PM10 concentrations will be an increase of 0.48% of the annual limit value at Receptors 4. Thus, the magnitude of the changes in air quality are negligible at all receptors based on the criteria outlined in Appendix 9.2, Tables A1 – A3. Therefore, the overall impact of PM10 concentrations as a result of the proposed development is long-term and imperceptible.
NOx
Figure 9.2: Approximate Sensitive Receptor Locations used in Modelling Assessment The results of the modelled impact of the proposed development for NOx in 2025 and 2040 are shown in Table 9.16 There is no limit valve assigned to Zone A. Modelling Assessment Transport Infrastructure Ireland Guidelines for the Treatment of Air Quality during the Planning and The impact of the proposed development on annual mean NOx levels can be assessed relative to “Do Construction of National Road Schemes detail a methodology for determining air quality impact significance Nothing (DN)” levels in 2025 and 2040. Relative to baseline levels, some imperceptible increases in pollutant criteria for road schemes and has been adopted for this assessment, as is best practice. The degree of impact levels are predicted as a result of the proposed development. Thus, using the assessment criteria for NO2 is determined based on both the absolute and relative impact of the proposed development. Results are and PM10 outlined in Appendix 9.2 and applying these criteria to NOx, the impact of the proposed development in terms of NOx is negligible, long-term and imperceptible.
9-10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
3 PM2.5 Daily Maximum 1-hour for NO2 concentrations (μg/m ) 3 The Air Quality Standards Regulations 2011 specify a PM2.5 target value of 25 μg/m over a calendar year to Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) be met by 1 January 2015. Long term PM2.5 monitoring was carried out in four Zone A locations. Based on Receptor DN DS DS-DN DN DS DS-DN this EPA data shown in table 9.6, an average background PM2.5 concentration in the region of the proposed 1 162.34 162.37 0.03 162.59 162.62 0.03 development is 8.40 μg/m3. Therefore, long term averages were below the target value 25 μg/m3. 2 162.61 162.64 0.03 162.87 162.90 0.03 3 157.96 158.66 0.70 158.14 158.82 0.68 CO and Benzene 4 158.12 158.88 0.76 158.31 159.04 0.73 The results of the modelled impact of CO and benzene in the development for 2025 and 2040 are shown in 5 163.34 163.39 0.05 163.63 163.67 0.04 Table 9.17 and Table 9.18 respectively. Predicted pollutant concentrations with the proposed development 6 162.60 162.65 0.05 162.87 162.91 0.04 in place are below the ambient standards at all locations. Levels of CO range between 23.00% – 23.50% in 7 161.95 161.99 0.04 160.01 160.13 0.12 2025 and 23.10% -23.60 % in 2040 of the limit value. Levels of benzene ranging between 17.00% - 18.60% 8 161.71 161.75 0.04 159.85 159.97 0.12 in 2025 and 17.00% -19.00% in 2040 of the total limit value. Future trends indicate similarly low levels of CO 3 Table 9.13 Daily maximum 1-hour for NO2 concentrations (μg/m ) and benzene. Levels of both pollutants are below their respective limit values, with CO reaching 18.60% of the limit and benzene reaching 19.00% in 2040. Receptor Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) The impact of the proposed development can be assessed relative to “Do Nothing” levels in 2025 and 2040. DN DS DS- Magnitude Description DN DS DS- Magnitude Description DN DN CO and benzene concentration from the DMRB Model in both 2025 and 2040 are predicted to increase 1 15.34 15.35 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 15.41 15.41 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible marginally. Thus, using the assessment criteria for NO2 and PM10 outlined in Appendix 9.2 and applying Increase these criteria to CO and benzene, the impact of the proposed development in terms of CO and benzene is 2 15.34 15.42 0.08 Imperceptible Negligible 15.48 15.49 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible negligible, long-term and imperceptible. Increase Increase 3 14.32 14.46 0.14 Imperceptible Negligible 14.35 14.49 0.14 Imperceptible Negligible Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) Increase Increase 4 14.35 14.50 0.15 Imperceptible Negligible 14.35 14.54 0.19 Imperceptible Negligible Recepto DN DS DS- Magnitude Descriptio DN DS DS- Magnitude Descriptio Increase r DN n DN n 5 15.61 15.63 0.02 Imperceptible Negligible 15.70 15.71 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 1 26.2 26.2 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 26.4 26.5 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible Increase 5 8 3 e Increase 7 0 3 e Increase 6 15.41 15.41 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 15.48 15.49 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 2 25.2 25.2 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 26.7 26.7 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible Increase 7 14.67 14.70 0.03 Imperceptible Negligible 15.30 15.31 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 5 5 0 e Increase 2 5 3 e Increase Increase 3 22.6 23.1 0.5 Imperceptibl Negligible 22.7 23.3 0.5 Imperceptibl Negligible 8 14.63 14.67 0.04 Imperceptible Negligible 14.72 14.74 0.02 Imperceptible Negligible 6 9 3 e Increase 9 0 1 e Increase Increase 3 4 22.7 23.3 0.5 Imperceptibl Negligible 22.7 23.4 0.7 Imperceptibl Negligible Table 9.14: Annual Mean PM10 Concentrations (μg/m ) 8 5 7 e Increase 8 8 0 e Increase
5 27.1 27.1 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 27.4 27.4 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) 4 9 5 e Increase 1 5 4 e Increase Receptor DN DS DN DS 6 26.4 26.4 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 26.7 26.7 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 1 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.17 9 9 0 e Increase 2 6 4 e Increase 2 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.19 7 23.9 24.0 0.1 Imperceptibl Negligible 26.1 26.1 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5 7 2 e Increase 2 5 3 e Increase 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 23.8 23.9 0.1 Imperceptibl Negligible 24.1 24.2 0.0 Imperceptibl Negligible 5 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.23 4 5 1 e Increase 3 2 9 e Increase 6 0.17 0.17 0.19 0.19 3 Table 9.12: Annual Mean NO2 Concentrations (μg/m ) 7 0.00 0.00 0.16 0.16
8 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 Table 9.15: Number of days with PM10 concentration > 50 μg/m
9-11
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Receptor Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) Receptor Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) DN DS DS-DN Magnitude Description DN DS DS-DN Magnitude Description DN DS DS-DN Magnitude Description DN DS DS-DN Magnitude Description Negligible Negligible 1 56.39 56.51 0.12 Imperceptible 57.35 57.47 0.12 Imperceptible 1 2.34 2.34 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 2.34 2.34 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Increase Increase Negligible Negligible 2 56.39 57.55 1.16 Imperceptible 58.44 58.56 0.12 Imperceptible 2 2.34 2.34 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 2.35 2.35 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Increase Increase Negligible Negligible 3 2.29 2.30 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 2.29 2.30 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 3 41.97 43.94 1.97 Imperceptible 42.45 44.39 1.94 Imperceptible Increase Increase Negligible Negligible 4 2.29 2.30 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 2.29 2.30 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 4 42.39 44.57 2.18 Imperceptible 42.39 45.07 2.68 Imperceptible Increase Increase 5 2.35 2.35 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 2.36 2.36 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Negligible Negligible 5 60.30 60.49 0.19 Imperceptible 61.48 61.65 0.17 Imperceptible Increase Increase 6 2.34 2.34 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 2.35 2.35 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Negligible Negligible 6 57.41 57.41 0.00 Imperceptible 58.43 58.59 0.16 Imperceptible Increase Increase 7 2.31 2.31 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 2.34 2.34 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Negligible Negligible 7 46.91 47.39 0.48 Imperceptible 55.82 55.95 0.13 Imperceptible Increase Increase 8 2.31 2.31 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 2.31 2.31 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Negligible Negligible 8 46.45 46.91 0.46 Imperceptible 47.61 47.98 0.37 Imperceptible 3 Increase Increase Table 9.18: Maximum 8-hour CO Concentrations (mg/m ) 3 Table 9.16: Annual Mean NOx Concentrations (μg/m )
Year Scenario CO NOx PM10 C Receptor Impact Opening Year (2025) Impact Design Year (2040) (kg/annum) (kg/annum) (tonnes/annum) (tonnes/annum) 2025 Do Nothing 7,696 5,975 126 684 DN DS DS-DN Magnitude Description DN DS DS-DN Magnitude Description Do Something 8,218 6,381 136 730 2040 Do Nothing 8,763 6,803 145 779 1 0.92 0.92 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 0.93 0.94 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible Do Something 9,265 7,193 152 823 Increment in 2025 522kg 406Kg 10 Tonnes 46 tonnes 2 0.92 0.93 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 0.94 0.94 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Increment in 2040 505kg 309kg 7 Tonnes 44 tonnes Table 9.19: Regional Air Quality & Climate Assessment 3 0.84 0.85 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 0.84 0.85 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible Summary of Modelling Assessment 4 0.84 0.85 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible 0.84 0.85 0.01 Imperceptible Negligible Levels of traffic-derived air pollutants for the development will not exceed the ambient air quality standards either with or without the proposed development in place. Using the assessment criteria outlined in 5 0.93 0.93 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 0.95 0.95 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Appendix 9.2, Table A1 – A3, the impact of the development in terms of PM10, CO, NO2, NOx and benzene is 6 0.92 0.92 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 0.93 0.93 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible negligible, long-term and imperceptible.
7 0.86 0.86 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 0.92 0.92 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible Regional Air Quality and Climate Impact The regional impact of the proposed development on emissions of CO, NOX, PM10 and C has been assessed 8 0.86 0.86 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible 0.86 0.86 0.00 Imperceptible Negligible using the procedures of Transport Infrastructure Ireland. The results (see Table 9.19) show that the likely Table 9.17: Annual Mean Benzene Concentrations (μg/m3) impact of the proposed development has on the area with the increase traffic flow on the local roads. The likely overall magnitude of the changes on air quality and climate in the operational stage is imperceptible. Human Health Air dispersion modelling of operational traffic emissions was undertaken to assess the impact of the
development with reference to EU ambient air quality standards which are based on the protection of
human health. As demonstrated by the modelling results, emissions as a result of the proposed development are compliant with all National and EU ambient air quality limit values and, therefore, will not result in a significant impact on human health.
9-12
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
9.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS At all times, the procedures within the plan will be strictly monitored and assessed. In the event of dust nuisance occurring outside the site boundary, movements of materials likely to raise dust would be curtailed In accordance with The Planning and Development Regulations 2001 as amended, this section has and satisfactory procedures implemented to rectify the problem before the resumption of construction considered the cumulative impact of the proposed development in conjunction with future and current operations. development in the vicinity of the subject site. This section relates to the cumulative impact on the subject site itself and on surrounding sites. Climate
Construction traffic and embodied energy of construction materials are expected to be the dominant source The European Commission’s report of May 1999 ‘Guidelines for the Assessment of Indirect and Cumulative of greenhouse gas emissions as a result of the construction phase of the development. Construction Impacts as well as Impact Interactions’ defines cumulative impact as follows: vehicles, generators etc., may give rise to some CO2 and N2O emissions. However, due to short-term and
temporary nature of these works, the impact on climate will not be significant. “Impacts that result from incremental changes caused by other past, present or reasonably foreseeable actions together with the project”. Nevertheless, some site-specific mitigation measures can be implemented during the construction phase of
the proposed development to ensure emissions are reduced further. In particular the prevention of on-site The cumulative air quality impact of the existing residential development, under construction developments or delivery vehicles from leaving engines idling, even over short periods. Minimising waste of materials due and existing local transport infrastructure together with the proposed development is assessed with regard to poor timing or over ordering on site will aid to minimise the embodied carbon footprint of the site. to having established the baseline air quality and then predicting the impact that the proposed development will have on the baseline air quality. Together the combined impact can be assessed to determine if there is sufficient “atmospheric capacity” to facilitate the proposed development. Mitigation Measures (Construction)
• Avoid unnecessary vehicle movements and manoeuvring, and limit speeds on site so as to It is predicted that the cumulative impact of the construction and operational phases of the proposed minimise the generation of airborne dust. development and proposed or permitted neighboring developments will not have an adverse long term • Buildings shall be demolished by approved methods and in a manner that reduces the impact impact on the receiving environment. on air quality.
• Manual Stripping of buildings of internal fixings, metals, glass and asbestos. It is considered that there will be the potential for a short term slight negative cumulative impact associated with the construction phase of the subject development on ambient air quality and climate primarily as a • A 3m high solid wooden hoarding with a 3m high dust net shall be erected around the entire result of the use of diesel to fuel construction plant and equipment. However, through the implementation construction site perimeter giving a total dust barrier height of 6m. of the mitigation measures and the integration into the design of the operational development of • Use of rubble chutes and receptor skips during construction activities. sustainable aspects and energy reduction features will ensure the receiving environment including off site • All buildings in which asbestos has been identified shall be sealed during the asbestos residential receptors and existing habitats will not be adversely impacted. removal process. Asbestos shall only be removed by an appropriately permitted company. All asbestos waste shall be double bagged, stored in a dedicated sealed waste container/skip 9.7 MITIGATION MEASURES prior to removal off-site for disposal at an appropriately permitted/licenced facility. Records of all asbestos waste removed from site shall be maintained by the site manager and Construction phase certificates of destruction shall be provided by the asbestos removal contractor. Asbestos Air Quality surveys shall be conducted by an appropriately HSE approved contractor. The pro-active control of fugitive dust will ensure the prevention of significant emissions, rather than an • During dry periods, dust emissions from heavily trafficked locations (on and off site) will be inefficient attempt to control them once they have been released. The main contractor will be responsible controlled by spraying surfaces with water and wetting agents. for the coordination, implementation and ongoing monitoring of the dust management plan. The key • Hard surface roads will be swept to remove mud and aggregate materials from their surface aspects of controlling dust are listed below. Full details of the dust management plan can be found in while any unsurfaced roads will be restricted to essential site traffic only. Appendix 9.3. • A road sweeper vehicle shall be on-site at all times to clean soiled public roads in the vicinity • The specification and circulation of a dust management plan for the site and the identification of of the site. persons responsible for managing dust control and any potential issues; • A mobile wheel wash unit shall be installed at the site exit to wash down the wheels of all • The development of a documented system for managing site practices with regard to dust control trucks exiting the site. • The development of a means by which the performance of the dust management plan can be • An independent environmental consultant shall be appointed by the contractor to prepare a monitored and assessed; dust control and monitoring method statement prior to the commencement of site activities. • The specification of effective measures to deal with any complaints received.
9-13
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• A weekly inspection of each dust gauge will ensure that the site manager identifies at the SUMMARY OF DUST CONTROL TECHNIQUES earliest instance if dust suppression techniques shall be implemented at the project site Sources of Particular Matter Control Technique areas. • Re-suspension in the air of spillages material from trucks entering or leaving the site will be Containment / Suppression prevented by limiting the speed of vehicles within the site to 10kmh and by use of a Loading and unloading processes Reducing drop heights mechanical road sweeper. Use of variable height conveyors • The overloading of tipper trucks exiting the site shall not be permitted. Use of chutes • Aggregates will be transported to and from the site in covered trucks. Double handling transfer points Site and process design • Where the likelihood of windblown fugitive dust emissions is high and during dry weather Reduction of vehicle movements conditions, dusty site surfaces will be sprayed by a mobile tanker bowser. Appropriate siting • Wetting agents shall be utilised to provide a more effective surface wetting procedure. Away from closest receptors/site boundaries • Exhaust emissions from vehicles operating within the construction site, including trucks, Use of enclosures and bunding excavators, diesel generators or other plant equipment, will be controlled by the contractor Aggregate stockpiles Reduced drop heights by ensuring that emissions from vehicles are minimised by routine servicing of vehicles and Water suppression plant, rather than just following breakdowns; the positioning of exhausts at a height to Sprays ensure adequate local dispersal of emissions, the avoidance of engines running unnecessarily Bowsers and the use of low emission fuels. Covering • All plant not in operation shall be turned off and idling engines shall not be permitted for Covered stock bins excessive periods. Dust covers • Material handling systems and site stockpiling of materials will be designed and laid out to Appropriate siting minimise exposure to wind. Water misting or sprays will be used as required if particularly Mobile Crushing of site generated Away from closest receptors/site boundaries Use of enclosures and bunding dusty activities are necessary during dry or windy periods. C&D Waste (if applicable) Reduced drop heights • Material stockpiles containing fine or dusty elements including top soils shall be covered with Water suppression tarpaulins. Sprays • Where drilling or pavement cutting, grinding or similar types of stone finishing operations Bowsers are taking place, measures to control dust emissions will be used to prevent unnecessary Containment dust emissions by the erection of wind breaks or barriers. All concrete cutting equipment Wind boards shall be fitted with a water dampening system. Housings • A programme of air quality monitoring shall be implemented at the site boundaries for the Suppression duration of construction phase activities to ensure that the air quality standards relating to Conveyors / transfer points Water sprays dust deposition and PM10 are not exceeded. Where levels exceed specified air quality limit Housekeeping values, dust generating activities shall immediately cease and alternative working methods Clean up of spilled materials shall be implemented. Appropriate siting • A complaints log shall be maintained by the construction site manager and in the event of a Away from closest receptors/site boundaries Concrete Cutting Plant Suppression complaint relating to dust nuisance, an investigation shall be initiated. Water sprays fitted to equipment/plant Table 9.20 presents a summary of dust control techniques which will be implemented at the site during Roadways including site yard area Suppression activities. Water sprays and bowsers Wheel wash at site compounds Vehicles Washing / Covering Wheel wash to be installed at site exit Vehicles exiting the site with C&D loads shall be covered with tarpaulin Table: 9.20: summary of dust control techniques
9-14
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Operational Phase No additional mitigation measures are required as the operational phase of the proposed development as There is no monitoring recommended for the operational phase of the development as impacts to air quality it is predicted to have an imperceptible impact on ambient air quality and climate. and climate are predicted to be imperceptible. The operational phase mitigation by design measures to minimise the impact of the development on air quality and climate are as follows: 9.11 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION There were no difficulties encountered in compiling this section of the EIAR. Mitigation Measures (Operational) • Thermally efficient glazing systems on all units 9.12 RESIDUAL IMPACTS • Mechanical Ventilation and Heat Recovery (MVHR) systems or equivalent installed in all apartments • Thermal insulation of walls and roof voids of all units Construction Phase Air Quality • Natural Gas heating in all units When the dust minimisation measures detailed in the mitigation section of this Chapter (Section 9.7) are • Inclusion of electric car charging points to encourage electric vehicle ownership implemented, fugitive emissions of dust from the site will be insignificant and pose no nuisance at nearby
receptors. Predicted Impacts
Various elements associated with the construction phase of the proposed development have the potential Climate to impact local ambient air quality, however the potential construction phase impacts shall be mitigated as Impacts to climate during the construction phase are considered imperceptible and therefore residual detailed in Section 9.7 above to ensure there is a minimal impact on ambient air quality for the duration of impacts are not predicted. all construction phase works. It is predicted that the operational phase of the development will not generate air emissions that would have an adverse impact on local ambient air quality or local human health. Operational Phase The results of the air dispersion modelling study indicate that the impacts of the proposed development on 9.8 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO air quality and climate is predicted to be imperceptible with respect to the operational phase for the long The Do-Nothing scenario includes retention of the current site without the proposed residential and short term. development in place. In this scenario, ambient air quality at the site will remain as per the baseline and will change in accordance withtrends within the wider area (including influences from potential new developments in the surrounding area, changes in road traffic, etc). 9.13 REFERENCES 9.9 WORST CASE SCENARIO • German VDI (2002) Technical Guidelines on Air Quality Control – TA Luft • Framework Convention on Climate Change (1997) Kyoto Protocol To The United Nations Framework The main potential for adverse impact on local air quality will occur during the construction phase. The Convention On Climate Change worst-case scenario therefore corresponds to the situation where the mitigation measures for construction • Framework Convention on Climate Change (1999) Ireland - Report on the in-depth review of the activities fail or are not implemented. Should dust mitigation measures not be implemented during the second national communication of Ireland construction phase, significant dust nuisance is likely in areas close to the construction site. Given the • Environmental Resources Management (1998) Limitation and Reduction of CO2 and Other distance to sensitive receptors dust nuisance is not considered to be a significant issue providing mitigation Greenhouse Gas Emissions in Ireland measures are carried out. • EU (2014) EU 2030 Climate and Energy Framework • Department of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government (DEHLG) (2003) Strategy to Reduce 9.10 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT Emissions of Trans-boundary Pollution by 2010 to Comply with National Emission Ceilings - Monitoring Discussion Document Monitoring of construction dust deposition at nearby sensitive receptors (residential dwellings) during the • DEHLG (2004) National Programme for Ireland under Article 6 of Directive 2001/81/EC for the construction phase of the proposed development is recommended to ensure mitigation measures are Progressive Reduction of National Emissions of Transboundary Pollutants by 2010 working satisfactorily. This can be carried out using the Bergerhoff method in accordance with the • DEHLG (2007a) Update and Revision of the National Programme for Ireland under Article 6 of requirements of the German Standard VDI 2119. The Bergerhoff Gauge consists of a collecting vessel and a Directive 2001/81/EC for the Progressive Reduction of National Emissions of Transboundary stand with a protecting gauge. The collecting vessel is secured to the stand with the opening of the collecting Pollutants by 2010 vessel located approximately 2m above ground level. The TA Luft limit value is 350 mg/(m2*day) during the • Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (2002) Guidelines On Information To Be Contained in monitoring period between 28 – 32 days. Environmental Impact Statements
9-15
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• EPA (2003) Advice Notes On Current Practice (In The Preparation Of Environmental Impact Statements) • EPA (2017) Guidelines on the Information to be Contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports - Draft • EPA (2015) Advice Notes for Preparing Environmental Impact Statements – Draft • UK DEFRA (2016a) Part IV of the Environment Act 1995: Local Air Quality Management, LAQM. PG • UK DEFRA (2016b) Part IV of the Environment Act 1995: Local Air Quality Management, LAQM.TG • UK Department of the Environment, Transport and Roads (1998) Preparation of Environmental Statements for Planning Projects That Require Environmental Assessment - A Good Practice Guide, Appendix 8 - Air & Climate • EPA (2016) Air Quality Monitoring Report 2015 (& previous annual reports 1997-2014) • EPA (2017) EPA Website: http://www.epa.ie/whatwedo/monitoring/air/
• UK DEFRA (2016) NOx to NO2 Conversion Spreadsheet (Version 5.1) • Transport Infrastructure Ireland (2011) Guidelines for the Treatment of Air Quality During the Planning and Construction of National Road Schemes • Transport Infrastructure Ireland (2009) Guidelines for Assessment of Ecological Impacts of National Roads Schemes (Rev. 2, Transport Infrastructure Ireland, 2009) • Department of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government (2010) Appropriate Assessment of Plans and Projects in Ireland – Guidance for Planning Authorities • World Health Organisation (2006) Air Quality Guidelines - Global Update 2005 (and previous Air Quality Guideline Reports 1999 & 2000) • Highways England (2013) Interim Advice Note 170/12 v3 Updated air quality advice on the assessment of future NOx and NO2 projections for users of DMRB Volume 11, Section 3, Part 1 ‘Air Quality • EU (2017) Ireland’s Final Greenhouse Gas Emissions in 2015 • BRE (2003) Controlling Particles, Vapours & Noise Pollution From Construction Sites • The Scottish Office (1996) Planning Advice Note PAN50 Annex B: Controlling The Environmental Effects Of Surface Mineral Workings Annex B: The Control of Dust at Surface Mineral Workings • UK Office of Deputy Prime Minister (2002) Controlling the Environmental Effects of Recycled and Secondary Aggregates Production Good Practice Guidance • USEPA (1997) Fugitive Dust Technical Information Document for the Best Available Control Measures • USEPA (1986) Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, AP-42, Fifth Edition (periodically updated)
9-16
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
10 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL • Advice Notes on Current Practice in the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements, by the 10.1 INTRODUCTION Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. • Guidelines on Environmental Impact Assessment, Draft, by the Environmental Protection Agency, This chapter includes the Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) that was completed to assess 2017. the potential impact and effect of the proposed development on the landscape on the landscape setting • as well as on visual receptors in the landscape such as residents, visitors, people pursuing recreational Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Assessment, 3rd Ed., Landscape Institute and Institute of activities etc. The assessment indicates the types and levels of the anticipated effects of the Environmental Management and Assessment, 2013. development. • National Landscape Strategy for Ireland, Department of Arts, Heritage and the Gaeltacht, 2015-25 • Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 Photomontages have been prepared for the proposed scheme (refer to the proposed views for photomontages outlined in section 10.8 below (A3 of the photomontages also included with the SHD The Landscape and Visual Assessment involved: application pack). • Visiting the area; • Undertaking a desk study of the subject site and its immediate environs in relation to its local and Definition of Landscape urban significance using the information gathered from site visits, studying aerial photography and
The European Landscape Convention 2000 (ELC), also known as the Florence convention, defines Ordnance Survey mapping; landscape as ‘an area, as perceived by people, whose character is the result of the action and interaction • Establishing and describing the receiving environment in terms of the existing landscape and its visual of natural and/or human factors’. The ELC applies to natural, rural, urban and peri-urban areas and amenity; concerns landscapes that might be considered outstanding as well as every day or degraded. This is an • Assessing the nature, scale and quality of the proposed development through examination of the inclusive definition that extends beyond the idea of landscape as only a matter of aesthetics and visual design team’s drawings, illustrations and descriptions of the proposed scheme; amenity.
The National Landscape Strategy for Ireland 2015-2025, which was developed as a result of the ELC, The EPA Guidelines recommend using descriptive terminology to determine the types, quality and recognises that the Irish landscape has evolved over time and will continue to do so. This strategy notes significance of effects. This guidance is also included in the GLVA which recommends using categories of that landscape is more than our stunning countryside and dramatic coastline; it also encompasses out significance to describe effects. towns, cities and villages, the ordinary and the everyday. Once the receiving environment has been established, the proposed development is then applied to The Planning and Development Act 2000, as amended, provides that ‘landscape’ has the same meaning allow the identification of potential positive, negative and neutral effects, prediction of their magnitude as in the ELC. The PDA, as amended, requires Development Plans and Regional Guidelines to include and the assessment of their significance on the environment. The definition of these effects is defined objectives relating to landscape, in accordance with relevant policies or objectives for the time being of are given in Table 10.1. The magnitude of these effects is categorised as ‘slight’, ‘moderate’, ‘substantial’ the Government or any Minister of the Government relating to providing a framework for identification, or ‘no perceived change’ and the criteria for each category is given in Table 10.2. Mitigation measures assessment, protection, management and planning of landscapes and developed having regard to the can then be identified, usually forming the main elements of the landscape masterplan, to reduce as far European Landscape Convention done at Florence on 20 October 2000. In addition, an environmental as possible any potential negative environmental effects. The effects of the proposal are considered impact assessment much assess the direct and indirect effects of a proposed development on the during both the construction and operational phase of the proposed development. landscape.
10.2 METHODOLOGY
This assessment has been prepared based on the following guidelines and documents: • Guidelines on the Information to be contained in and Environmental Impact Statement, by the Environmental Protection Agency, 2002 • Revised Guidelines on the information to be contained in Environmental Impact Statements- Draft, by the Environmental Protection Agency, 2015
10.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
The tables below provide definitions for the descriptive terminology that will be used to assess the effect The boundaries are delineated by a combination of mature trees and hedgerows, post and rail fencing the proposed development is likely to have on the landscape. and concrete walls. There are no built structures on the open field. The application site extends to the east of the Carmelite Centre where an existing overflow car park will be removed and built upon. The Effect Description Definition existing access road to the Carmelite Centre also forms part of the application site and will be redesigned along with a new main entrance to serve the Centre and the new residential development. Positive Effect A change, which improves the quality of the existing landscape character.
Neutral Effect A change, which does not affect the quality of the landscape character.
Negative Effect A change, which reduces the quality of the existing landscape character.
Table 10.1 Effect Types
Substantial Effect Total loss or major alteration of key elements / features / characteristics of the baseline landscape character and / or introduction of features considered to be totally uncharacteristic when set within the receiving landscape and its level of sensitivity.
Moderate Effect Partial loss or alteration of key elements / features / characteristics of the baseline landscape character and / or Figure 10.1 Subject Context (Source: Google Maps) introduction of features that may be prominent but not necessarily considered to be substantially uncharacteristic The Gort Muire Carmelite Centre has several protected structures including the Water Gardens, Garden when set within the receiving landscape and its level of Walls and Farm Building Complex, House, Ornamental Ironwork, Conservatory and Water Tower (RPS sensitivity. Ref.1453). A full description of the protected structures can be found in chapter 15 ‘Cultural Heritage – Architecture Heritage’ of this EIAR. Slight Effect Minor loss or alteration to one or more key elements / features / characteristics of the baseline landscape character The lands to the east and the south consist of residential developments comprising two storey detached and / or introduction of features that may not be and semi-detached housing. Ballawley Park a large public park lies directly to the south east of the site, uncharacteristic when set within the receiving landscape and while the lands to the north consists of St Tiernan’s Community School and the Walled Garden (also its level of sensitivity. formerly part of the Carmelite Centre) where an apartment development is currently under construction. Adjoining the Carmelite Centre to the north and west are a number of modern apartment developments No Perceived Very minor loss or alteration to one or more key elements / (Wyckham Point, Wyckham Place, Southmede) built in the mid to late 2000’s along Wyckham Way with Change features / characteristics / of the baseline landscapes heights ranging up to 8 storeys. approximating the no change situation. The existing development site generally slopes down from the southern boundary towards the north- Table 10.2 Effect Categories eastern corner. Existing ground levels along the southern boundary rise from +84m OD in the western
corner to +89m OD in the eastern corner. The north-eastern corner of the site is +79m OD. The centre of 10.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT the site is approx. +87m OD, while the north-western corner is approx. +81m OD.
Context and Character The site is zoned ‘Objective A’ (To protect and/or improve residential amenity) in the DLRCC County The subject site is located within the suburban built-up residential area of Dundrum and Ballinteer. It is Development Plan 2016-22. The zoning map also identifies the lands for the general protection of a greenfield site in the main that has remained undeveloped and comprises principally of a vacant field boundary trees. formerly controlled by the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre.
10.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
According to the national database of place names in Ireland, (logainm.ie), the name ‘Balally’ derives from the Irish Baile Amhlaoibh meaning Olaf’s Town
There are no significant national monuments in the site’s vicinity however there are several protected structures within the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre including the Water Gardens, Garden Walls and Farm Building Complex, House, Ornamental Ironwork, Conservatory and Water Tower (RPS Ref.1453).
Overall, this landscape has a moderate sensitivity, with a carrying capacity for further residential development subject to quality of design and layout.
Visibility
Due to the existing boundaries, the site is generally visible from immediately adjoining residential areas along the southern and eastern boundaries and from the Gort Muire buildings to the west of the site.
The tree lined boundary reduces the visibility of the site entirely from certain viewpoints, for example the view from the St. Tiernan’s school and the Wyckham Place Roundabout.
Figure 10.2 Ariel View of Approximate Site Location (Source: Google, 2019) As a result of the topography, there is little visibility of the subject site outside the of the immediate vicinity.
Trees and Hedgerows
The trees onsite are a mixture of early-mature to mature native, naturalised and exotic species that are mainly located on the northern boundary and clustered in a group at the site entrance near Wyckham Avenue. It is worth noting that a number of mature specimens were removed by the previous owners from the northern section of the site. The site is screened to an extent by large mature trees on the western boundary within Gort Muire.
The boundaries of the subject site vary in terms of tree cover. There are a number of trees located on or near the boundary with St. Tiernan’s school which comprises mainly of sycamore and ash. There are also a number of mature trees which have been topped on the eastern boundary which mainly comprise of sycamore. There are early-mature trees on the southern boundary comprising of ash, horse chestnut and elm.
Protected Structures
The Gort Muire Carmelite Centre has several protected structures including the Water Gardens, Garden Walls and Farm Building Complex, House, Ornamental Ironwork, Conservatory and Water Tower (RPS Ref.1453). The development site however abounds sections of historic walled boundaries, which will require consideration in the proposed development. The protected fabric of Gort Muire is essentially shielded from the subject development site by a 1930s dormitory block, constructed in alignment with the southern boundary shared with the site. This large-scale structure provides and inadvertent Figure 10.3 Approximate site location on contour map (Source: geohive.ie) enclosure to the protected gardens, garden features and historic landscaping of the house, which are
cited in the RPS as contributing to its character and worthy of specifically stated protection. A full
10.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane description of the protected structures can be found in chapter 15 ‘Cultural Heritage – Architecture Heritage’ of this EIAR.
Planning Policy Context
The Dun Laoghaire County Development Plan 2016-2022 states that: Application Site “It is Council policy to continue to preserve and enhance the character of the County’s landscapes in accordance with the recommended strategies as originally outlined in the Landscape Character Assessment (2002 and since updated), in accordance with the ‘Draft Guidelines for Landscape and Landscape Assessment’ (2000) as issued by the Department of Environment and Local Government, in accordance with the European Landscape Convention (Florence Convention) and in accordance with ‘A National Landscape Strategy for Ireland – Strategy Issue Paper for Consultation’ (2011). The Council shall implement any relevant recommendations contained in the Department of Arts, Heritage and the Gaeltacht’s National Landscape Strategy for Ireland, 2015 - 2025.”
The development plan divides the county into 14 landscape character areas. The proposed development’s site falls entirely outside any of the designated LCAs.
There are a number of LCAs to the west and south of the development site including Marlay Park, The Western Half of the Kellystown Road, Ticknock Road and Barnacullia LCAs.
The Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 also contains the Green County Strategy which aims to “… promote and develop a coherent and integrated green infrastructure network across Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown which will secure and enhance biodiversity – including the protection of Natura 2000 sites – provide readily accessible parks, open spaces and recreational facilities, maintain historic and landscape character areas and provide for the sustainable management of water…”.
10.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
The proposed development comprises a Build to Rent (BTR) residential scheme comprising of 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue. Provision of additional pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included the statutory notices and chapter 3 of the EIAR. Figure 10.4 Landscape Assessment Study and Landscape Character Areas (Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016 – 2022)
Key elements of the landscape design are as follows:
Pedestrian Orientated Scheme
The scheme has carefully designed out the need for ramps greater than 1:21 despite the sloping nature of the gradient. It promotes walking and cycling at its heart and actively encourages increased permeability to and through the site from north to south and east to west by providing public access at potential existing links unlocking key connectors in the local context from Ballawley Park (subject to
10.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
DLRCC agreement), Greenmount Lane, Wyckham Avenue and St Tiernan’s School (subject to Dept of - A variety of paths and routes to encourage exploration but also allowing for solitary play, onlooker play, Education agreement). parallel play (playing beside one another), associative play (playing close by and mimicking other children). Protect & Enhance Accessibility & Circulation The sites greatest natural assets are its existing trees. The design works to protect and celebrate these as part of its character. Furthermore, the design is enhanced with additional tree planting to all Primary circulation is from the north south and east west axis. Site permeability and connectivity boundaries and its internal space, creating a variety of spatial experiences. considers linking to its context by future potential entrances at Ballawley Park (subject to DLRCC agreement), Greenmount Lane and St. Tiernan’s Community School (subject to Dept. of Education Enhanced Biodiversity agreement). Access to ground floor apartments has been provided in order to create activation for the public and private realm. All Block entrances are Part M compliant and key routes around the site provide An increased net gain for bio-diversity is achieved by additional tree planting to promote Carbon for access for all. 1:21 slopes have been integrated throughout with access on the eastern boundary Sequestration, use of native tree and shrub planting and wildflower meadow grass areas to promote the catered for by way of pop up lift at the end of the East West Axis. pollination plan in addition to the provision of SUDs systems such as green roofs and surface water attenuation in swales, (refer to Punch Engineering report and drawings submitted with the application Level thresholds to blocks have been designed throughout the development with no ramps with an for further details), permeable paving and bio-retention tree pits. The plan also extends to include badger incline greater than 1:21 required. Proposed levels follow the existing grades, with no retaining walls foraging plant species and creates a continuous connecting loop of trees to cater for bat roosts. required to the sites boundaries or impacts to existing trees on boundaries as a result of regrading. The North south axis rises 9m over almost 200m. Earth terraces grade down from Block C, however, the Quality Open Space gradient has been designed at 1:21 to ensure access for all throughout the proposed development.
The development will provide high quality spaces, orientated to maximize solar gain and programmed to Public Parking will be provided at the entrance ramp between block A and B - access beyond the arrivals cater for exercise, interactions, play and other social activities to create a sense of community across a square will be limited to drop off, service, emergency and mobility impaired drivers with boom gates. wide demographic as well as aesthetically pleasing spaces which generate a ‘sense of place’ and varied Bike parking to the tune will be provided with facilities for repairs and secured private access with a but unified character. Marmalade Lane will provide both active and passive public open space, creating combination of double stacked and Sheffield stands to meet the increased reliance on cycling. Bins will a welcoming environment for visitors to pass through and utilise the amenities. be provided within the landscape for general and recycling waste on key service accesses whilst ESB stations will be provided for each block. The Open Space for Marmalade Lane has been planned without boundaries as an open permeable landscape. The semi-private space bleeds into the public open space with a series of smaller pocket Boundary Treatment & Tree Protection spaces designed for seating, exercise or play. Some roof garden has been proposed to capture views and create a unique amenity for the development. The hierarchy of space radiates out from Marmalade A key design driver for Marmalade Lane has been to utilize it as connector to key infrastructure in the Triangle, the primary space. With a highly active area on the east of the East West Axis, secondary space surrounding area - unlocking pedestrian and cyclist movement. Subject to formal agreement with DLRCC (2) and a series of smaller tertiary spaces (3) arranged throughout the masterplan. to allow public access to the Park, the boundaries between Ballawley Park and the Site can be removed (apart from retention of existing mature trees) essentially allowing the park to expand into the site and Inclusive play spaces have been proposed to provide opportunities for everyone to play together. The making it more inviting to the public. The existing block wall currently defining the southern edge play spaces are accessible, engage children of all ages and abilities and encourage them to interact with between the park, development and Wesley Heights will remain unchanged, with supplementary each other. These will promote health and wellbeing, learning, and social interactions. Play is provided planting added to be provided for additional privacy to existing dwellings. Future pedestrian access to throughout the site and responds to age, context and ability. Several principles have driven the design Wesley Lawns/Greenmount Lane, is also facilitated. all of which underpin creating a well-integrated community: The boundary between the Carmelites and the proposed development will consist of a variety of - equipment that stimulates the senses such as sound play treatments which respond to context. Upon entry to the site the existing walls will be removed to create - equipment that is accessible to all such as rockr’s with the width for wheelchair access and part M a sense of openness and permeability and a new service road provided to access the Carmelites compliant and space for children who do not like to be touched immediately to the left. In order to protect the existing Beech Tree no hard boundary treatment has been - surface materials meet EN 1176 and EN 1177 standards, to be safe and visually pleasing provided; this will be a 2m tall evergreen hedge which runs to the edge of the Trees Root Protection Zone - play for all has been provided for with play equipment that has similar tasks but different levels of to avoid deep excavations for walls. This then interfaces with a 2m tall 4m long sign wall made of natural challenge for age groups and ability’s, such as the climbing frame, providing children with choice. coursed random rubble stone similar to that of the tower. This will be well planted in front with climbers - Providing opportunities for calm and landscaped areas with seating, or cubby holes in tree houses. wrapping around it over time to soften its effect. This then merges with a 2m tall railing on a 450mm tall random rubble plinth wall with hedge planting either side. The Western boundary will be a 2m tall solid
10.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane random rubble wall with hedge planting either side until it interfaces with the existing tree planting on In the late 1990s prior to the development of the Southern Cross/M50, Wyckham Bypass and subsequent the western corner of the site where it transitions to a 2m tall black mesh fence with 2m tall planting apartment schemes (Southmede, Wyckham Place, Wykcham Point), and Dundrum Town Centre, the either side. The southern boundary directly interfacing with the residents of Wesley Heights will retain wider landscape of South Dundrum and Ballinteer was dominated by the extensive lands of the Carmelite the existing walls and supplement this with a 2m black mesh fence built to the proposed developments Centre which was surrounded by low density two storey housing estates and streets. Indeed, much of side in order to provide greater sense of security and privacy for the existing dwellings. The northern what is now Dundrum Town Centre was also greenfield. boundaries with St Tiernan’s School and dwellings in Parkvale will remain unchanged with supplementary Since then the suburban landscape of the area has changed dramatically with large portions of the screen planting provided for to provide additional privacy. Carmelite lands redeveloped to provide new roads and significant apartment developments of a much
higher density and scale than previously seen in the area, creating a dichotomy with the more traditional Formal tree planting will define the north south and east west axis. Parkland trees will bleed into the low scale suburban housing from the mid to late 20th century. public and courtyard spaces with a number of specimen trees adding to overall character. Woodland planting will define and screen boundaries adding to the overall character of the site and the walking Dundrum Town Centre, along with the Luas and the M50, has seen Dundrum transform from a suburban routes around and through it creating ecological corridors to knit into the surrounding context. village into one of the main urban centres in the Greater Dublin Area outside of the City Centre.
Of the 201no. trees surveyed a total of (13.3%) which fall into the U category are to be removed, 6.5% of The current proposal represents another phase in the ongoing consolidation and densification of the Category B and C trees are to be removed. (Refer to CMK Arboricultural report submitted with the wider suburban area of Dundrum & Ballinteer in line with current planning policy and sustainable application). development principles which promote increased residential population in established suburban locations close to high quality public transport, social infrastructure and amenities. Whilst the proposed development represents another phase in the urban transformation of the area the 10.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS visual impact on the wider urban landscape will not be dramatic, with the scheme not visible from many locations and only partially visible from others. Construction Phase Any development on a large undeveloped site would naturally result in significant visual impact and The residential units and landscaping will create new vertical emphasis and the provision of streets and material change to the landscape character of the site. The construction phase of the development would open spaces will create a variety of views into and across the development. New planting will supersede be visually unappealing during the initial stages and as the development progresses the visual impacts the existing field providing a more vibrant landscape with a variety of uses, visual interest and ecologically would be lessened. potential.
Major impacts during the construction phase will be: • Changes to the landscape due to construction works, land excavations, temporary structures, 10.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS machinery and scaffolding on the site. • Removal of some vegetation and hedgerows – in this case the majority of removal comprises The site is zoned ‘Objective A’ To protect and/or improve residential amenity. The proposed existing grassland and some of the existing hedgerow along the southern boundary and a small development will accord with same and with quantitative and qualitative standards currently applied to number of trees. residential development in local and national planning policy.
• Dust and noise impacts to the surrounding areas. The design of the scheme will provide a distinctive and sustainable new residential development within • Large machinery and work vehicles going to and from the site. the already build up suburb in Dundrum. • Construction workers coming and going from the site.
Mitigation measures to the construction phase will be dealt within the construction management plan. Due to the topography of the site, and surrounding landscape the proposed development, at certain vantage points, will result in a cumulative impact visually with other adjoining developed areas. These Operational Phase are considered in Section 10.8 below.
On completion the residential development will significantly alter the immediate landscape from a However, as is shown, the extent of impact on the wider landscape will not be widespread given that the vacant grassland field at the rear of the Carmelite Centre into a significant apartment development views of the site in most locations are constrained by existing topography, vegetation and the existing comprising 7 blocks ranging in height from 3 to 9 storeys and with associated routes, open space, built environment. Where visible the additional impact will not be excessive within the existing suburban landscaping and boundary treatments. context and given the sensitive design proposed.
However, the landscape impact within the wider suburban context, whilst still significant, will not be The visual impact of the scheme in time will also decrease with the maturation of proposed landscaping uncharacteristic of what has occurred within the area over the past 15-20 years. and boundary planting.
10.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
10.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS 10.7 MITIGATION MEASURES
Design Phase Landscape
As described in the Chapter 2 of this EIAR, alternative layouts and designs were considered before the The proposed development will constitute a significant alteration to the existing landscape character of deciding on the chosen layout. A key consideration in this design process was the impact of the proposed the site and its immediate context. development on the surrounding landscape and how it would integrate into the area. The layout was designed to complement the existing developments to the north of the site while being sympathetic to However, this level of change has been pre-empted in the underlying planning context for the site with the residential amenities of estates to the east and south. the large site zoned for modern residential development.
Construction Phase The proposed development will add to the suburban character to the area and will help integrate the site into the surrounding landscape by removing a vacant and long underutilised greenfield site located To reduce the potential negative impacts during the construction phase, good site management and in the heart of the fast developing urban location well served by high quality public transport and social housekeeping practices will be adhered to. The visual impact of the site compounds and scaffolding infrastructure. visible during the construction phase are of a temporary nature only and therefore require no remedial action. In light of the underlying planning objectives for the zoned lands, and the specific design employed, the predicted change on landscape character is expected to be Moderate-Neutral. The areas set aside for open spaces will be fenced off with no compounds or storage of materials taking place in these areas, in accordance with an agreed Construction Management Plan. To ensure the Visual successful retention of trees and hedgerows, an Arborist is recommended to be retained by the contractor or developer to monitor and advise any works within the Root Protection Zones of retained A series of 11 photomontages have been prepared by Digital Dimensions to assess the visual amenity trees. impact of the proposed development (including proposed landscaping) from a variety of locations in the wider landscape. (Additional CGIs showing the proposed development from within the site have also been prepared by Digital Dimensions in their report submitted with the planning application.) Operational Phase
Mitigation measures have been incorporated into the design to minimise visual intrusion and adverse landscape impact whilst integrating the development into the surrounding landscape character.
Tree and other planting are proposed throughout the site and particularly within the main open spaces. An extensive landscape programme is proposed to create the optimum landscape solution for this new residential development.
The visual massing impact of the residential areas will be reduced through provision of open spaces and streetscape planting throughout the site. Existing boundary hedgerow and planting will be maintained and enhanced where possible to provide natural screening of the site as currently provided.
Streetscape design will incorporate planting and landscaping to reduce the visual impact on the buildings and to integrate with the building elevations to create a setting appropriate to its context.
The extensive landscaping proposal will help soften the visual impact of the development and with future maturing of planting will lead to a very attractive residential layout that can integrate well with the adjoining uses such as Ballawley Park.
Figure 10.5 Location of Viewpoints 1-9 (Digital Dimensions, 2020)
10.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Figure 10.6 Location of Viewpoints 10-11 (Digital Dimensions, 2020)
Location of Viewpoints View 1 View from Wyckham Roundabout, looking South East View 2 View from Wyckham Way, looking South East View 3 View from Wyckham Avenue, looking South East View 4 View from Ballinteer Avenue, looking North East View 5 View from Ardglas Estate, looking South View 6 View from Parkvale, looking North West View 7 View from Ballawley Park looking North West View 8 View from Wesley Heights, looking North View 9 View from Greenmount Lane, looking East View 10 View from Overend Avenue , looking South View 11 View from M50 Overbridge, Harold’s Grange Road , looking North East
Table 10.3 Viewpoints for Visual Assessment
10.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 01: View from Wyckham Roundabout, looking South East Existing
This view looks east towards the site from the Wyckham Roundabout. The foreground consists of the roundabout and landscaping. In the background to the left is the Wyckham Place apartment development with Wyckham Point apartments to the right hand side of Wyckham Avenue. Building heights range from 4 to 8 storeys. There is semi mature planting along the streetscape.
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
The proposed apartment blocks will be visible at the end of Wyckham Avenue and will visually integrate with the existing apartment developments. The development will provide a positive contribute to the urban character of the area at this location.
Predicted Effect
Moderate – Positive
Figure 10.7 View 01 Existing and Proposed Views
10.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 02: View from Wyckham Way, looking South East Existing
This view looks south east towards the site from Wyckham Way which is in the foreground with Wyckham Place apartments to the right. In the background are the grounds of St. Tiernan’s Community School beyond which is the Walled Garden, currently under construction for a 5 storey apartment development (with a further application before ABP currently to raise the height of that scheme to 6 storeys).
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
The proposed development will significantly alter views in the background presenting a new urban frontage overlooking the grounds of St. Tiernan’s. However, the development will integrate with the new Walled Garden apartment development, which in fact will block views of most of the proposed development from this location. In tandem with the existing mature trees being retained this will ensure that the development will assimilate into its setting.
Whilst the level of change is considerable it, along with the adjoining Walled Garden development, has been anticipated given the suburban context and the zoning of the lands for modern residential development.
Predicted Effect
Moderate – Positive
Figure 10.8 View 02 Existing and Proposed Views
10.10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 03: View from Wyckham Avenue, looking South East Existing
This view looks south east towards the site from Wyckham Avenue. The streetscape rises up from this view to the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre which is largely screened by existing mature boundary trees.
The foreground consists of Wyckham Avenue with the boundaries of Wyckham Place and Wyckham Avenue apartment developments on either side. In the left background is the Walled Garden currently under construction for a 5 storey apartment development (with a further application before ABP currently to raise the height of that scheme to 6 storeys).
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
The proposed development will alter views in the background presenting a new urban scale adjoining the Carmelite Centre although the massing will be mitigated by the retention of mature boundary trees. Furthermore, the development will integrate with the new Walled Garden apartment development, which will also present a significant urban scale along Wyckham Avenue.
Whilst the level of change is considerable it, along with the adjoining Walled Garden development, has been anticipated given the suburban context and the zoning of the lands for modern residential development.
Predicted Effect
Moderate – Positive
Figure 10.9 View 03 Existing and Proposed Views
10.11
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 04: View from Ballinteer Avenue, looking North East Existing
This view looks north east from the roundabout at the junction of Ballinteer Avenue, Ballinteer Road and Wyckham Way. Beyond the roundabout is the entrance to Wesley College. To the left is Wyckham Point apartment development which dominates the streetscape along Wyckham Way with buildings up to 8 storeys in height.
Construction Phase
There will be limited views of the construction cranes on the subject site form this location which will be slight, negative but temporary.
Operational Phase
The proposed development will not impact views from this location. The proposed blocks will be completely screened by the existing buildings and landscaping in the foreground.
Predicted Effect No Perceived Change.
Figure 10.10 View 04 Existing and Proposed Views
10.12
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 05: View from Ardglas Estate, looking South Existing
This view looks south towards the site and the River Slang from a road within the Ardglas residential estate accessed off Sandyford Road.
The foreground consists of the open green space at the edge of the estate with a pedestrian bridge over the stream. The mature trees behind the river form the boundary to St. Tiernan’s Community School.
Construction Phase
There will be some views of the construction works cranes on the subject site which will be slight, negative but temporary.
Operational Phase
The proposed development will not impact views from this location. The proposed blocks will be completely screened by the existing landscaping in the foreground.
Predicted Effect
No perceived change.
Figure 10.11 View 05 Existing and Proposed Views
10.13
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 06: View from Parkvale, looking North West Existing
This view looks north west towards the site from Parkvale residential estate. The site is not visible being located behind the large red brick houses along Parkvale and mature trees along the boundary with St. Tiernan’s Community School, the entrance of which is located in the right background.
There are semi mature and mature street trees and parking both on street and in curtilage. The scale of the existing houses with pitched roofs is accentuated by the slope.
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
The proposed development will significantly alter views in the background behind Parkvale. Blocks B and C will be visible in the distance beyond the houses and boundary trees and will present a new urban scale. However, the massing and scale of the blocks is moderated by the stepping down in height towards the site boundary and the variety of materials and finishes used, including brick which provides an element of visual integration with the red brick houses along Park Vale.
The retention of existing trees and provision of additional landscaping will allow the development to assimilate into the setting over time.
Whilst the level of change is considerable it has been anticipated given the suburban context and the zoning of the lands for modern residential development. The contrast between traditional two storey housing estates and contemporary apartment developments is a common characteristic in the continued development of the wider Dundrum area.
Predicted Effect
Moderate - Neutral
Figure 10.12 View 06 Existing and Proposed Views
10.14
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 7 : View from Ballawley Park, looking North West Existing
This view looks north west towards the site from Ballawley Park. Ballawley Park is on a higher level and the application lands are not clearly visible given the significant mature trees and hedgerows at the boundary of the park. Some of the existing Carmelite Centre buildings are partially visible.
The foreground consists of the open green space associated with Ballawley Park and the Parkvale residential estate houses to the right.
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase The proposed development will significantly alter views beyond the existing boundary of the park presenting a new urban frontage. Block C in particular will create a strong visual presence overlooking the park. The other blocks, given their relative heights and set back will not generally be visible from this
location whilst the existing mature trees to be retained will ensure that the development can assimilate into the urban parkland setting.
In the foreground this proposed view shows indicative additional landscaping within Ballawley Park including extension of existing footpaths into the proposed development (all subject to formal agreement with DLRCC).
The loss of partial views of the Carmelite Centre buildings from some locations within the park will be mitigated by provision of new views and experiences of these buildings within the application site, currently unavailable to the public.
Whilst the level of change is considerable it has been anticipated given the suburban context and the zoning of the lands for modern residential development.
Predicted Effect
Moderate-Neutral.
Figure 10.13 View 07 Existing and Proposed Views
10.15
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 8 : View from Wesley Heights, looking North Existing
This view looks north towards the site from Wesley Heights residential estate. It is a typical housing cul de sac setting with semi mature street trees and parking both on street and in curtilage. There is a high boundary wall at the end of the cul de sac.
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
The proposed development will alter views beyond the boundary wall presenting a significant urban frontage with the 4 storey plus penthouse level Block D. However, the provision of significant planting and landscaping within the substantial open space between Block D and the residential estate will mitigate the visual impact of Block D over time.
Whilst the level of change is considerable it has been anticipated given the suburban context and the zoning of the lands for modern residential development.
Predicted Effect
Moderate-Neutral.
Figure 10.14 View 08 Existing and Proposed Views
10.16
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 9 : View from Greenmount Lane, looking East Existing
This view looks east towards the site from Greenmount Lane which is north of Wesley College. The site is partially visible through existing boundary planting and the stone wall and railings.
The foreground consists of Greenmount laneway at the end of which is Wesley Lawns cul de sac. The rear elevations of some of the Wesley Lawn houses are also partially visible.
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
The proposed blocks will be partially visible from this location but will be largely screened by the mature trees along the south west boundary of the site. The development will not be visible above the treeline. The finishes of Block G will allow the building to visually assimilate with the existing planting.
Predicted Effect
Slight – Neutral.
Figure 10.15 View 09 Existing and Proposed Views
10.17
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 10 : View from Overend Avenue, looking South Existing
This is a long distance view looking south towards the site (c.1km away) from Overend Avenue. The foreground is dominated by the regional road and the stone wall of Airfield estate to the left. In the immediate background is the mixed use developments of Rockfield Hall and The Willows adjacent to the Balally Luas stop, with heights ranging from 6 to 8 storeys. Behind this development are further developments towards Dundrum with the Dublin Mountains behind.
Construction Phase
There will be some views of the construction works on the subject site which will be slight, negative but temporary.
Operational Phase
Whilst the proposed development will be visible from this location it will visually integrate with existing multi storey developments in the area and will read as a continuation of the existing built environment. Importantly the development will not break the line of the Dublin Mountains which will remain the dominant visual presence in the background overlooking the city.
Predicted Effect
Moderate– Positive.
Figure 10.16 View 10 Existing and Proposed Views
10.18
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
View 11: View from M50 Overbridge, Harold’s Grange Road, looking North East Existing
This is a long distance view looking north east towards the site (c.1.5km away) from a bridge over the M50. This view looks towards Dundrum, Sandyford and Goatstown. In the far background is Howth, and the Poolbeg chimneys. Other landmarks include Dundrum Town Centre and the Luas bridge at Dundrum in the middle ground.
In the foreground is the M50 screened by mature trees to the north and with the low scale suburban housing of Ballinteer adjacent.
Construction Phase
There will be views of the construction works on the subject site which will create a negative but temporary visual impact.
Operational Phase
Whilst the proposed development will be visible from this location it will visually integrate into the suburban setting. The development will not dominate the view and will not impede long distance views of city landmarks such as the Poolbeg chimneys and Howth Hill.
Predicted Effect
Moderate– Positive.
Figure 10.17 View 11 Existing and Proposed Views
10.19
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
10.9 CONCLUSION will be detailed more specifically in the bills of quantities and specification for the landscape contractor at the implementation stage of the landscape proposal. Location of Viewpoints Predicted Impact (Operational Phase) 10.11 REFERENCES View 1 View from Wyckham Roundabout, looking South East Moderate - Positive View 2 View from Wyckham Way, looking South East Moderate – Positive − Advice Notes on Current Practice in the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements, by the View 3 View from Wyckham Avenue, looking South East Moderate – Positive Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. View 4 View from Ballinteer Avenue, looking North East No Perceived Change − European Landscape Convention, Florence, 2000 View 5 View from Ardglas Estate, looking South No Perceived Change − Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Assessment, 3rd Ed., Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental View 6 View from Parkvale, looking North West Moderate - Neutral Management and Assessment, 2013. View 7 View from Ballawley Park looking North West Moderate - Neutral − Guidelines on Environmental Impact Assessment, Draft, by the Environmental Protection Agency, 2017 View 8 View from Wesley Heights, looking North Moderate - Neutral − Guidelines on the Information to be contained in and Environmental Impact Statement, by the Environmental View 9 View from Greenmount Lane, looking East Slight – Neutral Protection Agency, 2002 View 10 View from Overend Avenue , looking South Moderate– Positive − National Landscape Strategy for Ireland, Department of Arts, Heritage and the Gaeltacht, 2015-25 View 11 View from M50 Overbridge, Harold’s Grange Road , Moderate– Positive − Revised Guidelines on the information to be contained in Environmental Impact Statements- Draft, by the looking North East Environmental Protection Agency, 2015 Table 10.4 Predicted Impacts
It is considered that the proposed development will have a moderate impact on the landscape at the local level by replacing an undeveloped vacant site with a large residential development. This will have a positive impact by contributing to the urban character of the area.
The design of the proposed development and the planting contained throughout the scheme will work to integrate the development into the wider suburban landscape.
In addition, the subject site is zoned for development and the proposed development is therefore not an unexpected addition to the area particularly given other apartment developments also built of former Carmelite Centre lands.
Overall, it is considered that the development will not negatively impact on the existing character of the wider landscape.
Do Nothing Scenario
Without the proposed development, the site will remain undeveloped and under-utilised.
Worst Case Scenario
The worst case scenario from a visual impact would arise if construction of the proposed scheme had to cease, leaving an incomplete development or if the proposed landscaping was not fully/properly progressed.
10.10 MONITORING
The post development monitoring of the landscape and visual effects on the environment will take the form of management of the proposed landscaping and open spaces within the development and which
10.20
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
11 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION 11.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS 11.1 INTRODUCTION At the request of DLRCC Engineers during the scoping stage, PUNCH Consulting Engineers have assessed This Chapter presents the likely and significant impacts associated with the material asset (Traffic & the impact of the proposed development on the existing Wyckham Roundabout on a peak weekday and Transport) environments associated with the proposed development. The purpose of this section is to peak weekend basis. The detailed results of this assessment are provided in the PUNCH Traffic and assess the impact of the proposed development on the surrounding road network and transport Transportation Assessment (TTA) prepared for this planning application. Overall it is envisioned that infrastructure. there will be a long-term imperceptible neutral impact to local traffic.
This section is written as a concise summary of the Traffic and Transport Assessment, included with the Public transport will be unaffected by the proposed development. Table 11.1 below provides predicted planning application submission. Rather than repeat the detailed traffic assessments carried out within AADTs for the various scenarios: the Traffic and Transport Assessment, it is referred to throughout this chapter, with the impact assessment findings discussed below. Link Speed Base Year Do-Nothing Do-Something Road Name 11.2 METHODOLOGY Number (kph) 2018 2025 2040 2025 2040
The assessment is based on the Traffic and Transport Assessment and the following documents: Wyckham Way North 1 50 24,550 27,550 31,400 28,150 32,000 • TII’s Traffic and Transport Guidelines PE-PDV-02045 (May 2014) of roundabout • Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council (DLRCC) Development Plan (2016 – 2022) Wyckham Way South 2 50 28,250 31,750 36,170 32,300 36,700 Site visits were made at various dates to review the character and issues associated with the surrounding of roundabout road network. 3 Ballinteer Road 50 8,800 9,950 11,350 10,500 11,800 11.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT 4 Wyckham Avenue 50 2,700 3,350 3,775 5,100 5,500
The site is accessed via Wyckham Avenue, Dundrum, Dublin 16. The proposed development is bounded Table 11-1 Predicted AADTs for surrounding Road network to the north by St Tiernan’s Community School, by the Carmelite Order Gort Muire to the west, residential developments to the east and south and Ballawley Park to the southeast. Construction Phase During the construction period the contractor for the works will be required to prepare and implement Wyckham Avenue connects from the east to a 4-arm roundabout, Wyckham Roundabout, which a comprehensive construction traffic management plan (CTMP). All construction traffic will use Wyckham connects north via Wyckham Way to Dundrum Village and south towards the M50 Junction 13 Roundabout for access. As part of the CTMP the contractor will have to detail how emergency services interchange via Ballinteer Avenue. will be able to access all areas both externally and within the site at all times.
The development is very well served by existing public transport and cyclist facilities. Operational Phase PUNCH Consulting Engineers have procured Trip Rate Information Computer System (TRICS) data for 11.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT similar sized developments in order to inform the trip rate associated with such a development. Details of the TRICS data utilised are included in the Traffic and Transport Assessment. Table 11.2 below details The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. the associated generated traffic for the weekday and weekend peak hours for the development. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR.
11.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Am Weekday Peak PM Weekday Peak Weekend Peak ii. ‘Cut’ material generated by the construction works will be re-used on site where possible, Land Use 08:00– 09.00 18.00 – 19:00 11:45 – 12:45 through various accommodation works; iii. Adequate storage space on site will be provided; AM AM PM PM AM AM iv. A strategy will be developed to minimize construction material quantities as much as possible, Arrivals Departures Arrivals Departures Arrivals Departures such as the use of precast/prefabricated materials where possible;
Apartments 27 101 95 51 47 43 v. Construction staff vehicle movements will also be minimized by promoting the use of public transport, shared use of vehicles, cycling and walking. Table 11-2 Associated generated traffic for the proposed development peak hours With the implementation of these mitigation measures during the construction phase, the severity of the temporary impact of the proposed development on the traffic and transportation will be minimised. 11.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS Operational Phase The effects of the traffic associated with the adjacent recently approved Walled Garden Residential The design of the site layout, roads and accesses in accordance with the relevant guidelines and codes development have been included in the Traffic and Transport Assessment. of practice is likely to mitigate any potential impacts during the operational phase of the development.
The proposed development is not likely to result in significant adverse impacts either alone or in 11.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS combination with the existing planned or likely future projects.
11.7 MITIGATION MEASURES Construction Phase Construction traffic travelling to the site will use the Wyckham Roundabout for access. Overall there will Construction Phase be a negative short-term slight impact to local traffic during the construction phase. T & T CONST 1: The appointed Contractor shall prepare a Construction Transport Management Plan prior to the commencement of development. The traffic volume associated with the construction phase site is not considered to be excessive and will be spread out over the duration of the construction of the development. As the construction works are The preparation of the CTMP will entail an assessment of existing nearby employment, educational, off-line and due to the designated access point which allows delivery vehicles to pull off into the site, recreational and commercial facilities to establish the peak times for vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians. there will be no significant disruption to the traffic flows on Wyckham Road as a result of the construction This information would be used to develop the optimum start/finish/delivery times to minimise impact of the development. It is not envisaged that any diversions will be required. Existing public footpaths are on these existing facilities. It is assumed that most construction traffic approaching the site will travel via unlikely to be impacted by the project as all works are proposed within the site boundaries. the M50 Junction 13. Again, the CTMP issued at construction stage will identify haulage routes and restrictions as appropriate in discussion with the Local Authority. There will also be a requirement for Operational Phase comprehensive measures as part of the construction management. At operational phase, there is likely to be a long-term imperceptible neutral impact on the surrounding roads as a result of the proposed development. T & T CONST 2: A Construction & Demolition Plan shall be prepared and implemented by the appointed Contractor prior to commencement of development to include: In the Design Year of 2040, the Wyckham Roundabout will already be at theoretical capacity (87% in the i. Provision of temporary warning signs and Banksmen controlling access and egress from the site; Weekday Peak and 89% in the Weekend Peak) for the Design Year 2040 including for the Walled Garden ii. All marshalling areas and site offices will be contained within the site boundary and will therefore Residential Development. The additional traffic from the proposed development will increase the have little impact on external roads; theoretical capacity of the roundabout to 98% in the Weekday Peak and 91% in the Weekend Peak. If iii. Wheel washers/judder bars to clean off vehicles exiting the site during spoil removal; we interpolate the results, based on current traffic volumes, we find that the roundabout will reach iv. All loads to be properly stowed and secured with a tarpaulin, where appropriate; theoretical capacity of 85% RFC with all development included for by 2029 during the weekday and v. Routine sweeping/cleaning of the road and footpaths in front of the site; weekend peaks. vi. No uncontrolled runoff to the public road from dewatering/pumping carried out during construction activity. Given all the above, it is considered that in urban areas a certain level of congestion is to be expected vii. Hoarding will be provided along the site frontage to protect pedestrians using the footpaths. during peak times and that the Wyckham Roundabout has suitable capacity to cater for the proposed viii. Existing public lighting will be maintained development within the norms of a busy urban environment.
T & T CONST 3: Construction vehicle movements will be minimised through: i. Consolidation of delivery loads to/from the site and manage large deliveries on site to occur outside of peak traffic periods;
11.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
11.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO internal roads and car park. This will entail the use of CCTV and necessary barriers for the basement carpark access. If the proposed development does not proceed there would be no additional demand or loading on the existing road network other than the naturally growing baseline traffic figures. 11.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION 11.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO No particular difficulties were encountered in completing this section.
No significant adverse effects on roads and traffic are anticipated during the Operational Phase. However, the objectives of the Mobility Management Plan (MMP) should be pursued in the form of 11.13 REFERENCES encouraging the use of public transport, walking and cycling for residents and to facilitate travel by • TII’s Traffic and Transport Guidelines PE-PDV-02045 (May 2014) bicycle, bus and train. This should reduce the overall number of single occupant vehicle trips for journeys • Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council (DLRCC) Development Plan (2016 – 2022) to and from the development and therefore continue to mitigate adverse impacts as a result of trip generation from the development.
No significant adverse effects on roads and traffic are anticipated during the Construction Phase. However, any short-term impacts associated with the construction stage is likely to be due to inadequate coordination and implementation of the Construction Traffic Management Plan. An outline of the construction traffic management is provided in the Outline Construction & Demolition Waste Management Plan (submitted as part of this planning application). Coordination and liaison with all relevant parties must be undertaken to inform this plan prior to approval from the Local Authority. Monthly logistics coordination will also be undertaken where the traffic management strategy, traffic management coordination (and implementation of any required temporary traffic management schemes) will be discussed and agreed.
11.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT
Construction Phase The contractor will be obliged to appoint a traffic liaison officer/traffic manager who will be involved in preparing the CTMP and to monitor the performance of the CTMP. The traffic liaison officer will be available to receive complaints, comments and queries about the traffic generated by the construction site and traffic issues associated with the site. Regular meetings will be held on-site to which all relevant stakeholders will be invited. The traffic liaison officer/traffic manager will liaise with: • Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council including Elected Members • An Garda Síochana • Other relevant statutory bodies • Members of the community • Adjacent contractors The traffic liaison officer/traffic manager will be sufficiently senior in position and will responsible for dealing with any complaints and remedying any non-compliance and developing solutions to prevent re- occurrence.
Operational Phase The overall facilities on site such as roads and basement carpark will be maintained and managed by a management company. The management company will ensure the security and maintenance of the
11.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
12 MATERIAL ASSETS ACCESS AND OWNERSHIP 12.1 INTRODUCTION The development site is primarily in the private ownership of the applicant, and access to the site will be This section evaluates the impacts of the proposed development on the existing services and material provided via the Wyckham Avenue to the north west of the site. assets of the subject site and its surrounding. Material assets discussed here are in relation to the built services and infrastructure belonging to the subject site. Traffic and transportation are assessed There is a small parcel of land within the red line boundary to the west and north west which belongs to separately in this EIAR. the Carmelites Centre. A letter of consent has been received and is submitted as part of this application.
12.2 METHODOLOGY
A desktop study was conducted in relation to the material assets associated with the proposed development and their capacities. Projections of the resources where made for the construction and operational phase of the development. The Guidelines on information to be contained in an Environment Impact Statement (EPA 2002), the advice notes on current practice and Draft EPA guidelines published in 2017 requires assessment of ‘economic assets of human origin’ to be included in the impact study as a desktop study of material assets associated with the development. The impacts are assessed in terms of their scale, duration and significance to the site context. During the construction phase assessments are undertaken on the impact of the proposal likelihood in incurring loss or disturbance to material assets due to construction activities. It is unlikely that there will be any major impacts during the operation phase of the development. Economic assets of natural origin that includes biodiversity, soil and water are addressed specifically in the chapters 5, 6 and 7.
12.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT
The overall area of the site is c. 4.0305 Ha. site is located to the east of Gort Muire Carmelite Centre, and is accessed from Wyckham Avenue, off Wyckham Way. It comprises open field having formerly been used as agricultural lands. The boundaries are delineated by modern post and rail fencing with some mature trees along the boundaries. There are no built structures on the site. The site abuts the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre, with the vehicular access to Wyckham Way to the north of these buildings.
BUILT ENVIRONMENT / LAND Figure 12-1 Site Ownership Map Source: Scott Tallon Walker Architects
The development site comprises vacant land the is zoned residential amenity. The site is located south of Dundrum Town Centre with significant social infrastructure, including schools, sports facilities and TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE childcare facilities, to the north and south. The site is adjoining the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre to the west. The site is adjoined by residential estates to the east and south east and St. Tiernan’s Community The local road network is of good quality and connects the subject site to well. The Ballinteer Road R826 school to the north. links the site with the M50 via a single free roundabout, it is a single lane two carriageway with a footpath on the southbound side along with a designated cycle lane running in both directions with both lanes
being on the southbound side of the road.
12.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
There are dedicated cycle lanes in the immediate vicinity of the site along Wyckham Avenue and along Wyckham Way. There are four bus stops within 0.5 km of the site (Bus Stop 10156, 2861, 2830, 2838). Bus route nos. 14, 14c, 116, 44 and 44b are within walking distance of the development connecting the site to the city centre and toward Beaumont, whitechurch and Glencullen.
The Balally Luas stop is located at a c.13 minute walk from the subject site and the Kilmacud Luas stop is a c.26 minute walk. The Luas connects the site to Brides Glen to Broombridge through the city centre.
Figure 12-2 Map showing transport within the vicinity of subject site. Source: Punch Consulting Engineers.
Table 12-1: Transport Available, Distance by walking; car; cycle; bus, Journey Time. Source: Punch Architects
Water Supply
A pre connection enquiry with Irish Water confirmed that a connection to the existing network can be facilitated. A Statement of Design Acceptance in relation to the layout of water and wastewater services has also been submitted and agreed with Irish Water.
12.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Foul Drainage 12.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT There is an existing 225mm uPVC surface water sewer on Wyckham Avenue to the west of the site. A 225mm uPVC foul water sewer is also recorded to be on Parkvale to the east of the site. Further detail The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. and information can be found in Chapter 7. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE Avenue. Provision of additional pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, There is an existing 225mm uPVC surface water sewer on Wyckham Avenue to the west of the site. A boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A 225mm uPVC foul water sewer is also recorded to be on Parkvale to the east of the site. Further detail detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. and information can be found in Chapter 7. 12.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS The potential impacts of the proposed development are assessed below with respect to the impacts of the development during the construction and operational phase. The analysis takes into consideration There are existing telecommunication services along local public roads. It is proposed to connect to the Characteristics of the receiving baseline environment and Characteristics of the proposed telecom services via chamber positions within the footpath. The development is unlikely to have any development. impact on the existing infrastructure.
BUILT ENVIRONEMENT NATURAL GAS Construction Phase There is existing gas infrastructure which services the area. Should the proposed development connect to the gas network in the future the developer will have due regard to the provisions set within ‘Safety Construction activities may cause some local impacts including increase in noise, traffic, dust etc. to the advice for working in the vicinity of Natural Gas Pipes.’ surrounding built environment. The tree lined boundary of the site will reduce the impact of construction of those in adjacent residential estates, St Tiernan’s school to the north and the Gort Muire Carmelite Centre to the east. The construction impacts will be localized and can be mitigated appropriately as per ELECTRICITY SUPPLY the measures outlined in chapters 8, 9, 11 and 17 of this EIAR.
Currently there are no power lines running across the site. Prior to works commencing the contractor In constructing the development, the existing land will be subject to topsoil removal and associated land will co-ordinate with ESB engineers assigned to the site and adhere to ESB Networks National Code of works as outlined and mitigated for in Chapter 6 of this EIAR. Where possible an area will be left intact Practice 4th edition 2008. The scheme includes provisions for 1 no. ESB sub-stations complete with until construction is ready to begin. Stripping of existing surfaces will not be undertaken until absolutely adjacent switch rooms at ground floor level. necessary to avoid any uncontrolled surface water runoff.
WASTE MANAGEMENT Operational Phase
Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council is the local authority responsible for setting and administering This unused site will be developed into a new residential scheme of 628 no. units comprising of 279 no. waste management activities in the area. This is governed by the requirements set out in the Eastern- 1-beds 318 no. 2-beds and 31 no. 3-beds, a creche, residential amenity spaces, open spaces, car/cycle Midlands Region (EMR) Waste Management Plan 2015-2021, which sets out targets for waste parking, and associated ancillary elements. management in the region. The change of use to residential use is in accordance with the zoning objectives pertaining to the site as There are numerous waste licensed facilities located in the Easter-Midlands Waste Region for per the Dun Laoghaire Rathdown Development Plan. management of waste from the construction industry as well as municipal sources. It is unlikely that the development in the operational phase will adversely affect the built environment Further information on waste management is included in Chapter 13. in the local area. The development strikes an appropriate balance between respecting amenities/properties and providing a quantum and design quality that accords with local and national
residential planning policy.
12.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• Build-up of dirt on roads. ACCESS AND OWNERSHIP More detailed information is included in Chapter 7.
Construction Phase Operational Phase
Without adequate management and mitigation measures, there are several potential impacts from the The development site will remain in the ownership of the applicant/developer, the Carmelites Centre development during the operational phase. These include: and Dun Laoghaire Rathdown during the construction phase. A road opening licence will be utilised to • Potential flooding of the site carry out the road works and connections to public water services. • Siltation of the surface water drainage system
Construction access to the site will be via Wyckham Avenue utilising the existing access to the site. This • Uncontained spillage of wastewater effluent access will be managed in accordance with the Construction & Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) • Uncontained spillage of polluting materials stored on site as submitted in outline with this application and will ensure minimal impact on access for the public along • Excessive demand on the watermains the public road and footpaths. Further information is included in Chapter 7.
NATURAL GAS Operational Phase Construction Phase The installation of the gas service for the development will be conducted in parallel with the other The completed development will be accessed from Wyckham Avenue services. This will mainly involve excavation of trenches to lay ducting, construction/installation of access The internal streets in the development have been designed in accordance with DMURS (Design Manual chambers and backfilling of trenching. The trenching and backfilling works will be carried out in for Urban Roads and Streets) and pedestrian and cycle permeability through the site has been a priority conjunction with the construction of the roads and footpaths throughout the scheme. in the design. If gas is adopted as the fuel source of choice for the heating systems in the scheme, a new gas connection As phases of the development are completed individual units will be sold to private purchasers who will will be made to connect the site to the existing Gas Networks Ireland infrastructure in the R774. The form the future residential community. Some of the units may be purchased and rented to third parties. exact extent and location of these connections will be agreed with Gas Networks Ireland during the The local authority will assume a proportion of units for provision of social housing. design stage of the project.
The internal roads and open spaces within the development will be completed to taking in charge Potential loss of connection to the Gas Networks Ireland infrastructure may occur while carrying out standard and will come under the control of the local authority in time. works to provide service connections but this likely adverse impact may be characterised as a temporary, TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE regionally short term, moderate impact.
Construction Phase Operational Phase Construction traffic will access the proposed development site via the Wyckham Avenue Access. Further information is included in Chapter 11. While the scheme will increase the load on the existing power supply network this will not adversely impact on the existing services to neighbouring sites and properties. Operational Phase Traffic assessments carried out by Punch Engineering Consultants concluded that during the operational ELECTRICAL SUPPLY phase the road junctions would continue to operate within their capacities. Further information is Construction Phase included within Chapter 11 of this EIAR and within the Traffic and Transport Assessment submitted with The installation of the ESB Networks infrastructure for the development will be conducted in parallel this application. with the other services. This will mainly involve excavation of trenches to lay ducting,
construction/installation of access chambers and backfilling of trenching. The trenching and backfilling WATER SUPPLY, FOUL AND SURFACE WATER works will be carried out in conjunction with the construction of the roads and footpaths throughout the Construction Phase scheme. There is a risk of adverse impacts occurring during the construction phase if appropriate mitigation measures are not but in place. These include: Sub-stations will be provided to serve the development as identified in the site layout plan and associated • Pollution of surface waters, drawings. • Accidental spillages, • Contamination to water courses and
12.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
The final number and approximate locations of substations for providing new power supply to the As noted above, connections to the existing electricity, water services, gas and telecommunications dwellings on site will be agreed with ESB Networks after a formal application for connection to the networks will be coordinated with the relevant utility provider and carried out by approved contractors. network is made. The exact extent and location of the connections will be agreed with ESB Networks during the design stage of the project. Operational Phase
Mitigation measures for the various aspects of the built environment are outlined within other chapters Potential loss of connection to the ESB Networks infrastructure may occur while carrying out works to of the EIAR – chapters 6, 7, 11 and 12. provide service connections but this likely adverse impact may be characterised as a temporary, regionally short term, moderate impact. No additional mitigation measures to those outlined in other chapters are considered necessary during
the operational phase of the development as it is considered to have a neutral to positive effect on Operational phase material assets including services and infrastructure. The impact of the operational phase of the proposed development on the power supply network would be the requirement for an Electrical Diversified Load of 1.6MW which will be split over 1 free standing sub-stations and plant areas of the apartment blocks. 12.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS While the scheme will increase the load on the existing power supply network this will not adversely impact on the existing services to neighbouring sites and properties. Construction Phase
On the basis that the specified mitigation measures are incorporated during the construction of the WASTE MANAGEMENT proposed development, the predicted impact will be neutral. Construction Phase The construction phase of development will generate a range of non-hazardous and hazardous waste Operational Phase materials. If not managed correctly the potential impacts of this waste generation include negative environmental impacts, pollution, litter, the presence of vermin within the development. Whilst the demand on water services, power, telecommunications and transport infrastructure will all increase due to the development, on the basis that the specified mitigation measures are incorporated Further information is included in Chapter 13. In addition, a site-specific Construction Waste then the operation of the proposed development is predicted to have a neutral-long term impact on Management Plan has been submitted with the application outlining mitigation measures. material assets.
Operational Phase The potential impacts of operational waste generation from the development is considered to be long 12.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO term and not significant. A ‘Do nothing’ scenario will result in the subject site remaining undeveloped and in green field state. An Operational Waste and Recycling Management Plan (OWRMP) has been submitted with the application. 12.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO
Worst case scenarios for individual material assets are outlined in individual chapters of the EIAR. In 12.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS relation to power and telecommunications a worst case scenario would be where the works involved during construction resulted in an extended outage for existing properties in the area due to unforeseen The potential cumulative impacts from the development on the material assets of the subject site and delays on site. its surroundings has been taken into consideration in the above assessment and those of related chapters of the EIAR and, subject to the range of mitigation measures proposed, are not considered. 12.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT
12.7 MITIGATION MEASURES No monitoring is required in addition to those specifically noted in other chapters of the EIAR.
Construction Phase A range of construction related mitigation measures are outlined within other chapters of the EIAR with 12.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION respect to various aspects of the built environment – chapters 6, 7, 11 and 12. There were no significant difficulties in compiling the information.
12.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
12.13 REFERENCES
Not applicable
12.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
13 WASTE MANAGEMENT 13.1 INTRODUCTION
This section addresses the subject of waste management for the proposed Build to Rent (BTR) residential scheme at Marmalade Lane, Wyckham Avenue, Dundrum, Dublin 16. Waste management is addressed for the construction and operational phases of the project.
A Construction and Demolition Waste Management Plan (CDWMP) has been prepared for the construction phase of the development in advance of the commencement of the construction works. A separate Operational Waste & Recycling Management Plan (OWRMP) has also been prepared for the operational phase of the development.
The C&D WMP has been prepared in accordance with the ‘Best Practice Guidelines for the Preparation of Waste Management Plans for Construction and Demolition Projects’ document produced by the National Construction and Demolition Waste Council (NCDWC) in conjunction with the Department of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government in July 2006.
These documents will ensure the sustainable management of wastes arising at the development in accordance with legislative requirements and best practice standards.
Proposed Development Site Location and Brief Description The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. Figure 13.1 Site Layout apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services 13.2 METHODOLOGY provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed The assessment of the impacts of the proposed development arising from the consumption of resources development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. and the generation of waste materials, was carried out taking into account the methodology specified in relevant guidance documents, along with an extensive document review to assist in identifying current Statement of Competence and future requirements for waste management including national and regional waste policy, waste strategies, management plans, legislative requirements and relevant reports. In accordance with Article 5(3)(a) of the EU Directive, by appointing Traynor Environmental, the applicant has ensured that this chapter has been prepared by “Competent experts”. The primary legislative instruments that govern waste management in Ireland and applicable to the project are: • Waste Management Act 1996 (No. 10 of 1996) as amended. Sub-ordinate legislation includes: o European Communities (Waste Directive) Regulations 2011 (SI 126 of 2011) as amended o Waste Management (Collection Permit) Regulations (S.I No. 820 of 2007) as amended o Waste Management (Facility Permit and Registration) Regulations 2007, (S.I No. 821 of 2007) as amended o Waste Management (Licensing) Regulations 2004 (S.I. No. 395 of 2004) as amended o Waste Management (Packaging) Regulations 2014 (S.I. 282 of 2014) as amended o Waste Management (Planning) Regulations 1997 (S.I. No. 137 of 1997)
13-1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
o Waste Management (Landfill Levy) Regulations 2015 (S.I. No. 189 of 2015) Legislation and Guidance o European Union (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) Regulations 2014 (S.I. No. 149 Waste management in Ireland is subject to EU, national and regional waste legislation which defines how of 2014) waste materials must be managed, transported and treated. The overarching EU legislation is the Waste o European Union (Batteries and Accumulators) Regulations 2014(S.I. No. 283 of 2014) as Framework Directive (2008/98/EC) which is transposed into national legislation in Ireland. The amended cornerstone of Irish waste legislation is the Waste Management Act 1996 (as amended). o Waste Management (Food Waste) Regulations 2009 (S.I. 508 of 2009), as amended
o European Union (Household Food Waste and Bio-waste) Regulation 2015 (S.I. No. 191 In addition, the Irish government issues policy documents which outline measures aimed to improve of2015) waste management practices in Ireland and help the country to achieve EU targets in respect of recycling o Waste Management (Hazardous Waste) Regulations, 1998 (S.I. No. 163 of 1998) as and disposal of waste. The most recent policy document A Resource Opportunity – Waste Management amended Policy in Ireland was published in 2012 and stresses the environmental and economic benefits of better o Waste Management (Shipments of Waste) Regulations, 2007 (S.I. No. 419 of 2007) as waste management, particularly in relation to waste prevention. amended
o Waste Management (Movement of Hazardous Waste) Regulations, 1998 (S.I. No. 147 of The strategy for the management of waste from the construction and demolition phase is in line with the 1998) requirements of the Best Practice Guidelines for the Preparation of Waste Management Plans for o European Communities (Transfrontier Shipment of Waste) Regulations 1994 (SI 121 of Construction and Demolition Projects published in 2006. The guidance document Construction and 1994) Demolition Waste Management: A handbook for Contractors and Site Managers was also consulted in the o European Union (Properties of Waste which Render it Hazardous) Regulations 2015 (S.I. No. preparation of this assessment. 233 of 2015)
• Environmental Protection Act 1992 (No. 7 of 1992) as amended. There are currently no Irish guidelines on the assessment of operational waste generation and guidance is • Litter Pollution Act 1997 (No. 12 of 1997) as amended. taken from industry guidelines, plans and reports, British Standards and other relevant studies and reports • Planning and Development Act 2000 (No. 30 of 2000) as amended. including BS 5906:2005 Waste Management in Buildings – Code of Practice, the Eastern-Midland Region Waste Management Plan 2015 – 2021, the EPA National Waste Database Reports 1998 – 2012 and the This Chapter is based on the proposed development and considers the following aspects: EPA National Waste Statistics Web Resource. • Legislative context. • Construction phase (including site preparation, excavation and levelling); and, • Operational phase. 13.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT
A desk study was carried out which included the following: The subject site is located at Marmalade Lane, Wyckham Avenue, Dublin 16. In terms of waste • Review of applicable policy and legislation which creates the legal framework for resource and management, the receiving environment is largely defined by Dun Laoghaire – Rathdown County Council waste management in Ireland. as the local authority responsible for setting and administering waste management activities in the area. • Description of the typical waste materials that will be generated during the construction and This is governed by the requirements set out in the Eastern-Midlands Region (EMR) Waste Management operational phases; and Plan 2015 – 2021. • Identification of mitigation measures to prevent waste generation and promote management of waste in accordance with the waste hierarchy. The waste management plan sets the following targets for waste management in the region: Estimates of waste generation during the construction and operational phases of the proposed • A 1% reduction per annum in the quantity of household waste generated per capita over the development have been calculated. The waste types and estimated quantities are based on published period of the plan. data by the EPA in National Waste Reports, data recorded from similar previous developments, Irish and • Achieve a recycling rate of 50% of managed municipal waste by 2020; and US EPA waste generation research, other available research sources and waste collection data from the • Reduce to 0% the direct disposal of unprocessed residual municipal waste to landfill (from 2016 current facilities on site. onwards) in favour of higher value pre-treatment processes and indigenous recovery practices.
Mitigation measures are proposed to minimise the effect of the proposed development on the The Regional Plan sets out the strategic targets for waste management in the region and sets a specific environment during the construction and operational phases, to promote efficient waste segregation and target for C&D waste of “70% preparing for reuse, recycling and other recovery of construction and to reduce the quantity of waste requiring disposal. demolition waste” (excluding natural soils and stones and hazardous wastes) to be achieved by 2020.
13-2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
The 2020 National Waste Statistics, which is the most recent study published, reported the following key if Waste is Hazardous or Non-Hazardous. Environmental soil analysis will be carried out prior to statistics for 2017: construction on a number of the soil samples in accordance with the requirements for acceptance of • Generated – Ireland produced 2.8million tonnes of municipal waste in 2017. This amounted to 577 waste at landfills (Council Decision 2003/33/EC Waste Acceptance Criteria). This legislation sets limit kg of municipal waste per person. This represents a slight decrease on 2016 (581 kg per person), values on landfills for acceptance of waste material based on properties of the waste including potential Ireland consistently ranks in the top tier of municipal waste producers in Europe and well above pollutant concentrations and leachability. the EU average of 487 kg per person. • Managed – Waste collected and treated by the waste industry. Over three quarters (77%) of In the unlikely event that surplus soils/stones are generated it may be suitable for acceptance at either Ireland’s municipal waste was recycled or recovered in 2017, while less than one-quarter (23%) inert or non-hazardous soil recovery facilities/landfills in Ireland, In the event of hazardous material being was landfilled. encountered, it will be transported for treatment/recovery or exported abroad for disposal in suitable • Unmanaged –Waste that is not collected or brought to a waste facility and is therefore likely to facilities. cause pollution in the environment because it is burned, buried or dumped. The EPA estimates that 44,501 t was unmanaged in 2017 compared to 44,868 in 2016. Waste will be generated from construction workers e.g. organic/food waste, dry mixed recyclables (waste • Recovered – the amount of waste recycled, used as a fuel in incinerators, or used to cover paper, newspaper, plastic bottles, packaging, aluminium cans, tins and Tetra Pak cartons), mixed non- landfilled waste. In 2017, almost three quarters (74%) of municipal waste was recovered, this is a recyclables and potentially sewage sludge from temporary welfare facilities provided onsite during the decrease from 79% in 2014 construction phase. Waste printer/toner cartridges, waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) and • Plastic Packaging: Ireland recycled 34% of waste plastic packaging in 2017, exceeding the Packaging waste batteries may also be generated infrequently from site offices. Directive target of 22.5%. However, the revised Packaging Directive sets significantly more ambitious plastic packaging recycling targets of 50% for 2025 and 55% for 2030 Further detail on the waste materials likely to be generated during the excavation and construction works are presented in the project specific CWMP. The CWMP provides an estimate of the main waste types Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Council no longer operates any municipal waste landfill in the area. likely to be generated during the construction phase of the proposed development and these are There are numerous wastes permitted and licensed facilities located in the Eastern-Midlands Waste summarised in Table 13.1. Region for management of waste from the construction industry as well as municipal sources. These include soil recovery facilities, inert C&D waste facilities, hazardous waste treatment facilities, municipal Construction Waste Material Quantity Actions
waste landfills, material recovery facilities, waste transfer stations and two waste-to-energy facilities. Metal 0t Not envisaged at this stage of the project* Concrete 20t 50% of any waste concrete to be recycled and Demolition Phase 50% to be properly disposed of The proposed development site is a green field site, therefore no demolition works at the site will be Paper & Cardboard 2t 100% of any waste packaging to be recycled required. Plastic 2t 100% of any waste packaging to be recycled
Construction Phase Wood 20t 100% of any waste timber to be recycled Mixed Waste 20t Waste materials will be recycled where possible or During the construction phase, waste will be produced from surplus materials such as broken or off-cuts of disposed of appropriately timber, plasterboard, concrete, tiles, bricks, etc. Waste from packaging (cardboard, plastic, timber) and Mineral (bricks, gypsum) 10t 100% of any waste masonry to be recycled oversupply of materials may also be generated. The construction contractor will be required to ensure Soil/Stones 350t 100% of any soil or stones to be recycled and reuse on site that oversupply of materials is kept to a minimum and opportunities for reuse of suitable materials is subject to suitability of material maximised. Residues 50t Any other waste materials will be recycled where possible or disposed of appropriately In addition, there will be excavations associated with foundations and to accommodate basement area. Total Arisings 474t The project engineers, Punch Consulting Engineers, have stated the basement area will involve the Table 13.1 Estimated on and off-site reuse, recycle and disposal rates for construction waste 3 excavation of approximately 15,000m of material.
It should be noted that until final materials and detailed construction methodologies have been confirmed In order to establish the appropriate reuse, recovery and/or disposal route for the material to be removed it is difficult to predict with a high level of accuracy the construction waste that will be generated. The off-site, it will first need to be classified. Waste material will initially need to be classified as hazardous or exact materials and quantities may be subject to some degree of change and variation during the non-hazardous in accordance with the EPA publication Waste Classification – List of Waste & Determining
13-3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
construction process. The site-specific C&D WMP will be updated and submitted prior to commencement of the construction phase which may refine the above waste estimates. Non-Residential Area Area (sq.) DMR Food MNR Total Location Area (NIA) Glass Floor Areas (sq.m) GIA (Recycling) Waste (Residual) (L) Operational Phase An Operational Waste & Recycling Management Plan (OWRMP) has been prepared for the development. Crèche Block A 620 570.4 477.4 2,387 - 2,387 - 4,774 The plan will seek to ensure the development contributes to the targets outlined in the Eastern Midlands Regional (EMR) Waste Management Plan 2015 – 2021. Mitigation measures proposed to manage impacts Grab’n’Go Block B 18 16.6 7 Covers 262.5 157.5 105 - 525 arising from wastes generated during the operation of the proposed development are summarised below. Café Block B 143 131.6 37 Covers 1387.5 832.5 555 - 2775
Communal All waste materials will be segregated into appropriate categories and will be stored in appropriate bins or Block A 314 288.9 241.78 604.45 - 604.45 - 1208.9 other suitable receptacles in a designated, easily accessible areas of the site in accordance with the Dún Amenity Block A Communal Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016 – 2022. Block B 2811 2586.1 2164.47 5411.175 - 5411.175 - 10822.35 Amenity Block B
Communal Block C 156 143.5 120.12 300.3 - 300.3 - 600.6 Waste Volume (L/week) Amenity Block C Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Totals Communal Waste type Block D 113 104 87.01 217.525 - 217.525 - 435.05 A B C D E F G (L) Amenity Block D Communal Organic Waste Block E 120 110.4 92.4 231 - 231 - 462 270 710 605 335 530 395 320 3,165 Amenity Block E Mixed Dry Communal Block F 90 82.8 69.3 173.25 - 173.25 - 346.5 Recyclables 4,345 10,915 8,185 5,065 6,875 5,105 4,530 45,020 Amenity Block F Communal Glass Block G 60 55.2 46.2 115.5 - 115.5 - 231 270 710 605 335 530 395 320 3,165 Amenity Block G Mixed Total - 4,445 4089.5 - 11,090 990.0 10,100 - 22,180 Municipal 4,345 10,915 8,185 5,065 6,875 5,105 4,530 45,020 Waste Table 13.3: Communal/Creche Waste Predictions (L/per week)
9,230 23,250 17,580 10,800 14,810 11,000 9,700 96,370 Total All waste leaving the site will be recycled or recovered, with the exception of those waste streams where Table 13.2: Residential Waste Prediction (m3/per week) appropriate recycling/recovery facilities are currently not available. All waste leaving the site will be
transported by suitable permitted contractors and taken to suitably permitted or licenced facilities. All waste leaving the site will be recorded and copies of relevant documentation maintained.
Hazardous Waste
Hazardous waste may be generated from WEEE, batteries, fluorescent tubes, and cleaning products. Any waste classed as hazardous will be required to be taken to a specialise waste company e.g. Rilta.
13.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via
Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR.
13-4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
and recoverable materials. The majority of demolition and construction materials are either recyclable or The project will involve the development of the proposed Marmalade Lane over a construction period 24- recoverable. 30 months. When considering a development of this nature, the potential waste management impact on the surroundings must be considered for each of two distinct stages: Recovery and recycling of C&D waste has a positive impact on sustainable resource consumption, for example where waste timber is mulched into a landscaping product or waste asphalt is recycled for use in • Construction Phase; new pavements. The use of recycled materials, where suitable, reduces the consumption of natural • Operational Phase. resources.
As stated, the construction and demolition phase will involve extensive excavation over the development There is a quantity of topsoil and sub soil which will need to be excavated to facilitate the proposed site and the erection of a new development and associated communal facilities over a phased development. Correct classification and segregation of the excavated material is required to ensure that construction period. These issues are discussed in detail in the following sections. Waste activities relating any potentially contaminated materials are identified and handled in a way that will not impact negatively to the construction and operation of the development in terms of waste management are discussed. on workers as well as on water and soil environments, both on and off-site.
The opportunities for waste materials to be reused off-site will provide positive impacts in the resourcing 13.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT of materials for other developments and reduce the requirement for raw material extraction. The potential effect of construction waste generated from the proposed development is considered to be This section details the potential waste impacts associated with the proposed development. short-term, and not significant.
Construction Phase Operational Phase The proposed development will generate a range of non-hazardous and hazardous waste materials during The potential impacts on the environment of improper, or a lack of, waste management during the construction. General housekeeping and packaging will also generate waste materials as well as typical operational phase would be a diversion from the priorities of the waste hierarchy. This would lead to an municipal wastes generated by construction employees including food waste. increased volume of waste been disposed of site. The nature of the development means the generation of waste materials during the operational phase is Waste materials will be required to be temporarily stored on site pending collection by a waste contractor. unavoidable. Networks of waste collection, treatment, recovery and disposal infrastructure are in place in Dedicated areas for waste skips and bins will need to be identified across the site. These areas will need to the region to manage waste efficiently from this type of development. Waste which is not suitable for be easily accessible to waste collection vehicles. recycling is typically sent for energy recovery. There are also facilities in the region for segregation of municipal recyclables which is typically exported for conversion in recycled products (e.g. paper mills and If waste material is not managed and stored correctly, it is likely to lead to litter or pollution issues at the glass recycling). development and on adjacent developments. The knock-on effect of litter issues is the presence of vermin within the development and the surrounding areas. The waste materials generated on a daily basis will be stored in dedicated waste storage areas.
The use of non-permitted waste contractors or unauthorised waste facilities could give rise to If waste material is not managed and stored correctly, it is likely to lead to litter or pollution issues at the inappropriate management of waste and result in negative environmental impacts or pollution. It is development and on adjacent developments. The knock-on effect of litter issues is the presence of vermin essential that all waste materials are dealt with in accordance with regional and national legislation, as within the development and the surrounding areas. outlined previously, and that time and resources are dedicated to ensuring efficient waste management practices. Waste collection vehicles will be required to service the development on a regular basis to remove waste. The use of non-permitted waste contractors or unauthorised facilities could give rise to inappropriate Wastes arising will need to be taken to suitably registered/permitted/licenced waste facilities for management of waste and result in negative environmental impacts or pollution. It is essential that all processing and segregation, reuse, recycling, recovery and/or disposal as appropriate. There are numerous waste materials are dealt with in accordance with regional and national legislation, as outlined previously. licensed waste facilities in the Eastern Midlands region which can accept hazardous and non-hazardous Time and resources should be dedicated to ensuring efficient waste management practices. An waste materials. Acceptance of waste from the proposed development would be in line with daily Operational Waste & Recycling Management Plan has been submitted with the planning application. activities at these facilities. At present, there is sufficient capacity for the acceptance of the likely C&D waste arising at facilities in the region. Where possible, waste will be segregated into reusable, recyclable The potential impact of operational waste generation from the development is considered to be long- term and not significant.
13-5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
13.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS • All waste leaving site will be reused, recycled or recovered where possible to avoid material designated for disposal. The cumulative impact of the additional wastes generated by the proposed development has been • All waste leaving the site will be transported by suitable permitted contractors and taken to considered. The existing waste management infrastructure and procedures for management of waste are suitably registered, permitted or licenced facilities; and sufficient and as such there will be no significant cumulative impact in terms of waste from the proposed • All waste leaving the site will be recorded and copies of relevant documentation maintained. development. These mitigation measures will ensure that the waste arising from the construction phase of the development is dealt with in compliance with the provisions of the Waste Management Act 1996, as amended, associated Regulations, the Litter Pollution Act 1997 and the EMR Waste Management Plan 13.7 MITIGATION MEASURES (2015 - 2021). It will also ensure optimum levels of waste reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery are achieved and will encourage sustainable consumption of resources. This section outlines the measures that will be employed in order to reduce the amount of waste produced, manage the wastes generated responsibly and handle the waste in such a manner as to Operational Phase minimise the effects on the environment. Construction Phase All waste materials will be segregated into appropriate categories and will be stored in appropriate bins or other suitable receptacles in a designated, easily accessible areas of the site in accordance with the Dún A project specific C&D WMP has been prepared in line with the requirements of the guidance document Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016 – 2022. issued by the DoEHLG. Adherence to the high-level strategy presented in this C&D WMP will ensure In addition, the following mitigation measures will be implemented: effective waste management and minimisation, reuse, recycling, recovery and disposal of waste material • On-site segregation of all waste materials into appropriate categories including (but not limited to): generated during the construction phase of the proposed development. - Organic/catering waste (including garden waste from landscaping activities). - Dry Mixed Recyclables. Punch Consulting Engineers have estimated that 15,000m3 of material will be generated from the - Mixed Non-Recyclable Waste. excavations required to facilitate construction. Contractor(s) will endeavor to ensure material taken offsite - Glass. is reused or recovered off-site or disposed of at authorised facility. -Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) including computers, printers and other ICT equipment. In addition, the following mitigation measures will be implemented: - Batteries (non-hazardous and hazardous) • Building materials will be chosen with an aim to ‘design out waste’. - Fluorescent bulb tubes and other mercury containing waste (if arising). • On-site segregation of waste materials will be carried out to increase opportunities for off-site - Cleaning chemicals (pesticides, paints, adhesives, resins, detergents, etc.); and reuse, recycling and recovery – it is anticipated that the following waste types, at a minimum, will • All waste materials will be stored in colour coded bins or other suitable receptacles in designated, be segregated: easily accessible locations. Bins will be clearly identified with the approved waste type to ensure - Concrete rubble (including ceramics, tiles and bricks). there is no cross contamination of waste materials. - Plasterboard. • All waste collected from the development will be reused, recycled or recovered where possible, - Metals. with the exception of those waste streams where appropriate facilities are currently not available. - Glass; and • All waste leaving the site will be transported by suitable permitted contractors and taken to - Timber. suitably registered, permitted or licensed facilities; and • Left over materials (e.g. timber off-cuts, broken concrete blocks/bricks) and any suitable These mitigation measures will ensure the waste arising from the development is dealt with in compliance construction materials shall be re-used on-site, where possible. with the provisions of the Waste Management Act 1996, as amended, and all associated Regulations. It • All waste materials will be stored in skips or other suitable receptacles in designated areas of the will also ensure optimum levels of waste reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery are achieved. site. • Any hazardous wastes generated (such as chemicals, solvents, glues, fuels, oils) will also be 13.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS segregated and will be stored in appropriate receptacles (in suitably bunded areas, where required). The implementation of the mitigation measures outlined in Section 13.7 will ensure that a high rate of • A waste manager will be appointed by the main contractor(s) to ensure effective management of reuse, recovery and recycling is achieved at the development during the construction phases as well as waste during the excavation and construction works. during the operational phase. It will also ensure that European, National and Regional legislative waste • All construction staff will be provided with training regarding the waste management procedures. requirements with regard to waste are met and that associated targets for the management of waste are achieved.
13-6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Construction Phase be consulted on a regular basis in case of any changes which may impact on waste management procedures. A carefully planned approach to waste management as set out in Section 13.7 and adherence to the C&D
WMP during the construction phase will ensure that the impact on the environment will be short-term, neutral and imperceptible. 13.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION There were no difficulties encountered during the production of this chapter of the EIAR. Operational Phase During the operational phase, a structured approach to waste management as set out in Section 13.7 will 13.13 REFERENCES promote resource efficiency and waste minimisation. Provided the mitigation measures are implemented and a high rate of reuse, recycling and recovery is achieved, the predicted impact of the operational phase • Draft Guidelines on the information to be contained in Environmental Impact Assessment Reports on the environment will be long-term, neutral and imperceptible. (EPA, August 2017).; • Draft Advice Notes for preparing Environmental Impact Statements (EPA, September 2015).; • Guidelines on Information to be contained in Environmental Impact Statements (EPA, 2002).; 13.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO • Advice Notes on Current Practice in the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements (EPA, 2003).; If the proposed development did not go ahead there would be no waste generated at this site and • EPA National Waste (Database) Reports; operational waste generated from this site would stay at its current level. • The Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown Development Plan 2016-2022; • Waste Management Act 1996 (No. 10 of 1996), as amended. 13.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO • Eastern-Midlands Waste Region Waste Management Plan, 2015-2021, Eastern-Midlands Region, 2015. The ‘worst-case’ scenario, is that, should a C&D WMP not be implemented, the target recycling rates • The Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Council Household & Commercial Waste Bye-Laws 2019. outlined in the Waste Management Plan for the Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown Region and all relevant waste • guidance targets will not be achieved. In addition, if waste is not managed and stored correctly on site, Waste Framework Directive (Directive 2008/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council this may lead to litter or pollution issues on the site or adjacent sites. However, this is thought to be of 19 November 2008 on waste). unlikely having taken into consideration the mitigation measures outlined above. • Waste Management (Collection Permit) Regulations 2007 (S.I. No. 820 of 2007) as amended • Waste Management (Facility Permit and Registration) Regulations 2007, as amended • Waste Management: Changing Our Ways, The Department of the Environment and Local 13.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT Government, 1998. Construction Phase • Preventing and Recycling Waste: Delivering Change, The Department of the Environment and Local Government, 2002. The objective of setting targets for waste management is only achieved if the actual waste generation • Taking Stock & Moving Forward, The Department of the Environment and Local Government, 2004. volumes are calculated and compared. This is particularly important during the construction phases where • National Strategy on Biodegradable Waste Management, Department Environment, Heritage and there is a potential for waste management to become secondary to progress and meeting construction Local Government, 2006. schedule targets. The C&D WMP will specify the need for a waste manager to be appointed who will have • A Resource Opportunity – Waste Management Policy in Ireland, Department of the Environment, responsibility to monitor the actual waste volumes being generated and to ensure that contractors and Community and Local Government, 2012. sub-contractors are segregating waste as required. Where targets are not being met, the waste manager • Waste Classification – List of Waste & Determining if Waste is Hazardous or Non-Hazardous, should identify the reasons for targets not being achieved and work to resolve any issues. Recording of Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. waste generation during the project will enable better management of waste contractor requirements and • Waste Management in Buildings – Code of Practice, British Standard, BS 5906:2005, 2005. identify trends. The data should be maintained to advise on future projects. • Mobile Waste and Recycling Containers Part 1: Containers with 2 wheels with a capacity up to
• 400 l for comb lifting devices — Dimensions and design, British Standard, BS EN 840-1:2012, 2012. Operational Phase • Mobile waste containers. Containers with four wheels with a capacity from 750 l to 1700 l with flat During the operational phase, waste generation volumes should be monitored against the predicted waste lid(s), for wide trunnion or BG-and/or wide comb lifting devices. Dimensions and design, British volumes outlined in the OWRMP. There may be opportunities to reduce the number of bins required in Standard, BS EN 840-4:1997, 1997. the communal Waste Storage Areas (WSAs) where estimates have been too conservative. Reductions in • Municipal Waste Statistics for Ireland, EPA Waste Data Release, 31 October 2018 bin requirements will improve efficiency and reduce waste contractor costs. Waste legislation should also
13-7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
14 CULTURAL HERITAGE – ARCHAEOLOGY 14.1 INTRODUCTION Subsequently, a programme of archaeological testing was completed in July 2020 by Declan Moore (archaeological licence number 20E0318). Nothing of archaeological significance was noted during Moore Archaeological and Environmental Services Ltd. was commissioned to complete a cultural testing. heritage impact assessment of the potential impact of a proposed strategic housing development at Balally in the south of Co. Dublin. The development is proposed for a greenfield site located beside Gort It is recommended that the development proceed with no further archaeological mitigation. Mhuire, a 19th-century house and grounds which is now a Carmelite Centre. The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks Nonetheless, care should be taken to ensure that no inadvertent impacts to any of the sites, monuments, ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential sites of architectural significance and vernacular features identified in this report are caused by amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue and machinery or personnel operating in these areas. pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping The above recommendations are subject to the approval of the National Monuments Service and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is (Department of Culture, Heritage, and the Gaeltacht) and Dublin County Councils Conservation/Heritage included the statutory notices and chapter 3 of the EIAR. A detailed development description is included Officer. in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. 14.2 METHODOLOGY This study aims to assess the baseline archaeological, architectural and cultural heritage environment (hereafter referred to as cultural heritage resource), to evaluate the potential or likely impacts that the The methodology used in the preparation of this assessment is broadly based on guidance provided in proposed development will have on this environment and, where appropriate, to suggest mitigation the National Roads Authority’s (NRA) Guidelines for the Assessment of Archaeological Heritage Impacts measures to ameliorate potential impacts. Following on from this, the residual impact that the proposed on National Road Schemes (NRA 2005a), and Guidelines for the Assessment of Architectural Heritage development will have on the baseline cultural heritage resource is identified and evaluated. Impacts on National Road Schemes (NRA 2005b) (the ‘NRA Guidelines’), which were deemed applicable to the task at hand. There are no archaeological sites recorded on the Sites and Monuments Record (SMR), administered by the National Monuments Service (NMS), within the boundary of the subject site. A tower house (DU022- This study aims to assess the baseline archaeological, architectural and cultural heritage environment 023001-) and an Anglo-Norman masonry castle (DU022-023002) (Dundrum Castle) are located 674m to (hereafter referred to as cultural heritage environment or cultural heritage resource), to evaluate the the north of the proposed development area (PDA). A Tower House Castle site (DU022-024----) is located potential or likely impacts that the proposed development will have on this environment and, where 548m to the east-south-east of the PDA. A Church site (DU022-036002-) is situated adjacent to the M50 appropriate, to suggest mitigation measures to ameliorate potential impacts, in accordance with the motorway 885m to the south of the PDA. policies of:
The proposed development site is located immediately beside sites of architectural heritage value, which • Department of Culture, Heritage, and the Gaeltacht. are Protected Structures. Gort Muire (RPS No. 1453) is a historic house, built in 1870, and referred to as • The National Monuments Acts (1930-2005). ‘Gortmore’ on historic maps. The RPS listing includes the house and associated features, including a • Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022; and walled garden which adjoins the northern boundary of the site. Gort Muire Gate Lodge and Gates are • Best practice guidelines. also Protected Structures (RPS No 1446), but these are separated from the site by Wyckham Way (R826). Protected Structures are protected under Section 58 of the Planning and Development Act 2000. Following on from this, the residual impact that the proposed scheme will have on the baseline Architectural heritage is addressed in detail in Chapter 15 of this EIAR. environment is identified and evaluated.
Moore Group completed an initial assessment of the proposed development in 2019. This report For the purposes of this report the definition of “cultural heritage” is taken broadly from the UNESCO concluded that ‘..although there are no previously recorded archaeological sites within the proposed Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, 1972, which considers development area, which is not within a zone of notification, the advice of the NMS should also be sought the following to be “cultural heritage”: regarding further investigation of the land. Archaeological investigations in the area, including as part of road building projects, have resulted in the discovery of previously unrecorded archaeological features. • Tangible cultural heritage. Therefore, it is recommended that test excavations should be carried out across greenfield areas of the • movable cultural heritage (artefacts). site.’ • immovable cultural heritage (monuments, archaeological sites, etc).
• underwater cultural heritage (shipwrecks, underwater ruins, and cities); and
14.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• Intangible cultural heritage (oral traditions, folklore etc). • Topographical files of the National Museum of Ireland. • Cartographic Sources. This impact assessment addresses Cultural Heritage under the two headings of archaeology (Chapter 14) • Toponyms. and architectural/built heritage (Chapter 15). • Aerial photographs; and • Published archaeological inventories. Desktop Assessment The desktop assessment was completed by Will Anderson and Declan Moore. All known cultural heritage Terms and Definitions sites were reviewed on the Archaeological Survey of Ireland (ASI) along with aerial photography and Cultural Heritage Ordnance Survey Ireland (OSI) mapping. Sites mapped included the following: The phrase ‘cultural heritage’ is a generic term used to identify a multitude of cultural, archaeological and architectural sites and monuments. The term ‘cultural heritage’, in Environmental Impact Statement • UNESCO World Heritage Sites including the tentative list of candidate sites; compliance with Section 2(1) of the Heritage Act (1995), is used throughout this report in relation to • National Monuments be they in the ownership or guardianship of the State, in the ownership of archaeological objects, features, monuments and landscapes as well as all structures and buildings which a local authority or monuments under preservation orders. are considered to have historical, archaeological, artistic, engineering, scientific, social or technical • Record of Monuments & Places (RMP) and Sites and Monuments Record (SMR) from significance/merit. www.archaeology.ie. • Records of Protected Structures from Dublin County Council. Record of Monuments and Places • National Inventory of Architectural Heritage (NIAH) for Co. Dublin; and A feature recorded in the ‘Record of Monuments and Places’ (RMP) refers to a recorded archaeological • Demesnes Landscapes and Historic Gardens indicated on the OSI First Edition Mapping. site that is granted statutory protection under the National Monuments Act 1930-2004. The RMP is the most widely applying provision of the National Monuments Acts. It comprises a list of recorded All townlands located within 2km of the proposed development site were listed and crossed referenced monuments and places (resulting from the Archaeological Survey of Ireland [ASI]) and accompanying with: maps on which such monuments and places are shown for each county. The information contained within the RMP is derived from the earlier non-statutory Sites and Monuments Record (SMR). However • National Monuments, a list for Co. Dublin available from www.archaeology.ie. some entries were not transferred to the statutory record as they refer to features that on inspection by • Preservation Orders, a list available from the National Monuments Service; and the Archaeological Survey were found not to merit inclusion in that record or could not be located with • Lists contained in the Report of the Commissioners or Church Temporalities of Ireland (1879) sufficient accuracy to be included. Such sites however remain part of the SMR. The record is a dynamic which contain lists of Churches, School Houses and Graveyards that were vested in the one and is updated to take account of on-going research. Representative Church Body and the Burial Boards under The Irish Church Act, 1869. When reference is made to the distance between an RMP and the proposed development site, this The baseline historical research included a search of the British and Irish Archaeological Bibliography relates to the minimal distance separating the site from the known edge of the RMP. Where the edge of (www.biab.ac.uk). The National Library of Irelands catalogue (http://catalogue.nli.ie/) was also the RMP is not precisely known, the distance relates to that which separates the site from the boundary consulted. Other sources consulted include the Ordnance Survey Records for the area, www.duchas.ie of the RMP zone of archaeological potential as represented on the respective RMP map; where this is and several local history publications (see References). applied, it is stated accordingly.
The Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 was reviewed to obtain a Sites and Monuments Record comprehensive understanding of the cultural heritage of the area. The development plans contain lists The Sites and Monuments Record (SMR) is an inventory of the known archaeological monuments in the of cultural heritage sites including national monuments, recorded monuments, architectural State. There are more than 150,800 records in the database and over 138,800 of these relate to conservation areas, protected structures, and protected views as well as baseline assessments of the archaeological monuments. landscape character of the county. An ‘area of archaeological potential’ refers to an area of ground that is deemed to constitute one where The plans also outline the county’s heritage policies and objectives that aim to protect and promote the archaeological sites, features or objects may be present in consequence of location, association with archaeological, architectural, and cultural heritage of the region. This evaluation was carried out with identified/recorded archaeological sites and/or identifiable characteristics. due regard to these policies and other relevant information contained within the plans. Register of Historic Monuments To assess the potential impact of the proposal the following sources were also consulted or reviewed: Section 5 of the 1987 National Monuments Act states that the Minister is required to establish and maintain a Register of Historic Monuments. Historic monuments and archaeological areas present on • Excavations Bulletin. the register are afforded statutory protection under the 1987 Act. Any interference with sites recorded in the Register without the permission of the Minister is illegal, and two months’ notice in writing is
14.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane required prior to any work being undertaken on or in the vicinity of a registered monument. This list was Archaeological, Architectural and Historical Background largely replaced by the Record of Monuments and Places following the 1994 Amendment Act. No General background to Subject Area registered Historic Monuments were identified. The town of Dundrum is centred on the early Christian foundation of St. Nahi’s Church (DU022-016001- -) classified as an ecclesiastical enclosure. The existing St. Nahi's Church of Ireland (1760) at Taney Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 occupies the site of an earlier church. St. Nahi is thought to have been a bishop, who probably lived in The relevant policies and objectives for Archaeological, Architectural and Cultural Heritage management the 6th century. He was a descendant of the Dál Messincorb and is included in the Saints of Hua Nair. for Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown were reviewed were reviewed. These policies and objectives are outlined The Parish is documented in records from the 12th through to the 16th century. These indicate that in Chapter 6, Section 6.1.2 & 6.1.3 of the County Development Plan. Taney was a well-developed ecclesiastical establishment which had acquired a significant land holding by the Anglo-Norman period. Around 1170 the lands around Dundrum were granted to John de Clahella, Archaeological Testing and between 1180-1197 the same John de Clahella granted the tenement of Thacney (Taney) ‘a mioty The author (Declan Moore) supervised the excavation of a series of test trenches across the subject site (or half) of Tignai with the church of that vill’ to the Archbishop, Laurence O'Toole –‘to Holy Trinity on the 2nd July 2020. A backhoe excavator with a toothless ditching bucket of 1.9m width removed Church, the Archbishop of Dublin and his successors’. De Clahella or de Clahull c. 1187 built a castle on topsoil to natural subsoil and the excavated ground was assessed for the presence of archaeological top of an E facing ridge overlooking the river Slang. This site was later replaced by Dundrum Castle a late features. 16th-17th century tower house (DU022-023001-) which incorporates part of a 12th-14th-century castle. Finds exposed during excavations in 1988-91 included Leinster cooking ware, a buckle and a socketed All machine excavations were continuously supervised by the author. The location and alignment of arrowhead. A moat was also exposed with a triple-slotted drawbridge with an entrance to a gatehouse trenches was informed by the site’s topography and ecology and background research. The aim was to extending from the drawbridge to part of the outer wall of the early castle (Wth 2m). Part of a stone- achieve coverage of the area which would detect any subsurface archaeological features that may be lined watercourse runs under the base of the wall and the shaft of a garderobe was revealed within the present. wall. (Newman Johnson 2014). The tower house survives as a ruin.
The trenches ran parallel across the field, which has a gentle gradient. Ballally, the name is of Norse Origen meaning Olave’s town a reference to St. Olaf, and a church referred to in the letter of 1179 (DU022-036001-). This site seems to have been enclosed by an earthen bank. 14.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT Further evidence for early settlement comes from scattered finds discovered in the general area: a human skeleton and flint flake were found in Stillorgan Park; a polished stone axe head was found at Locational Details Taney to the northeast of Dundrum; a bronze axe was also found at Ticknock to the south of Balally. The site is in Balally townland, to the south-east of Dundrum, to the east of Wyckham Way (R826) in Local tradition states that the foundation of the church at Balally, Taney Parish, was to mark the end of south Co. Dublin. The site lies directly south of St Tiernan’s Community School and east of Gort Muire a feud between two local families. The area around Balally was controlled by the Harold family up until Carmelite Centre. The site covers a surface area of 39,127m2; its maximum dimensions are 498m the Anglo-Norman invasion and the area must have been incorporated in the Scandinavian kingdom of northwest/southeast by 325m southwest/northeast. Dublin known as Dyfflinarskiri, which covered Dublin and its hinterland, approximating to the modern county. After the invasion, the Harolds seem to have retreated into the upland areas between Dublin and Wicklow. The lands of Ballally were given in 1279 to John De Walhope and twenty years later were County and town Dublin (Fingal) occupation of John Othyr, In 1407 the lands came into the possession of the Walshes of Carrickmines in Barony Rathdown a grant from the crown conditioned that he should build a castle to secure the area (DU022:024). No Parish Taney trace of this castle remains but it is believed to have been situated on the road between Balally and Street Wyckham Point (west of site); Parkvale (east of site) Dundrum. Townland Balally OS Sheet number (s) 3392 In 1641 Balally was in the ownership of James Walsh a Protestant it was later sold to John Borr for £700 in 1646 and he subsequently used the castle as his country residence. Later in the eighteenth century Archaeological Monuments None within subject site boundary. some of the villas that border the high road through Balally were erected. The establishment known as ‘Moreen’ was built at this time and described as a neat and compact house. Architectural Sites None as listed by the National Inventory of Architectural Heritage (NIAH) or RPS within the site boundary. The house at Gortmore, prior to its acquisition by the Carmellites in 1944, was leased by a Dr Scriven ITM Centred on 717458 / 7426984 between 1865-66. The building was completed in 1870 with Richard Atkinson and his wife being the first Table 14-1 Location details residents. Its valuation then was £70 for the house and £123 for the land. Richard Atkinson died in 1877 and his wife outlived him by three years. In 1880 Gortmore was bought by a wine (or more likely a spirit)
merchant, Edward Frederick Burke whose premises were at 16, Bachelor’s Walk, Dublin. Burke died in 1893 and the house passed to John Gardiner Nutting who was chairman of Burke’s Company. On taking
14.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane up residence he was made a Justice of the Peace and in 1895 he was appointed High Sheriff for County Dublin (1895-6) and later Deputy Lieutenant for County Dublin. During his period of residence in The following sections contain information relative to the Register of Historic Monuments (RHM), the Gortmore, probably until 1897, the beautiful wrought-iron walkway at the rear of the house, and the Record of Monuments and Places (RMP) and the Archaeological Survey Database (ASD). Archaeological conservatory were completed. The formal garden was laid out with the rockery and the artificial pond. monuments are general registered by the National Monuments Service using a Sites and Monuments He was knighted and made a Baronet in 1902. The Land Valuation Books name a Richard Macready as Record (SMR) number. the occupant in 1897 and it would seem from this book that the house was vacant from 1906 until 1909 when it was bought by Dr. Joseph Michael Redmond, F.R.C.P.R.C.S.I., who was Physician to the Mater Archaeological Survey Database Hospital, Consulting Physician to the Coombe Hospital, and to St. Michael’s Hospital, Kingstown (Dun The most up-to-date record of archaeological monuments, the Archaeological Survey Database (ASD), is Laoghaire), Co. Dublin. In 1916 he was made President of the Royal College of Physicians. The title ‘Sir’ available for viewing and download on the www.archaeology.ie website. This record is continually went with that office. He never used it but his wife, Lady Oswaldine Redmond, did. They had an oratory revised and indicates several additional sites that do not feature in the RMP. The National Monuments in the house which was the room above the main entrance where Jesuit Fathers from Milltown Park Service also makes available SMR Zones of Notification on the website. offered Mass occasionally. The water-tower was occupied by Irish soldiers during the “troubles.” Archaeological monuments listed in the ASD that are located in the vicinity of the proposed development In 1944 Gortmore was bought from the Lefroy family who had occupied the site since 1932. On July 8, are presented below. Distances indicated are from the point data, made available in the ASD, to the site 1948, a new Oratory was officially opened by the provincial Fr Conleth Fitzgerald, O.Carm. in the 1970’s boundary. the community hosted religious and business conferences at the site. SMR No Class Townland ITM ITM Distance;
Reference Reference direction
Archaeological Heritage (E) (N) World Heritage Sites Although not formally recognised in Irish legislation, impacts on World Heritage Sites will nonetheless be DU022-023001- Castle – tower house Dundrum 717008 727821 674m; north a material consideration for developments in their wider vicinity.
Castle – Anglo- There is one potential World Heritage Site contained in the Tentative List of Candidate Sites within 5km DU022-023002- Norman masonry Dundrum 717008 727821 674m; north of the study area – that of ‘Dublin – The Historic City of Dublin’. castle
National Monuments in State Care, Guardianship or under Protection Order DU022-024---- Castle – tower house Balally 718112 726930 548m; east On a national level, the highest degree of protection granted to archaeological monuments are those afforded National Monument status, which are protected under the National Monuments Act of 1930 and its various amendments. These are the pre-eminent archaeological sites in Ireland and fall into several categories including: DU022-036001- Church Balally 717861 726096 885m; south
• Sites that are in the ownership or guardianship of the state; Table 14-2 Relevant SMRs in the vicinity of the subject area.
• Monuments that are the subject of Preservation Orders; SMR No: DU022-023001- • Monuments in the ownership of a local authority; and Classification: Castle – tower house • Walled towns. Description: Dundrum castle is situated S-SW of the village on an E-facing ridge which overlooks the Slang River. This late 16th to early 17th century tower house built by Sir Thomas Fitzgerald incorporates Generally National Monuments in state care are numbered amongst the best preserved and most part of a 13th/14th century castle (DU022-023002-). It rises to three storeys with parapet level marked impressive monuments in the country. by a string course. Built largely of randomly coursed granite blocks, with dressed limestone used in window and door jambs. Entered at the S end of the E wall through a later doorway with rough hammer- The site boundary covers an area of c. 3.9 hectares, within which there are no recorded monuments or dressed jambs, under a segmental arch. The door is rebated and bolt holes are visible. features. The nearest recorded site is the location of a tower house (DU022-024----), no longer standing, which is located approximately 550m to the east. SMR No: DU022-023002- Classification: Castle - Anglo-Norman masonry castle Record of Monuments and Places (RMP) Description: Situated on top of an E facing ridge overlooking the river Slang. Dundrum Castle is a late The legislation that affords protection to the archaeology of Ireland has seen several amendments since 16th-17th century tower house (DU022-023001-) which incorporates part of a 12th-14th-century castle the first National Monuments Act of 1930 and there is a legacy of several different registers and exposed during excavations in 1988-91. Built by Sir John de Clahull c. 1187, the earliest feature exposed associated terminology.
14.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane is a section of fosse (Wth 7m, D 1.40m) that enclosed the top of the ridge. Finds included Leinster cooking ware, a buckle and a socketed arrowhead. Associated with this moat was a triple-slotted drawbridge with an entrance to a gatehouse extending from the drawbridge to part of the outer wall of the early castle (Wth 2m). Part of a stone-lined watercourse runs under the base of the wall and the shaft of a garderobe was revealed within the wall.
SMR No: DU022-024---- Classification: Castle – tower house Description: Situated on a natural rise at the foot of the Dublin Mountains. Balally Castle was built by William Walsh sometime after 1407 when in a grant from the crown it was conditioned that a castle be built on the lands at Balally. This may have replaced a wooden dwelling built by John de Walhope in the late 13th-century). Today there is a children’s' playground on the site. There are no visible remains above ground.
SMR No: DU022-036001----- Classification: Church Description: Known as the 'cross church of Moreen' it is said to have been built on a battleground (Ball & Hamilton, 1895, 134). Some sources identify Balally with the BALLYVROOLEF listed in the papal bull of 1179 (Cotter 1991). In 1297 a Plea Roll recorded a legal action between John le Botiller and the Abbot of Wetheney, Abbington, Co. Limerick 'as to the right of presentation to the church of Balihawly'. Remains comprise the foundation of a rectangular structure, built of undressed granite masonry (int. dims. L 10.40m, Wth 5.2m, Wall Wth 0.95m). A series of pits revealed during the excavation of the site produced a strap-tag with interlaced decoration of 7th-10th century date. Further excavations in 2003 revealed a double-ditched enclosure. Finds included a medieval rotary quern and coarse local ware. No structures were identified. Figure 14-1 Map of the PDA and nearest SMR/RMP sites with the zones of notification
Cartographic Research Analysis of historic mapping shows how the landscape has changed over time. The comparison of editions of historic maps can show how some landscape features have been created, altered or removed over a period of time. Sometimes features that appear on these early maps are found to be of potential archaeological significance during fieldwork. For this study the following historic maps were consulted:
• Rocque’s ‘Actual Survey of the City and Suburbs of Dublin’ (1760) • First edition Ordnance Survey 6” Maps circa 1830; and • Third edition Ordnance Survey 25” Maps circa 1900.
A review of the available cartographic sources began with John Rocque’s map of Dublin and environs from 1760. Balally (depicted ‘Ballow’) and Dundrum are shown as an area of farmland with clusters of buildings and gardens. The First Edition Ordnance Survey 6” Maps depicts the subject area in pre-famine times.
There are no features evident within the vicinity of the proposed development on Roque’s Map of 1760, which shows the dispersed buildings that made up Dundrum and Balally surrounded by irregularly shaped fields.
14.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Figure 14-2 Rocque’s 1760 map showing Balally (‘Ballow’) and Dundrum with the approximate subject site location.
The OSI 6 Inch map indicates a number of named houses in the environs of the proposed development: Ballinteer and Mayfield to the west, Farmley and Runnymede to the north, Bellewly Park to the east and Figure 14-3 Extract from OS 6” first edition map showing subject site. Ludford Park to the south and Hilton to the south west. All these houses have associated demesne landscapes. The access road to the proposed development site runs to the immediate south of a square- shaped walled garden. It is not clear which house it is associated with. There is a building located adjacent to and parallel with the southern boundary of the walled garden. The walled boundary of this garden retains its form to the present day. The map shows that the main portion of the proposed development site consists of a rectilinear field bordered by trees.
By the time of the 25 Inch survey, the walled garden has been incorporated into the grounds of a new house, Gortmore, which is located to the south of the gardens and directly west of the proposed development site. Extensive parklands associated with Gortmore are located around the house and to the west, where there are two Gate Lodges on Ballinteer Road, with associated entrance avenues. Outbuildings have also been constructed adjacent to the walled garden, on its southern side, and there are other new structures located within the walled garden. The grounds surrounding Gortmore have been landscaped, including a pond to the south of the main house. A water tower is indicated directly west of the PDA, and within the PDA is marked a tank. At the southwest tip of the area is marked a well, and another well is marked just to the south of the area. Apart from the field boundaries, which have been little altered since the First Edition map, there are no other features indicated on this map which are within the proposed development area.
14.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Figure 14-5 Aerial image 2000 showing site with fill material.
Figure 14-4 Extract from OS 25” third edition map showing subject site and protected structures Topographical Files of the National Museum of Ireland Aerial Photography The topographical files of the NMI identify all recorded finds held in the NMI archive that have been On satellite and aerial photography a number of the features associated with the Gort Muire Centre donated to the state in accordance with national monuments legislation. The files sometimes include Protected Structure (RPS No. 1453) are visible, including Gort Muire House, the Water Tower, the Farm reports on excavations undertaken by NMI archaeologists in the early 20th century. Valuable information Building Complex and the Walled Garden. that can be gleaned might include the exact location, ground type, depth below ground level and condition when found, of each find. However, the amount and the usefulness of the information There is no sign of the parkland associated with Runnymede and Homestead, with these areas having available on each find can vary considerably. The topographical files are listed by county and townland given way to the urban sprawl of Dublin. It is evident that Runnymede has disappeared but both and/or street name. Homestead (RPS No. 1433) and Ardglas (RPS No. 1422) houses remain. The northernly most Gate Lodge associate with Gortmore is no longer extant and there is no sign of the wells, pump house or buildings to There are no records of Finds in the vicinity of the subject area according to the NMI topographical files. the east of the walled garden. Although the second Gate Lodge is still extant (RPS No. 1446) it is now severed from the house by the R826 and high-rise apartment complexes. Previous Archaeological Fieldwork The Excavation Bulletin is both a published annual directory and an online database that provides From a review of historic imagery, it would appear that much of the proposed development site was summary accounts of all the excavations carried out in Ireland and Northern Ireland from 1970 to 2012. inundated with imported fill possibly from road works on the R824 Wyckham Way. The fill is visible in The database gives access to over 15,000 reports and can be browsed or searched using multiple fields, aerial photography below. including Year, County, Site Name, Site Type, Grid Reference, Licence No., Sites and Monuments Record No. and Author.
The following entries are recorded in the general area:
14.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates 1990:029 Balally Church site within enclosure N/A E 717825m, N 726028m Some sources identify Balally with the BALLYVROOLEF listed in the papal bull of 1179 (lit, the place of As an area 25m south of the site is to be disturbed by the construction of the Southern Cross Motorway, Olaf- or Amhlaibh in Irish). Dublin County Council requested that the area of the motorway adjacent to the church site be investigated archaeologically. This investigation was carried out in the week of 24-28 September 1990. Excavation was confined to the pipe trench. A linear strip, 58m in length by 1.15m in width, and centred An area 118m by 42m was investigated, limited to the area of the road on the northern and southern on the church, was investigated. An additional 60m of open trench adjoining this area was subsequently sides. The church survives as rectangular foundation walls constructed of undressed mortared granite monitored. 12.4m by 7.2m externally, oriented east-west and situated in the centre of a slight mound. Aerial photographs from the Fairey Survey of Ireland (BKS 21776139/40) reveal that the church was surrounded The foundations of two sections of walling were uncovered directly below the sod. The wall was of by an oval earthen bank 148m in diameter. This appears to have been enclosed by a second exterior bank drystone construction and 1m in width. It had been laid directly on the undisturbed boulder clay and which partially survived on the southern edge of the site. formed the western and southern sides of a rectangular or square structure. No associated cultural layers survived. The enclosure visible on the AP was not located – the area has been landscaped in recent years Nine features were noted during the investigation. Three (F 1, 6 & 7) were pits containing large quantities and it is possible that this activity has removed any surviving remains of this feature. of charcoal, and in one case (F 6) bronze metalwork and animal bone. The others were ditches containing Claire Cotter, 1 Northbrook Villas, Northbrook Road, Dublin 6. relatively modern fills or features ranging from a box-drain (F 8), to granite rubble (F 2) or modern debris, i.e. tree branches, concrete posts and insulated cables (F 4). F 5 and F 9 contained primarily soil fills. Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates Feature 6 (Cutting 13) was a pit 1.06m by l.18m in diameter and 0.34m in depth, cut through the dark 1996:064 Balally Possible Pale ditch/ cropmark 96E0218 E718025m,N726028m brown sandy clay. Its upper part contained two fragments of a bronze strap-tag or belt buckle (see below) As part of the proposed South-Eastern Motorway scheme, trial-trenching was carried out in an area lying on their sides, a large quantity of animal bone representing parts of three cattle, two sheep/goat, affected by four suspected sites. A ditch was discovered, running for 63m across the proposed route, a single pig and a possible red deer, and a quantity of charcoal. The two bronze fragments together form lying in line with a section of the Pale ditch preserved in the Kilcross housing estate to the south. Adjacent the upper and lower plates of a strap-tag, with the loop and tongue missing, measuring 48mm in length, to the ditch was a bank which appeared to have been naturally formed and had the foundations of a 21mm in width and 0.4mm in thickness and 29mm in length and 14mm in width respectively. On the nineteenth-century structure dug into it. Immediately north of the ditch, a fragment of a flint plano- upper face a band of simple two-band plait design interlacing has been incised onto the surface. Through convex knife was found in the topsoil. It is hoped that a full excavation will be carried out on this site. this design three holes have been cut and one is filled with the remains of an iron rivet. This object may Testing was carried out near to the site of St Olaf’s Church (SMR 22:36). This had previously been be dated to the period stretching from the 7th to the 10th century. investigated in 1990 by C. Mount and V.J. Keeley (Excavations 1990, 23-4); however, there had been subsequent alterations to the motorway route. No archaeological features were discovered, and the Other finds included seven large sherds of a coarse handmade pottery from the top of the subsoil below church will not be affected by the motorway. A circular cropmark was identified by aerial photography the ploughsoil in Cutting 11 which in situ formed a single sherd of Leinster Cooking Ware, four small as lying just outside the proposed route. Testing within the route adjacent to this feature did not reveal pottery sherds similar to those above, from the ploughsoil of Cutting 1 and five sherds of pottery anything of archaeological importance. A tree ring lay within the proposed motorway route. including a base sherd from a flatbottomed vessel, of the same type as above, from the plough-soil of Investigations showed that whilst the tree ring was of nineteenth-century date, it overlay pit features, Cutting 10. Although the investigation took place within the enclosure of what appears to be a pre- one of which con-rained two fragments of thirteenth/fourteenth century locally produced cooking ware. Norman ecclesiastical site, both features and finds were meagre. Medieval activity on the site is It is hoped that further work will be carried out on this site. confirmed by the presence of several sherds of Leinster Cooking Wares which date broadly to the 13th Colin D. Gracie, 8 Abbeydale Close, Lucan, Co. Dublin, for Project Director Valerie J. Keeley Ltd. and 14th centuries. Charles Mount, 85 Belgard Heights, Tallaght, Dublin 24. Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates 2000:0203 Balally Post-medieval cobbled trackway 00E0370 E717667m, N726429m Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates The relevant archaeological literature in recent times has maintained a perception of a section of the 1990:030 Balally Church site (environs of) N/A E 717725m, N 726028m Pale Ditch as being extant in the townland of Balally, close to Sandyford in South County Dublin (Healy A limited archaeological excavation was carried out over a four-day period in the grounds of the central 1978, 1; Goodbody 1993a, 29; 1993b, 25; O’Keeffe 1992, 71). Indeed, as early as 1895 it had been Bank of Ireland, about one mile south of Dundrum. The excavation was funded by Bord Gáis and carried suggested that the line of the ditch had ‘crossed the Parish of Taney to the south of that part of the lands out prior to the laying of a gas pipe, along the north side of the proposed Southern Cross motorway. of Balally now called Moreen’ (Ball and Hamilton 1895, 8). This assertion was based on information supplied to the writers by G.T. Stokes (ibid., 9fn). The foundations of a small rectangular church (see no. 29 above) of unknown date are visible at the site about l0m south of a small stream. The pipeline ran west-east 8.3m south of the church. The first detailed report on the relevant feature appeared in the late 1970s (Healy 1978, 1–2). The visible A section of a large curvilinear earthwork is visible on a vertical AP taken in 1971. The earthwork may be remains were described as a linear earthwork 220m long. In its best-preserved section this consisted of multivallate and appears to enclose the church and terminate at the stream. A more recent AP taken a flat-topped bank with flanking fosses (mostly filled in) on either side. The bank was further described after the completion of the Central Bank in 1978 shows a smaller arc of this possible enclosure. as being 3–4m wide on top, 6m wide at the base and 1–1.2m high. The flanking fosses featured an
14.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane average width of 2m and had a depth of 0.3m. Consequently, the layout and construction of the housing or causeway across very marshy ground. It is not improbable either that the earlier inhabitants of the estate of Kilcross were to take into account the presence of the earthwork, and its southern stretch was church enclosure used this causeway as an access route from/to the higher ground to the south. Thus it duly incorporated into the scheme. may already have been adopted into use as a rough trackway. It might be suggested that the builders of the Pale Ditch would have viewed such a configuration as a suitable base for the ultimate extension of In the 1990s the projected construction of the South-Eastern Motorway, whose proposed route would their ditch. Finally, is it possible that the builders of the late 18th-century cobbled trackway removed or directly impinge on the northern stretch of the earthwork, prompted further archaeological interest in simply levelled out an earlier (bank) feature? Against this, one would have to draw attention to the total the site. Hence a test excavation was conducted in 1996 by Colin Gracie, which focused on the northern absence of any indications of flanking fosses. stretch of the earthwork (Excavations 1996, 16, 96E0218). This work exposed a linear ‘fosse’ extending on a north–south orientation (Gracie 1996, 5–6). It was recommended that a full excavation should A strong counter-argument against all of the preceding suggestions would be that a church, known from proceed in advance of the construction of the relevant section of the South-Eastern Motorway. the documentary sources to have been in use in the Middle Ages, would hardly have been left immediately ‘beyond the Pale’, given that an alternative siting (a few hundred metres to the west) would The evidence garnered from the excavation of Balally correlates very well with the information already not only have placed the church within the Pale but also have occupied the cusp of a strategic ridge with available in both the early archaeological literature and the cartographical sources. It is documented that the land falling away in a pronounced fashion to the west and north-west. It is not impossible, therefore, the development of Moreen House and its grounds took place in ‘the latter part of the 18th century’ (Ball that the elevated southern section of the linear earthwork is no more than a fanciful later 18th-century 1903, 75). The grounds, it is recorded, were laid out with ‘much trouble and expense’ (Ball 1903, 75) The landscaping feature intrinsically associated with the southward extension of the cobbled trackway. first edition of Sheet 22 of the OS maps clearly illustrates that by the 1840s a trackway or avenue was in Ultimately only an excavation of a segment of the southern extension would resolve the debate in a existence in the relevant area of the grounds. There are no indications of any such feature on the 1760 satisfactory fashion. map of the area by John Rocque. Unfortunately, there are no estate maps extant (pers. comm., Aideen Mark Clinton, Valerie J. Keeley Ltd, Brehon House, Kilkenny Road, Castlecomer, Co. Kilkenny. Ireland, National Archives). The recent excavations have established that the ‘avenue’ took the form of a cobbled trackway, with a potentially substantial wall extending along its eastern side. There are some Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates indications that a more insubstantial wall (or kerbing in places) denoted the western flank of the 2000:0314 Kingstown Monitoring 98E0206 ext. E 716986m, N 725738m trackway. Topsoil-stripping of lands required for a section of the South-Eastern Motorway at Kingstown, Co. Dublin, commenced on 2 December 1999 and was completed on 3 May 2000. Work was very sporadic and totally The question of the ‘lately’ perceived association between the extant remains and the medieval Pale dependent on both weather conditions and the availability of suitable machinery. The initial stripping Ditch should now be addressed. Indeed, while the excavated section of the feature can be categorised operations were focused to the east of the site of Kingstown House and on the creation and provision of as a later 18th-century avenue or trackway, the southern stretch, extending through the housing estate access routes to the site works compound. of Kilcross, is not so easily rationalised. As Healy noted in 1978, there the feature takes the form of a linear earthwork no less than 1–1.2m high, 3–4m wide on top and 6m wide at the bottom (the flanking In March operations were centred on the area to the west of the Ballinteer Road (towards its junction fosses he recorded have now been landscaped out of view). Given the fact that this stretch of the feature with the Ticknock and Blackglen roads). This area constituted Site 7 (Area 2) in the original archaeological is sited on higher, well-drained terrain, it might be difficult to explain away its raised profile as a assessment report (see Additional Archaeological Assessment of Routes A and 5, South Eastern manifestation of a later 18th-century trackway. Ironically, there was a propensity in medieval (and indeed Motorway (hereafter referred to as AAASEM) (October 1996), vol. 1, 36–8), and, although subsequent post-medieval) times to use sections of the flat-topped Pale Ditch bank as paths and roadways, their test-trench excavations by Martin Reid had determined the non-archaeological nature of the potential permanently dry condition and linear routes being an obvious attraction. Examples of such secondary monuments identified in this zone, it had been deemed necessary to monitor closely the topsoil-stripping use have been noted at Neillstown in County Meath (O’Keeffe 1992, 71) and at Ballyogan in County of the area (see Archaeological Investigations Kingstown Townland, South Eastern Motorway, Co. Dublin, Dublin (Goodbody 1993a, 30). To compound the difficulties, it should be remembered that the original 98E0407, 8, hereafter referred to as Kingstown Report, and also Excavations 1998, 62). physical manifestation of the Pale Ditch is still generally poorly understood. This land to the immediate west of the Ballinteer Road constituted a public amenity in the form of open The key factor in any analysis of Pale (Maghery), or indeed ‘March’ Ditches, is the reality that parkland prior to the commencement of road-construction activity. The topsoil-stripping operations responsibility for their construction lay with individual landowners. Thus, not only could the confirmed the profile established by the test excavations, with the highly disturbed nature of the sub- composition/format of the resultant linear earthworks vary from estate to estate but also there is a sod stratigraphy being the by-product of the adjacent housing scheme and the subsequent landscaping healthy suspicion that many individual sections were either only half-built or, indeed, not built at all. One of the area. must therefore allow for both discontinuous sections and variations in orientation (i.e. respecting the boundaries of individual holdings as opposed to a formal ‘frontier’ per se). An earlier geophysical survey had suggested the presence of a possible structure to the immediate west of the Ballinteer Road (see AAASEM, vol. 1, 37; vol. 2, figs 1–5). The subsequent test excavation had An outside possibility must exist, therefore, that the southern section of the linear earthwork at Balally determined that this suggested structure was not present (see Kingstown Report, 7). The stripping represents an unfinished section of the Pale Ditch. The topographical evidence would seem to suggest operation cut quite deeply into and indeed below the topsoil levels in this general zone. The presence of that the lower-lying section (i.e. the excavated section) already existed in the form of a natural moraine
14.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane an extensive cluster of large granite boulders was revealed in the area in question. This was a natural Mark Clinton for Valerie J. Keeley Ltd, Brehon House, Kilkenny Road, Castlecomer, Co. Kilkenny. feature. Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates The area to the east of the Ballinteer Road (designated Area 1 in the test excavations) was more extensive 2001:322 Balally Urban Medieval 00E0370 E 717667m, N 726429m than its western counterpart and, being in possession of eleven suspected features (features a–j; G2 in Site 2, Balally, Dundrum, Co. Dublin, is situated along the route of the South-Eastern Motorway, which AAASEM, vol. 1, 36–7), had subsequently been more extensively tested. Seven test cuttings were opened will run for 9km from Loughlinstown to Ballinteer. Ten trenches were laid out in an attempt to locate an in this area (see Kingstown Report). The non-archaeological nature of the suspected features, as earthwork/enclosure, discernible on aerial photographs, which may be associated with the Norman determined by the test excavations (ibid., 8), was again confirmed by the topsoil-stripping operations. church of Moreen, known as St Olaf’s Church. However, a strap tag of 9th/10th-century date had been One feature of archaeological interest was exposed during the course of topsoil-stripping. A small sub- located close to the church by Charles Mount (Excavations 1990, 29), suggesting that the church may be square area of black, charcoal-infused fill was disturbed by the manoeuvrings of a D8N, a particularly of pre-Norman origin. heavy piece of equipment. The basic form of the feature survived and illustrated that it was a shallow pit containing a dense charcoal and cremated bone fill. The only find from the pit was a sherd of pottery of The test-trenches revealed a portion of a possible bivallate earthwork enclosure to the south of the prehistoric appearance, which had been deposited in the lower levels of the bone/charcoal fill towards church, which corroborates the aerial photographs. Several ditches and a bank were revealed and a sherd its central area. of medieval pottery, local ware, was retrieved from one of the ditches. A slight rise in the topography in this area indicates the presence of a bank. The pit was irregular in shape and featured two squared corners while being otherwise quite curvilinear in form. Diameter varied from 0.5m to 0.52m. Maximum depth was 0.11m. Within the southern Excavations by Mark Clinton at Carrickmines (see below, No. 335) to the immediate east of the test- perimeter of the pit two intrusive features had been inserted. A post-hole (overall dimensions: 70mm x trenches may have revealed a further portion of the church enclosure. 55mm; depth: 80–90mm) indicated that a post had been inserted at an angle of c. 45o. A stake-hole (overall dimensions: 40mm x 25mm; depth: 70mm) occurred 0.07m to its south-east. Towards the north- The enclosure and its interior should be fully excavated prior to the construction of the routeway. central floor area of the pit a third indentation (overall dimensions: 0.07m x 0.06m; depth: 0.04–0.05m)— Sylvia Desmond, 25 Rowan Hall, Millbrook Court, Milltown, Dublin 6, for Valerie J. Keeley Ltd. possibly a second post-hole—was in evidence. Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates A close examination of the surrounding area established that the pit was an isolated feature. It may also 2002:0451 Balally Fulacht Fiadh 02E0176 E 717875m, N 725888m be stated with some certainty that there had been no overt indications of any covering ‘mound’ prior to The site was found by Gary Conboy during monitoring of topsoil-stripping before the construction of the topsoil-stripping. The fill of the pit consisted of a dense stratum of charcoal and cremated bone. South-Eastern Motorway. It lay on a gentle slope at the foot of the Dublin Mountains, near a stream in waste ground between modern housing and an industrial estate. When discovered, the site appeared as The final two stages of topsoil-stripping saw those areas to the north of the site of Kingstown House and a discrete spread of dark soil and occasional burnt stone. On excavation, this was shown to be heavily those areas to the north-east, i.e. in the direction of Sandyford, being processed. In the more southerly disturbed burnt-mound material that covered a hearth and two large cut features. The hearth was a zones of the overall site, i.e. towards the junction of the Ticknock and Blackglen roads, the topsoil had circular patch of rubified soil under an in situ ash deposit. Beside the hearth was a large circular pit been completely removed, whereas in the more low-lying northerly zones the boulder clay was only surrounded by a ring of stake-holes and filled with light grey silt and burnt stone deposits. A smaller, barely and indeed inconsistently exposed. This variation in procedure was undoubtedly influenced by the rectilinear pit lay beside it. The base of the latter was lined with wooden planks that had badly decayed. fact that, while the southerly (i.e. high-lying) areas would ultimately have to be lowered considerably At the time of writing, the wood type has not been identified. Finds from the site included a small below the level of natural bedrock, the more northerly and north-easterly areas would have to be quantity of lithic debitage. artificially elevated by a build-up of introduced material. Nonetheless, two features of archaeological Cóilín Ó Drisceoil, 258 The Sycamores, Kilkenny, for Valerie J. Keeley Ltd. significance came to light during the topsoil-stripping work in these areas. Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates The most northerly area of the site was delimited by the converging courses of the Ballinteer Road and 2002:0452 Balally Monitoring 02E0366 E 718011m, N 727306m a stream flowing on a south to north orientation. To the immediate west of the stream a fulacht fiadh The site was discovered during monitoring on the South-Eastern Motorway. It consisted of three pit-like was identified and subsequently excavated (see above No. 313). features; on excavation these proved to contain ceramic, glass and some modern nails. The finds dated to the late 19th and early 20th century. The pits may have been associated with a house that was situated The most easterly-lying zone of the current phase of the road project extended almost to the boundary c. 15m to the south-east. The house had been demolished before the excavation, but examination of the walls of the Central Bank premises at Balally (in the direction of Kilcross/Sandyford). An isolated pit was rubble left nearby suggests that it may be contemporary with the site. identified and subsequently excavated in this area (see below No. 315). Gary Conboy, 98 Watson Park, Killiney, Co. Dublin, for Valerie J. Keeley Ltd.
Both the fulacht fiadh and the isolated pit sites were eventually buried beneath build-up material in Reference No. Townland Site type Licence No. Co-ordinates preparation for the construction of an elevated section of the motorway. 2003:455 Balally Early Christian enclosure 01E1078 E 717667m, N 726429m
14.10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Excavation in the townland of Balally, Co. Dublin, revealed a double-ditched enclosure probably a road branches off into a cul-de -sac housing estate by way of Clonard Road. Although the area is associated with the nearby Early Christian church. Both ditches had been heavily truncated during 18th- suburban in feel with mature trees interspersed between open spaces it is quite a busy intersection with century landscaping when the area became part of the Moreen House demesne. Finds included a relatively high volumes of traffic and noise. medieval rotary quern, as well as coarse local medieval ware. No structures were identified. Brian O’Donnchadha, 7 Pollnarooma West, Knocknacarra, Galway. It comprises a small single terrace of eight one-and-a-half storey, three-bay rough rendered houses. Each house has a flat-roofed projecting entrance porch, twin dormer windows to the roof and a rear garden Toponym Analysis with its own access. The terrace is numbered from 33 to 40, ascending from west to east. The terrace is Townland names are a rich source of information for the land use, history, archaeology and folklore of south facing and built perpendicular to the main road. Access is gained to the north of the terrace, close an area. The placename can have a variety of language origins such as, Irish, Viking, Anglo-Norman and to the northern rear boundaries of the properties. English. The names can provide information on families, topographical features, and historical incidents. In terms of the built environment many names reference churches, fords, castles, raths, graveyards, Access is shared with a modern housing development that was built on the original allotment plots of roads and passes etc. In compiling the following data, a number of resources were consulted including Balally Terrace. The indirect approach into the terrace gives it a feeling of being tucked away from the the Placenames Database of Ireland www.logainm.ie and Irish Names of Places by P.W. Joyce (Joyce, main road and offers the occupants a more tranquil environment than if it were approached straight 1913). from the busy road.
Townland Name/ Name Irish Version Translation The boundary for Balally Terrace ACA encompasses the entire footprint of the buildings and extends from Balally Baile Amhlaoibh ‘Baile’ – Town the front sites to the rear plots with the east and west boundary defined by the end gables of numbers ‘Amhlaoibh’– Poss. ‘Olaf’ 33 and 40 running the full length of the site. Dundrum Dhún Droma ‘Dún’ – fort ‘Droim’ – Ridge or back Record of Protected Structures (RPS)/National Inventory of Architectural Heritage (NIAH)/ Industrial/Vernacular Heritage Dublin Áth Ciath ‘Áth’ – a ford (of a river) The importance of our built heritage is enshrined in the Planning and Development Act, 2000 (Part II, ‘Cliath’ – hurdle; wattle Section 10) which places a statutory obligation on local authorities to include in their Development Plans objectives for the protection of structures, or parts of structures, which are of special interest. The Table 14-3 Toponyms principal mechanism for the protection of these structures is through their inclusion on the Record of Protected Structures (RPS). This list provides recognition of the structure’s importance, protection from Architectural Heritage adverse impacts and potential access to grant aid for conservation works. The record of Protected This report should be read in conjunction with the architectural heritage chapter of this EIAR (Chapter Structures is an ongoing process and can be reviewed and added to. In considering additions to the 15). Record of Protected Structures local authorities have recourse to the National Inventory of Architectural Heritage (NIAH) which provides a source of guidance on the significance of buildings in their respective Architectural Conservation Areas (ACA) areas. The Planning and Development Act 2000, as amended, provides that all Development Plans must now include objectives for preserving the character of Architectural Conservation Areas (ACAs). An ACA is a The National Inventory of Architectural Heritage Survey for this part of Dublin is yet to be completed. place, area, group of structures or townscape of special architectural, historical, archaeological, artistic, cultural, scientific, social or technical interest, or which contribute to the appreciation of protected The nearest protected structure to the proposed development site is Gort Muire (RPS No. 1453). The structures. house, built in 1870, was referred to as ‘Gortmore’ on historic maps and in the Dún Laoghaire–Rathdown In these areas, the protection of the architectural heritage is best achieved by controlling and guiding County Council Record of Protected Structures is referred to as ‘Gort Mhuire’. The Gort Muire Gate Lodge change on a wider scale than the individual structure, in order to retain the overall architectural or and Gates are also Protected Structures (RPS No 1446) but are now severed from the House, and the historic character of an area. proposed development site, by the R826 and high-rise residential developments.
There is one ACA boundary within Balally – Balally Terrace – which is located 447m to the south-east of Several features associated with Gort Muire are afforded protection by the description provided in the the subject site boundary. Record of Protected Structures which lists the:
Balally Terrace is located on the eastern side of Sandyford Road just north of Sandyford Village in County • House, Dublin. The road that passes by Balally, Sandyford Road, is a three-lane busy road with commuting traffic • Conservatory, travelling between Dublin City, Dundrum, the M50 and surrounding local residential areas such as • Water Gardens, Leopardstown, Stepaside and Sandyford. The road forms an intersection just south of the terrace where • Garden Walls and Farm Building Complex,
14.11
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• Ornamental Ironwork, and • Water Tower.
The Planning and Development Act affords protection to the curtilage of protected structures and although not defined within the legislation, Architectural Heritage Protection Guidelines for Planning Authorities (DoEHLG, 2011) states regarding curtilage that ‘for the purposes of these guidelines it can be taken to be the parcel of land immediately associated with that structure and which is (or was) in use for the purposes of the structure.’ Further investigation may also be required to consider whether any association still exists.
The relationship between Gort Muire House and the features listed in the Record of Protected Structures is clear, with the House sitting at the core, the Conservatory adjacent to the house, Water Gardens to the south west, Water Tower to the east, and Walled Garden with associated Farm Building Complex to the north. There is clear intervisibility between many of these features across the parkland and gardens that are still extant in the immediate environs of the House. The development site is adjacent to the walled garden on both its southern range.
To the north of the proposed development site there are no historic features evident, with the area having been cleared for playing fields associated with St. Tiernan’s Community School (Figure 8). A lodge on Ballinteer Road, to the west of the playing fields, provided access to the grounds of the house through this area but there is now no longer any sign of either the lodge or the entrance trackway. To the east of the eastern range of the garden wall is St. Tiernan’s School, and although the 25 Inch Historic map indicates there were buildings to the east of the walled garden, there is now no sign of them.
Three other protected structures are located some distance (more than 250m) north of the proposed development site: Ardgla House (RPS No. 1422), Homestead (RPS No. 1433) and the Gate Lodge of Figure 14-6 Architectural heritage (RPS sites) and demesnes in the vicinity of the PDA Homestead, now referred to as Pallotine Lode (RPS No. 1427). These are separated from the proposed development by St. Tiernan’s School and residential developments. Designed Landscapes/Demesnes, Historic Gardens & Country Estates The Architectural Section of the DCHG is in the process of a multi-phase study looking at Designed Landscapes and Historic Gardens that appear as shaded areas on the First Edition Ordnance Survey Maps, circa. 1830.
‘The objective of this survey is to begin a process of understanding of the extent of Ireland's historic gardens and designed landscape. Sites were identified using the 1st edition Ordnance Survey maps. These were compared with current aerial photography to assess the level of survival and change.’
Although the proposed development site does not have an adjoining demesne landscape, had the practice of highlighting demesnes and historic landscapes been carried forward to the 25 Inch survey maps, then it is likely that Gortmore would have been included.
There has been significant change to the parklands associated with Gortmore, the Gate House on Ballinteer Road (RPS No. 1446) is now severed from the house by a major, four-lane road, the R862, A second lodge to the north on Ballinteer Road is no longer extant, and large portions of the land to the west of the House now contain high-rise residential developments associated with Wyckham Park and Wyckham Point. However, the core remains near the House (RPS No. 1453), including the House itself, its water gardens, formal gardens and the elaborate water tower, and to the north of the house the walls
14.12
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane of the walled garden which are largely intact, although its associated outbuildings are in ruins. All these structures are incorporated into the description of the Protected Structure.
Fieldwork A site walkover survey was carried out on 30 September 2019 by William Anderson. The PDA was accessed from Wyckham Avenue, through Gort Muire at the west, and the main part of the site was then inspected in a clockwise direction.
The entrance to the PDA is a covered road with trees, some recently felled, lining the north side. Beyond the perimeter fence to the north is the walled garden shown on the 1830s OS First Edition map. Most of the walled garden lies to the north of the PDA, but there is a short stretch where the PDA boundary projects to the north and abuts the wall, at the southeast corner of the garden. Further east, on the south side of the PDA, is the water tower built in the style of a late-medieval tower house, which is associated with Gortmore House. The road ends at the east in a gravel covered car parking area.
The main part of the site is an open, grass covered field with a gentle southwest to northeast slope. The whole area is bounded by trees and vegetation. Towards the upper part of the field, at its higher point Plate 14-1 View facing east along the north of Gort Muire, with the water tower to the right. in the southwest, bedded granite is exposed on the surface. Geophysical survey confirmed the shallow depth of granite towards the upper hillslope at the south of the PDA as well as the eastern portion of the PDA (Connaughton 2019). The western margin of the site borders the ornamental garden of Gortmore, which is separated from the field by an iron fence.
The survey did not note any above ground features or anomalies that may be indicative of sites of archaeological potential. However, there are vernacular features around the edge of the site, associated with Gortmore, such as the walled garden. The open area of grassland that forms the main part of the PDA does not appear to have been modified in modern times except for the installation of telegraph poles across the area; historical mapping shows this as open fields during the 19th century.
Plate 14-2 View facing west from the east side of the subject site, with Gort Muire beyond.
14.13
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
‘Test excavation is that form of archaeological excavation where the purpose is to establish the nature and extent of archaeological deposits and features present in a location which it is proposed to develop (though not normally to fully investigate those deposits or features) and allow an assessment to be made of the archaeological impact of the proposed development. It may also be referred to as archaeological testing’ (DAHGI 1999a, 27).
Results of testing A programme of archaeological testing was subsequently carried out by Declan Moore under license and in accordance with the provisions of the National Monuments Acts 1930-2004 (archaeological licence number 20E0318).
The author supervised the excavation of a series of test trenches across the subject site. The trenches ran parallel across the field, which has a gentle southwest to northeast gradient. A backhoe excavator with a toothless ditching bucket of 1.9m width removed topsoil to natural subsoil and the excavated ground was assessed for the presence of archaeological features.
All machine excavations were continuously supervised by the author. The location and alignment of trenches was informed by the site’s topography and ecology and background research. The aim was to achieve coverage of the area which would detect any subsurface archaeological features that may be present.
The main part of the site is an open, grass covered field with a gentle southwest to northeast slope. The whole area is bounded by trees and vegetation. Towards the upper part of the field, at its higher point in the southwest, bedded granite is exposed on the surface with outcrops of this bedrock observed in several of the test trenches towards the upper hillslope and towards the eastern end of the site. Plate 14-3 View facing south from the centre of the subject site, with Dublin Hills in the background. In general, the stratigraphy comprised a mid-brown sandy silty topsoil and sod ranging in depth from Archaeological Testing 200-250mm overlying deposits of modern builders’ rubble and dumped material. This in turn overlay natural subsoil which ranged from a yellowish moderately compact clay subsoil with frequent inclusions Introduction of medium sized stones to the east and south to a fine grey gravel with frequent angular stones at the A preliminary archaeological and cultural heritage assessment completed by William Anderson in 2019 southeast of the subject site running west to the low drumlin like feature at the centre. Nothing of recommended that: archaeological significance was noted during the testing.
‘archaeological testing should be carried out across greenfield areas of the PDA. The programme of archaeological testing should be carried out by a suitably qualified archaeologist under licence to the DCHG. Much of the proposed development site was scarped or stripped back and subsequently inundated with Should archaeological material be uncovered during test excavations, the feature will be trowelled back to imported fill. This fill is visible on the aerial photograph from 2000 and is likely related to construction determine its form, age, nature, and extent then photographed and recorded to best professional works for the South-Eastern Motorway or fill material related to the construction of the R824 Wyckham standards. Based on this information and in consultation with the National Museum and the National Way. Monuments Section of the Department of Culture, Heritage and the Gaeltacht, further investigation may be required.’ Nothing of archaeological significance was noted during the testing.
The policy of the Minister for Culture, Heritage and the Gaeltacht is that preservation in situ of Much of the proposed development site was scarped or stripped back and subsequently inundated with archaeological sites is the preferred option. Where preservation in situ cannot be achieved, then a imported fill. This fill is visible on the aerial photograph from 2000 and is likely related to construction programme of full archaeological excavation will be implemented to ensure the preservation by record works for the South-Eastern Motorway or fill material related to the construction of the R824 Wyckham of the portion of the site directly affected. This work should be carried out by a suitably qualified Way. archaeologist under license and in accordance with the provisions of the National Monuments Acts 1930- 2004. It is recommended that the development proceed with no further archaeological mitigation.
14.14
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
14.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS The final archaeological testing report as submitted to the National Monuments Service is included in Appendix 14.1. No significant cumulative impact has been identified.
14.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT 14.7 MITIGATION MEASURES
The proposed development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments Construction Phase within 7 no. blocks ranging in height up to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and A programme of archaeological testing was carried out at the subject site in July 2020. Nothing of residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via Wyckham Avenue and archaeological significance was noted. Much of the proposed development site was entirely scarped or pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services provisions including bin storage stripped back at some time in the recent past and subsequently inundated with imported fill. The areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary treatments, landscaping and all services potential for previously unknown sub-surface remains is negligible. No further archaeological mitigation required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. is recommended.
Operational Phase 14.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS No further archaeological mitigation is recommended.
Construction Phase Direct negative impacts may occur where sites of archaeological, architectural, and cultural heritage 14.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS significance are located within the footprint of the proposed development, which would potentially be impacted upon by ground disturbances. Construction Phase Potential direct Impacts on Recorded Archaeological Monuments In relation to the proposed development, direct, physical impacts on the archaeological, architectural, There are no extant recorded archaeological monuments within the subject area. and cultural heritage can manifest themselves in the following ways: Potential direct Impacts on unrecorded Archaeological Monuments • Where an archaeological, architectural or cultural heritage site, structure, monument or feature Much of the PDA appears to be disturbed ground, which historical maps indicate was an open field from is located within an area where works takes place and the works either intentionally or the early 19th century until the present day. It would appear that much of the proposed development unintentionally entail the alteration or removal of all or part of the site, structure, monument or site was scarped or stripped back and subsequently inundated with imported fill. Archaeological test feature a direct, physical impact will occur; trenching at the subject site exposed nothing of archaeological significance and the potential for previously unknown sub-surface remains is negligible. • Direct, physical impacts can also occur in gaining access to the site. Where archaeological,
architectural or cultural heritage sites, structures, monuments or features are intentionally or Potential direct Impacts Architectural Sites unintentionally removed or altered when transporting and/or facilitating access for machinery, It has been noted that Gort Muire House (RPS No. 1453) is located immediately to the west of the PDA, equipment and/or materials to or from site a direct physical impact will occur; and with the site running adjacent to the house’s walled garden to the north. The architectural heritage • There is the potential for direct, physical impacts on previously unrecorded archaeological and chapter of this EIAR contains a more detailed assessment of the potential impacts on the architectural architectural sites, structures, monuments, or features. heritage and should be referred to in this regard.
If these impacts cannot be remediated, for example if archaeological deposits are destroyed during excavations, then the impacts will be permanent. Operational Phase Archaeological Sites There are no recorded archaeological sites/features listed as being located within the boundary of the Operational Phase subject site. There will be no operational or setting impact on any recorded archaeological sites by the The principal operational phase impact pertains to the setting of the cultural heritage resource. Impacts development. on setting are primarily visual and examine the effect of the development upon the setting of a site within the wider landscape. Visual impacts can be reduced with sensitive site development and screening. The Architectural Sites impact of the development is usually proportional to the extent to which that development is visible to Give the proximity of the proposed development site to Gort Muire House (RPS No. 1453) there is the and from the extant recorded monuments and features. potential that the development could impact negatively on the setting of the house and its associated
features. It is noted that there is already substantial development in the environs of the house, including high-rise apartment complexes to the west. The modern block beside Gort Muire House acts as a barrier to inter-visibility between the proposed development site and the main house, but part of the gardens
14.15
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane and grounds of the house are visible to the south of the PDA and the water tower is visible to the north. Department of the Communications, Climate Action and Environment. 2000. Landscape and landscape Vegetation between the House and walled garden provides some degree of extra screening. The impact assessment. Guidelines for planning authorities. on the protected structures is considered low. A more detailed assessment of the impact on the setting of the architectural heritage is presented in Chapter 15 of this EIAR. EPA. 2002. Guidelines on the information to be contained in Environmental Impact Statements.
14.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO EPA. 2003. Advice Notes on Current Practice in the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements
In this instance, there would be no impact on any potential unrecorded sub surface deposits. EPA. 2015. Revised Guidelines on the Information to be contained in Environmental Impact Statements - Draft
14.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO EPA. 2015. Advice Notes for Preparing Environmental Impact Statements – Draft. In this case, construction work could potentially negatively impact previously unknown sites resulting in the loss or damage of archaeological artefacts and features. Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental Management & Assessment, 2013; Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (third edition), Routledge, 170pp.
14.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT The Heritage Council, 2000. Archaeology & Development: Guidelines for Good Practice for Developers. No further archaeological mitigation is recommended. The Heritage Council of Ireland Series, Kilkenny.
The Planning and Heritage Section of the Department of Communications, Climate Action and 14.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION Environment. Sites and Monuments Record, County Dublin.
No difficulties were encountered in compiling the information. EPA, 1995. Advice notes on current practice in the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements.
Dublin. 14.13 REFERENCES National Monuments Acts 1930-1994. Joyce, P.W., 1913. Irish Names of Places. Vol. III. Dublin. National Museum of Ireland. Topographical files, County Dublin. Killanin, Lord. & Duignan, M.V., 1989. The Shell Guide to Ireland. Edbury Press, London. Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022. Lewis, S., 1937. A Topographical Dictionary of Ireland. 2 Vols. Lewis & Co., London.
Connaughton, J. 2019. Gort Mhuire, Dundrum, Co. Dublin. ELECTRONIC SOURCES http://www.carmelites.ie/gortmuire2.html Minerex Geophysics 2019. Gort Muire, Dundrum, Co. Dublin, Geophysical Survey. Unpublished report. http://www.buildingsofireland.ie/ Ó’Cróinín, D., 1995. Early Medieval Ireland, 400-1200. Longman, England. http://www.excavations.ie/ O’Keeffe, T., 2000. Medieval Ireland, an Archaeology. Tempus, U.K. http://www.fingal.ie/ OTHER SOURCES REFERENCED Dept. of Culture, Heritage, and the Gaeltacht, 1999. Frameworks and Principles for the Protection of the https://heritagemaps.ie/WebApps/HeritageMaps/index.html Archaeological Heritage, Government publications, Dublin. http://www.logainm.ie/ Dept. of Culture, Heritage, and the Gaeltacht, 1999. Policy and Guidelines on Archaeological Excavation. Government Publications, Dublin. http://www.museum.ie/
https://www.townlands.ie/
14.16
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
http://sdublincoco.maps.arcgis.com/apps/webappviewer/index.html http://webgis.archaeology.ie/ http://www.worldheritageireland.ie/tentative-list/
14.17
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
15 CULTURAL HERITAGE – ARCHITECTURAL HERITAGE adjacent to define the extent of surviving fabric as encroaching the northwest boundary of the 15.1 INTRODUCTION development.
Molloy & Associates were engaged to assess architectural heritage impacts arising from the proposed Existing site character residential development of a site located at Marmalade Lane, Dundrum, Dublin 16, on lands attached to The site’s present character is defined by open fields having a former agricultural use pertaining to the a Carmelite Community at Gort Muire. community. All boundaries have mature trees screening boundary conditions. The site’s natural gradient slopes away from Gort Muire towards the south-eastern boundaries. The development will consist of a ‘Build to Rent’ residential scheme comprising 628 no. apartments within 7 no. blocks ranging in height from 3 to 9 storeys. The development will also include a creche, gym, and residential amenities areas, car, cycle and motorcycle parking. Vehicular connection via The site’s architectural heritage character Wyckham Avenue and pedestrian/cyclist accesses. All associated site development works and services Whilst the subject development lands do not contain a protected structure, the site shares a boundary to the provisions including bin storage areas, substations/switch rooms, plant areas, open spaces, boundary west with the Gort Muire Centre, whose Water Tower, Garden Walls and Farm Building Complex, treatments, landscaping and all services required to facilitate the proposed development. A detailed House, Ornamental Ironwork, Conservatory and Water Tower are included in the protected enclosure development description is included in Chapter 3 of this EIAR. (RPS Ref.1453). A chronological assessment of the Gort Muire grouping is included in Section 15.3.2 below. The site itself comprises a large open field extending to established development to the south, east and west. Baseline Architectural Heritage Considerations The proposed development site is not deemed to contain archaeological findings as described in the Cultural Heritage Impact Assessment of the development, prepared by the Moore Group. 15.2 METHODOLOGY
Assessment methodology Whilst Gort Muire, to the north of the subject site, possesses specific architectural heritage significance, The architectural heritage assessment component of this EIAR examines the character and heritage no corresponding structures having heritage characteristics are constructed on the subject site. The significance of buildings and other structures abounding and in the immediate environs of the application development site however abounds sections of historic boundaries, which will require consideration in site. It anticipates potential impacts that the proposed development may present to these structures and the design and execution of the proposed development. places, as designed principally by the project architects Scott Tallon Walker.
The protected fabric of Gort Muire is essentially shielded from the subject development site by a 1960’s Multiple sources were consulted to ascertain the historical development of the site and assist in dormitory block, constructed in alignment with the shared southern boundary. This large-scale structure determining the significance of affected structures, as follows: provides an inadvertent enclosure to the protected gardens, garden features and historic landscaping of • Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan 2016-2022 the house, all of which are specifically cited in the RPS as contributing to its character and merit • protection. Record of Protected Structures • National Inventory of Architectural Heritage A detailed review will take place of the character of this garden, and in particular sections of • Various historic cartographic sources and historical directories related to the site’s chronological southwestern boundaries having mature tree screening where aligned with the western portion of the development proposed development, in efforts to establish if any risk is presented to the containment of the garden • The opinion of archaeological consultants, the Moore Group, has also been reviewed in respect by virtue of questionable density of the natural buffer in this location. of mitigating measures informing the proposed design Assessment of the contextual environs and adjoining protected structures was based on visual inspections. The second area of consideration is the impact arising from development of an apartment block to the east of the Water Tower (constructed in the style of a Norman tower, but awarded protected status as a The study has assessed aspects of change arising from the proposed development that may physically, likely folly attached to Gortmore). At a basic level, the architectural context of this tower is enshrouded visually or morphologically impact the neighbouring protected structure, the Gort Muire Centre and its by existing mid-20th century large scale development and has acquired an urban setting that will endure associated protected structures. further, appropriate modern development on adjacent, currently open lands (car parking) to the east.
A third consideration comprises the protection of the setting of ruined farm buildings to the immediate The study has examined a range of impacts potentially associated with the development on architectural north of the development site. A condition assessment must be determined on clearing of overgrowth heritage adjacent to and within the wider realm of the development site, thus informing specific mitigating measures.
15.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Statutory Context Protected structures in the wider vicinity; Gortmore Gate Lodge; Homestead and Arglas, are not considered to be directly impacted by the proposed development due to pre-existing screening and distance.
Figure 15-2 Extract from Map 5 of the County Development Plan, indicating protected structures abounding and within the wider urban vicinity of the subject site
Gort Muire, abounding the site to the west, its Water Tower, Garden Walls and Farm Building Complex, House, Ornamental Ironwork, Conservatory and Water Tower are included in the protected enclosure (RPS Ref.1453). Figure 15-1 Proposed layout of the development, in its context with the specifically stated protected fabric of Gort Muire A limited number of other protected structures are positioned in the wider vicinity, as outlined in Table 15.3.2. 15.3 RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT The site is not located within or adjacent to an Architectural Conservation Area. The subject development site is defined by open uncultivated lands, formerly used as agricultural lands. The lands are delineated with modern post and rail fencing, serving as the shared boundary with the Gort Structure RPS Ref. Description Assessment of relationship with the subject site Muire Centre. The southern enclosure of Gort Muire’s walled garden is embedded in much of the boundary shared with the subject site. Gort Muire 1453 Water Tower, The former Gortmore villa, constructed c1860 was once Centre Garden Walls enclosed by parkland. Its occupation by the Carmelite and Order in the early 1940s brought extensive change, and in Farm Building particular separation of the subject lands in their use for Complex, light agricultural purposes. House,
15.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Ornamental The anticipated impact of the proposed development on Brief historical development of the site and the adjacent Gort Muire grouping Ironwork, the Gort Muire grouping is described further below. Conservatory and Water Tower Gort Muire 1446 Gate Lodge Positioned to the northwest of the subject site. Gate Lodge (Note: Gate Lodge The former northern gate lodge to Gortmore is divorced also a Protected from its parent house by the Wyckham roundabout and Structure) recent apartment developments.
Homestead 1433 House Positioned to the northeast of the subject site. (Pallotine Fathers The House is located off the Sandyford Road, and is Provincial screened from the subject development by extensive pre- House) existing housing and St. Tiernan’s School
Ardglas 1422 House Positioned to the north of the subject site. Figure 15-3 Extract of John Roques’s 1760 map of South County Dublin, with the approximate location of the applicant site highlighted in red. The House is located off the Ardglas estate, and is
screened from the subject development by extensive pre- John Roque’s Map of 1760 is the earliest detailed map of the area. The applicant site is in use as existing housing agricultural land and divided by field boundaries. A cluster of houses, ploughed fields and fences are noted to the east at ‘Ballow’, now Balally. An elevated area or mound is indicated to the north west of Table 15-1 Protected structures abounding the subject development site are scheduled as above: the subject site.
There is little change in the early 19th century. Neither Taylor’s Map of the Environs of Dublin published in 1816 or William Duncan’s map of County Dublin dated 1821 indicate any further development in in the vicinity of the subject site.
15.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Figure 15-5 Extract of Second Edition Ordnance Survey Map published 1865. Figure 15-4 Extract of First Edition Ordnance Survey Map 1843.
The Second Edition Ordnance Survey map of 1865 shows significant development on the lands adjacent The first edition 6 Inch Ordnance Survey Map published in 1843 depicts the rectangular form of the the applicant site. walled garden to the north west of the applicant site. A tree-lined driveway leads from the Ballinteer Road to the western boundary of the garden, parallel to a second driveway, slightly to the south leading A substantial house ‘Gort More’, later renamed Gort Muire, has been constructed south of the gardens, to the outbuilding or house on the southern boundary. A third avenue, approaching the east of the at a distance from the boundary. The house was built for Richard Atkinson c1860 and is attributed to garden, leads towards Sandyford Road. architect John Skipton Mulvany. The house has a square plan, and is approached from the northwest, via a tree-lined drive that sweeps past the walled garden. This house is extant and has been incorporated The walled garden is laid out with a series of diagonal paths, and the interstitial spaces are planted. An into the Gort Mhuire complex. Mulvaney is thought to be responsible for similarly fine mid 19th century orchard is shown adjacent the eastern boundary wall. villas such as Gigginstown House, Co. Westmeath and the Royal Irish Yacht Club in Dun Laoghaire.
There is a modest house and linear outbuildings adjacent the southern boundary of the walled garden, The landscape around the house has been extensively redesigned. Trees have been planted around the surrounded by a copse of trees. The buildings are modest in scale. Gort Muire has not yet been main house and the driveway and pathways have been designed to incorporate the earlier walled garden constructed. into the scheme. The walled garden itself has been altered and is traditionally laid out with linear paths dividing the garden into quadrants around a central circular area. The applicant lands are concentrated within the rectangular field southeast of the garden.
The subject site is unchanged and depicted as agricultural land enclosed by field boundaries.
15.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
In 1944, the property was acquired by the Carmelites, who relocated from Ardavon in Rathgar (later the Mount Carmel Hospital), to accommodate an increasing number of students. The name of the house was changed from Gortmore to Gort Muire shortly after occupation.
During the mid-late 20th century, the Carmelites embarked on an extensive building programme adding a series of substantial buildings, to provide a Chapel, sleeping accommodation, a library and refectory.
In July 1948, the Oratory or Chapel, now called the Blessed Sacrament chapel, by architects Robinson O’Keefe1 was completed.
In late 1946, works had already commenced on the extension behind the church. This concrete extension, which provided classrooms at ground floor and student accommodation on the upper levels, was completed in 1950.
Between 1962-64 a further wing was added to the southeast of the grouping and the kitchen and refectory were also extended. This wing was positioned perpendicular to the accommodation wing and parallel to the north-west boundary of the subject site.
Figure 15-6 Third edition Ordnance Survey Map published 1912, with the agricultural nature of the subject lands denoted
Circa 1880, the house was purchased by Edward Frederick Burke, a distillery exporter, with a business premises at Batchelor’s Walk and Abbey Street. Burke made interior alterations to the house, which included a panelled study and decorative staircase. The house passed to John Gardiner Nutting, his brother-in-law and chairman of his company, c1890. Nutting is thought to be responsible for side extension to the original house and extensive landscape works.
The third edition ordnance survey map of 1912 depicts ‘Gortmore’ shortly after these late 19th century works were complete. The original house has been extended to the northeast side and the decorative wrought iron walkway and conservatory is in place to the rear.
A square plan water tower is identified to the north east of ‘Gortmore’ House. The tower was designed as a folly, in the style of a masonry medieval tower house. Figure 15-7 An aerial photograph of the complex c1955, prior to the construction of the south wing. The subject site is identified in the background. The walled garden has retained the formal planting scheme and structures, most likely glass houses have been constructed within the north eastern quadrant of the garden and aligned with the northern The Carmelite order has maintained a presence on the site since 1944. The walled garden and derelict boundary wall. The gardens surrounding the house have been and the artificial lake has been created farm buildings are now in separate ownership, and has planning permission (Ref. ABP-304590-19) for southwest of the house. 116 apartments within 4 no. 5 storey blocks located within the walled enclosure. Whilst the scheme is under construction, it is now subject to a current SHD application (Ref. ABP-307545-20) to expand the The subject site was not incorporated into this designed landscape, and is depicted as agricultural land, development. unchanged from the earlier maps.
1 referred to as Robinson, Keefe and Devane in the Irish builder 15.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Critical description of site The proposed entrance to the development connects through the existing Gort Muire carpark and past The main portion of the subject site comprises an area of grassland. The now uncultivated field appears the 19th century water tower, a protected structure. The 19th century folly, designed to emulate a largely unchanged from 19th century maps. Norman tower house, is positioned on a part of the site lower than the surrounding topography and is approximately the same height as the later extensions to the building complex. When the 1950’s The site’s western boundary is delineated by a post and rail fencing, with low planting with the 1960’s buildings were constructed the tower’s visual connection to the original house at Gort Muire was extension positioned approximately 6m from this boundary. Further south, the site narrows to a extinguished and its relationship to the designed gardens to the west of Gort Muire is no longer triangular form and mature planting within the Gort Muire parkland acts as a buffer between the perceptible on the ground. The tower itself is of limited architectural significance, however, it does applicant land and the Gort Muire complex. contribute to the architectural character of the site.
Figure 15-9 The water tower to the north of the subject site. Figure 15-8 The boundary condition to the west of the subject site, adjacent the Gort Muire grouping.
The site is surrounded by low-density housing estates on both the south and eastern boundary and a number of private rear gardens directly adjoin the subject site. The northern boundary is shared with St. Tiernan’s School.
A masonry wall defines a portion of the south-east boundary. The wall is partially concealed by vegetation and forms part of a ditch and traditional field boundary. A detailed study of all such historic walled boundaries will be carried out to assess the condition and composition of the wall to inform an appropriate conservation strategy for its consolidation and to secure its future protection within the proposed scheme.
The site includes stretch of land to facilitate construction of a future access road, which sweeps around the east of the Gort Muire to connect to an established road network and the existing vehicular access on Wyckham Way.
15.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
15.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
The proposed development responds to the protected structure in deriving from the historic form of the grouping, comprising a range of buildings enclosing open spaces and landscaped courtyards. The scheme has been modulated to respect its protected composition within the overall treatment and positioning of open spaces to the fore of its siting.
Considerable effort has been made to supplement and generate a sylvan character of the boundary separating the development site from the protected structure. Open spaces have been designed to respect and meaningfully incorporate existing trees at perimeters.
15.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS
Construction Phase The proposed constructed route, aligned with the existing route, runs closest to the Water Tower. This structure will require protection to ensure risk of damage and dust is minimised.
The same route encompasses a shared boundary with the protected walled gardens, which will require similar consideration in a suite of mitigation strategies.
Figure 15-10(Opposing) vista of same grouping towards the proposed development. Operational Phase The proposed new development will have no physical impact on the adjacent protected structures.
Visual impacts will be largely limited to the view from within later extensions of the Gort Muire complex where it is proposed to intensify boundary planting. These later mid 20th century extensions are of no particular architectural interest.
In conservation terms, the potential impact of the proposed development on the original 19th century house and its gardens is the primary issue for consideration. Assessment of the chronological development of the complex has confirmed that the subject site was never incorporated into the designed parkland connected to the original house. The parkland complete with tennis courts and an artificial lake is concentrated to the south and west of the house, aligned with the orientation of the southwest elevation of the main house.
The ornate iron walkway to the south-east facade is elevated to facilitate views of the designed parkland and water features. Historic maps suggest that the present parterre rose garden replaced a formal terrace and naturalistic parkland setting in the 20th century. The construction of the late 1960’s wing effectively enclosed this garden on three sides, to create a pleasing quadrangle effect. This later building effectively screens the view of the subject site from the main house and gardens and will consequentially minimise the visual impact of future development.
The risk of overshadowing the protected structure has been considered. A Daylight, Sunlight & Shadow Analysis Report by Axiseng (submitted with this application) has confirmed that the proposed Figure 15-11 Vista of water tower in context with the proposed development. development will present no adverse impact on the historic building, its interiors or external walkways, with the (non-protected) dormitory block abounding the subject development site absorbing daylight impacts. A similar study was carried out in respect of the historic gardens, where no loss of amenity was found. 15.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
15.6 POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS The mature woodland planting of the parkland associated with the house creates a buffer along the south-western boundary of the Gort Muire complex. On completion of the development, the sylvan screening that presently defines the architectural setting of protected structure on and enclosing the subject site will need to be supplemented to overcome Another issue for consideration is the potential impact of the construction of a building to the east of the possible environmental changes arising from the construction phase of the development. grouping, in proximity to the water tower feature. The present acquired setting of the 19th century folly is much altered from its original. As previously described, its visual connection to the original house has The proposed development is considered to temper the cumulative impact of the combined been lost, due to the construction of the later extensions, however the integrity of the folly as a development of the walled gardens (Ref. ABP-304590-19)/ forthcoming SHD consideration (Ref. ABP- standalone element endures. It is considered that the proposed development will have no greater impact 307545-20) in its relative distance and buffering from the protected structure by comparison with the on the presentation of the folly and its prominent position near the entrance may in fact have the positive closer connection of the walled garden and its redevelopment. impact of raising its significance.
Finally, the potential impact of the proposed access road to the south of the walled gardens must be 15.7 MITIGATION MEASURES considered. Presently there is an established road network to facilitate access to the surface carparks associated with the Gort Muire centre. Notwithstanding the intensification of the road use by new Construction Phase residents, the new access road will connect to the existing infrastructure and consequentially it is The most significance risk presented is to protected fabric along the construction route. It is proposed to considered that this development will have no adverse impact on either the walled garden or the farm construct a walled enclosure to the vehicular route to the site, safeguarding flanking protected walled buildings. gardens and the tower structure.
Operational Phase Avoidance of damage to the entrance avenue and all lands and structures having protected status will follow a comprehensive protection plan forming part of a comprehensive construction management plan.
Remedial measures will ensure that the characteristics of the boundary condition are restored to their present character on completion of the development. These will include protection of mature trees and planting during the construction phase that contribute to the sylvan character of protected fabric.
15.8 PREDICTED IMPACTS
Construction Phase A risk is presented by the proposed construction route in proximity to flanking protected fabric, which will require careful mitigation and consideration under a construction management plan.
Operational Phase On account of long-standing separation between lands associated with the protected structure in contrast with the uncultivated character of the subject development lands, the site is not considered to form part of the protected setting of the Gort Muire Centre. Similarly, given the extensive gardens
remaining with Gort Muire, the character of the protected structure is not deemed undermined by Figure 15-12 The 1960’s extension encloses the parterre rose garden and screens the view of the subject site from the main house at Gort Muire removal of the subject lands from its ownership. The primary aspect of the main house has historically been towards the extensive garden to the south-west and this condition has been accentuated by the construction of the 1960’s extension, essentially directing outward vistas from terraces, verandas and internal rooms towards gardens to the south and west.
15.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
the significance of the structure and may conversely raise its profile as a characterful landmark visually incorporated into proposed scheme.
As previously stated, neighbouring protected structures are positioned at such a distance from the development land that they are not found to influence the character of the receiving environment.
Figure 15-13 The primary orientation of the original house is directed towards the extensive gardens to the southwest. The southern aspect is screened by the 1960’s extension and mature planting.
The design will ensure that outward views from the protected house and specific vantage points from within its gardens will not be adversely affected by the change in land character adjacent. Trees contributing to the setting of the protected structure within the subject lands will be retained where possible and supplemented to neutralise visual impacts and screen the proposed development. Figure 15-14 The 20th century parterre rose garden looking south towards to subject site. The 1960’s extension enclosing this terrace and mature planting to the west within the Gort Muire parkland partially obscure the view of the subject site. It is proposed to protect the sylvan setting by supplementing the planting along this boundary. The subject lands are not found to contribute to the setting or character of Gort Muire due to large-scale development constructed along its southern boundary shared with the subject site. Notwithstanding this, their development is considered in all respects of the particular character of its sylvan boundaries where adjoining the site.
To the south of the house, the land slopes away dramatically towards the parkland gardens, focused on the artificial lake. Owing to the topography, the view of adjacent lands from the gardens, including the subject site is restricted and thus naturally protected.
The approach to the proposed development, which is routed to the east of the water tower and south of the walled garden will have no physical impact on the built fabric. The tower has long been visually separated from the main house and the designed gardens to the west and the predicted impact must be measured against the present acquired setting which is characterised by the adjacent mid 20th century structures and a surface carpark. It is considered that the proposed development will not detract from
15.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Figure 15-15 A grotto within the parklands to the west of the original house at Gort Muire. The land slopes away towards the west, thus restricting the outward views from the gardens. 15.9 ‘DO NOTHING’ SCENARIO
No change will arise from the present condition if the subject lands remain undeveloped.
15.10 WORST CASE SCENARIO
Given the detached condition of the subject lands relative to the protected house, a risk of damage is more likely as presenting a ‘worst case scenario’ to protected fabric flanking the construction route.
15.11 MONITORING & REINSTATEMENT
Works to the perimeter walls of heritage significance will be recorded and supervised by qualified conservation architects and/or archaeologist, as appropriate.
15.12 DIFFICULTIES IN COMPILING INFORMATION
No difficulties were encountered in compiling this report.
15.13 REFERENCES
1. Referred to as Robinson, Keefe and Devane in the Irish Builder
15.10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
16 INTERACTIONS Population & Human Health / Water 16.1 INTRODUCTION Failure or mismanagement of the potable water supply could lead to its contamination during the construction phase. A range of mitigation measures will be put in place during the construction phase of As a requirement of the Planning and Development Regulations 2001, as amended, and the draft EPA the development to ensure this does not occur. guidelines (2017), not only are the individual significant impacts required to be considered when assessing the impact of a development on the environment, but so must the interrelationships between Population & Human Health / Noise these factors be identified and assessed. Increased noise levels during the construction phase will be temporary and are not expected to have a long-term significant adverse effect upon the local population. Construction noise will be audible at a Under the Regulations interactions between the various environmental factors, are to be assessed as low level in the ambient noise. However, the impact is predicted to be minor. The impact due to the well as the vulnerability of the proposed development to the risk of natural disaster. increased traffic associated with the operational development is expected to be minor.
16.2 ASSESSMENT Population & Human Health / Air The completed development will generate additional emissions to the atmosphere due to traffic Where an interaction is both likely and significant, it is given a reference number in the matrix and detail associated with the development. However, air quality in the vicinity of the site is expected to remain of the interaction is recorded below. The interactions are listed in numerical sequence, purely for within air quality standards. referencing purposes.
During construction, there may be potential for slight dust nuisance in the immediate vicinity of the site.
However, dust control measures, such as wheel washes, covering of fine material etc. will minimise the
impacts on air quality.
Population & Human Health / Landscape
Existing residents and visitors to the Balally area interact with the landscape, such that they will be aware
Biodiversity Soil Hydrology Noise Climate and Air Landscape Traffic Waste Cultural Heritage Assets Material Population of a significant change at this site from vacant former greenfield site to a new residential development Population with a mix of unit types, building heights, open spaces etc. Such a transformation, whilst significant, is Biodiversity designated for this site in the Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan. It is expected that the Soil 1 7 design of the proposed scheme will over time integrate with the surrounding area. Hydrology 2 8 11 Noise 3 9 Population & Human Health / Materials Assets Air and Climate 4 12 It is expected that the proposed development will benefit the materials assets with the additional Landscape 5 10 13 population helping to sustain and generate improvements to the physical infrastructure of the area. Traffic
Waste Cultural Heritage 14 Biodiversity / Soils Material Assets 6 Potential construction stage effects arising from the general loss and fragmentation of some habitats and Table 16-1 Interaction Matrix reduction of associated opportunities for biodiversity are considered neutral to slight negative during the construction phase, while potential operational stage effects are considered imperceptible neutral as new planting/landscaping matures. Population & Human Health / Soils There is potential for dust generation during construction works, which under dry and windy conditions Biodiversity / Water could lead to localised dust impacts for the small number of properties proximate to the development As concluded in the Appropriate Assessment Screening Report submitted with the application there are site. However, the implementation of dust management and dust control measures will ensure that the no elements of the proposed development that are likely to give rise to significant effects on Natura 2000 proposed development will not give rise to the generation of any significant quantities of dust. Therefore, sites in the wider area. there will be minimal impacts on local residents. The implementation of construction and operational phase soils and water management proposals, together with the site drainage design will adequately reduce such potential impacts arising from the
16.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane development site on these aquatic habitats in the wider area. Potential construction and operational effectively screens the view of the subject site from the main house and gardens and will consequentially phase effects on biodiversity associated with aquatic habitats in the wider area are considered minimise the visual impact of future development. imperceptible/neutral with the implementation of soils and water management proposals. The risk of overshadowing the protected structure has been considered. A Daylight, Sunlight & Shadow Biodiversity / Noise Analysis Report by Axiseng (submitted with this application) has confirmed that the proposed Increased noise levels during the construction phase will only be temporary and are not expected to have development will present no adverse impact on the historic building, its interiors or external walkways, a long-term significant adverse effect upon remaining fauna within the wider landscape. with the (non-protected) dormitory block abounding the subject development site absorbing daylight impacts. A similar study was carried out in respect of the historic gardens, where no loss of amenity was Operational noise will be audible at a low level in the ambient noise and the impact is predicted to be found. minor. The mature woodland planting of the parkland associated with the house creates a buffer along the Biodiversity / Landscape south-western boundary of the Gort Muire complex. The changes to the landscape of the subject site are predicted to have a netrual imperceptible effect on biodiversity impact the biodiversity in the immediate are, as outlined in Chapter 5. Another issue for consideration is the potential impact of the construction of a building to the east of the th grouping, in proximity to the water tower feature. The present acquired setting of the 19 century folly The proposed landscape masterplan including the retention of trees where feasible will help to mitigate is much altered from its original. As previously described, its visual connection to the original house has this loss of habitats and biodiversity in the area. New planting will provide new habitats for local species. been lost, due to the construction of the later extensions, however the integrity of the folly as a standalone element endures. It is considered that the proposed development will have no greater impact Soils / Water on the presentation of the folly and its prominent position near the entrance may in fact have the positive When soil is exposed after vegetative clearance there will also be increased run-off and evaporation. impact of raising its significance. Mitigation measures will be implemented during construction to prevent this run-off water from discharging directly to watercourses. Finally, the potential impact of the proposed access road to the south of the walled gardens must be considered. Presently there is an established road network to facilitate access to the surface carparks associated with the Gort Muire centre. Notwithstanding the intensification of the road use by new Soils / Air residents, the new access road will connect to the existing infrastructure and consequentially it is Exposed soil during the construction phase of the proposed scheme may give rise to increased dust considered that this development will have no adverse impact on either the walled garden or the farm emissions. However, the implementation of dust management and dust control measures will ensure buildings. that the proposed development will not give rise to the generation of any significant quantities of dust.
Soils/Landscape Residual soils arising as a result of excavation at the development site will be used in landscaping works in the proposed public open spaces as much as possible rather than transporting off-site.
Landscape/Cultural Heritage
th In conservation terms, the potential impact of the proposed development on the original 19 century house and its gardens is the primary issue for consideration. Assessment of the chronological development of the complex has confirmed that the subject site was never incorporated into the designed parkland connected to the original house. The parkland complete with tennis courts and an artificial lake is concentrated to the south and west of the house, aligned with the orientation of the southwest elevation of the main house.
The ornate iron walkway to the south-east facade is elevated to facilitate views of the designed parkland and water features. Historic maps suggest that the present parterre rose garden replaced a formal terrace and naturalistic parkland setting in the 20th century. The construction of the late 1960’s wing effectively enclosed this garden on three sides, to create a pleasing quadrangle effect. This later building
16.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
17 SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION MEASURES
17.1 INTRODUCTION
Given the complexity of the proposed development and this EIAR, this chapter seeks to provide a complete summary of mitigation measures proposed in Chapters 4 to 17. The appointed contractor will be required to adhere to the mitigation contained in the EIAR. Monitoring of the effectiveness of mitigation measures put forward in the EIAR document by the competent authorities is also integral to the process.
17.1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
17.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Population and Human Health Construction and Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) will be prepared by the contractor and implemented during the construction phase to reduce the detrimental effects of the construction phase on the environment and local population. CEMP will be agreed in writing with the planning authority in writing prior to the commencement of the development. Biodiversity Bats A pre-construction survey of trees to be felled should be carried out and a derogation licence acquired if a bat roost is present. Light spill from the dwellings should if possible, follow the Bat Conservation Ireland “Bats& Lighting Guidance. Notes for: Planners, engineers, architects, and developers.”
Badgers To provide cover and foraging opportunities, it is proposed that the southwestern area of the site is planted with species such as hawthorn and blackthorn, dog rose and bramble.
Badger friendly planting has been incorporated into the Landscape Plan as per the recommendations of the Badger Specialist.
Examination of the fox earth prior to removal and of the existing badger sett The fox earth within the site shall be assessed prior to its removal by a mammal specialist. Should badgers have occupied the site, this would require a procedure to exclude under guidance of a specialist ecologist and NPWS.
The area whereat the new gate will be placed shall be examined prior to development to ensure that the badger setts are safe from damage or disturbance.
Planting up of southwestern perimeter of the site with native vegetation To provide cover and foraging opportunities, it is proposed that the southwestern area of the site is planted with species such as hawthorn and blackthorn, dog rose and bramble.
Land, Soil and Geology Stripping Topsoil Full topsoil removal will be required to implement the required works. Topsoil that can be reused for landscaping works will be stockpiled on site. The remaining topsoil we be removed from site.
Excavation of Subsoil Layers Minor subsoil removal will be required where works require excavation to install foundations and services and other works. The impact of this is expected to be minimal.
Construction Traffic Construction traffic will be in operation during the proposed works. This will comprise construction workers, temporary special construction vehicles, cranes, and excavation machinery. Their impact on the land and soil is expected to be limited to their operations related to the construction works, and therefore is expected to be short term in nature.
Accidental Spills and Leaks
During construction of the development, there is a potential risk from accidental pollution incidences from the following sources: spillage or leakage of oils and fuels stored on site; spillage or leakage of oils and fuels from construction machinery or site vehicles; spillage of oil or fuel from refuelling machinery on site; and the use of concrete and cement during appropriate foundation construction.
17.2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Accidental spillages may result in contamination of soils and groundwater underlying the site should contaminants migrate through the subsoils and impact underlying groundwater. Soil stripping and excavation for drainage lines will also reduce the thickness of subsoils in localised areas. Concrete (specifically, the cement component) is highly alkaline and any spillage which migrates though the subsoil would be detrimental to groundwater quality.
In order to provide fuel to the relevant items of plant on site, a certified double skinned metal fuel tank with integrated pump, delivery hose, meter, filter and locking mechanism will be situated in a secure area on the construction site. It will be situated within a bund. This tank will be certified for lifting when full. Sand piles and emergency clean up spill kits will be readily available in the event of a fuel spill. A hazardous bin will also be available to contain any spent sand or soak pads. New metal gerry cans with proper pouring nozzles will be used to move fuel around the site for the purposes of refuelling items of small plant on site. Drip trays will be used under items of small plant at all times. Any waste oils etc. contained in the drip trays or the bunded area will be emptied into a waste oil drum, which will be stored within the bund. Metal gerry cans and any other items of fuel containers will be stored in certified metal bunded cabinets. Any gas bottles will be stored in a caged area at a secure location on the site. All will be properly secured at point of work.
Geological Environment There are no likely significant impacts on the geological environment associated with the proposed development of the site.
Hydrology Throughout the construction works, all surface water (water from excavations etc.) will be pumped to a holding and settlement tank on site for treatment. The discharge water from the final tank will be routed to the existing surface water system with approval from the local authority. Visual checks of the settlement system will be carried out on a routine basis. Please refer to the Outline Construction & Demolition Waste Management Plan for further information.
In order to provide fuel to the relevant items of plant on site, a certified double skinned metal fuel tank with integrated pump, delivery hose, meter, filter and locking mechanism will be situated in a secure area on the construction site. It will be situated within a bund. This tank will be certified for lifting when full. Sand piles and emergency clean up spill kits will be readily available in the event of a fuel spill. A hazardous bin will also be available to contain any spent sand or soak pads. New metal gerry cans with proper pouring nozzles will be used to move fuel around the site for the purposes of refuelling items of small plant on site. Drip trays will be used under items of small plant at all times. Any waste oils etc. contained in the drip trays or the bunded area will be emptied into a waste oil drum, which will be stored within the bund. Metal gerry cans and any other items of fuel containers will be stored in certified metal bunded cabinets. Any gas bottles will be stored in a caged area at a secure location on the site. All will be properly secured at point of work.
Surveys will be undertaken to ascertain the exact location of all infrastructure. The material assets are to be constructed in accordance with all relevant Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council and Irish Water standards.
These measures will be addressed within the Contractors method statements for the works. The contractor is to conduct the works in accordance with all relevant local authority requirements, and health and safety legislation. Noise and Vibration With regard to construction activities, best practice control measures for noise and vibration from construction sites are found within BS 5228 (2009 +A1 2014) Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Open Sites Parts 1 and 2. Whilst construction noise and vibration impacts are expected to vary during the construction phase depending on the distance between the activities and noise sensitive buildings, the contractor will ensure that all best practice noise and vibration control methods will be used, as necessary in order to ensure impacts at off-site noise sensitive locations are minimised.
The best practice measures set out in BS 5228 (2009) Parts 1 and 2 includes guidance on several aspects of construction site mitigation measures, including, but not limited to:
• Selection of quiet plant. • Noise control at source. • Screening. • Liaison with the public
17.3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
• Monitoring
A detailed comment is offered on these items in the following paragraphs. Noise control measures that will be considered include the selection of quiet plant, enclosures and screens around noise sources, limiting the hours of work and noise and vibration monitoring, where required.
Selection of Quiet Plant This practice is recommended in relation to static plant such as compressors and generators. It is recommended that these units be supplied with manufacturers' proprietary acoustic enclosures. The potential for any item of plant to generate noise will be assessed prior to the item being brought onto the site. The least noisy item should be selected wherever possible. Should a particular item of plant already on the site be found to generate high noise levels, the first action should be to identify whether or not said item can be replaced with a quieter alternative.
Noise Control at Source If replacing a noisy item of plant is not a viable or practical option, consideration will be given to noise control "at source". This refers to the modification of an item of plant or the application of improved sound reduction methods in consultation with the supplier. For example, resonance effects in panel work or cover plates can be reduced through stiffening or application of damping compounds; rattling and grinding noises can often be controlled by fixing resilient materials in between the surfaces in contact.
Referring to the potential noise generating sources for the works under consideration, the following best practice mitigation measures should be considered:
• Site compounds will be located in excess of 30m from noise sensitive receptors within the site constraints. The use lifting bulky items, dropping and loading of materials within these areas should be restricted to normal working hours. • For mobile plant items such as dump trucks, excavators and loaders, the installation of an acoustic exhaust and/or maintaining enclosure panels closed during operation can reduce noise levels by up to 10dB. Mobile plant should be switched off when not in use and not left idling. • For steady continuous noise, such as that generated by diesel engines, it may be possible to reduce the noise emitted by fitting a more effective exhaust silencer system or utilising an acoustic canopy to replace the normal engine cover. For concrete mixers, control measures should be employed during cleaning to ensure no impulsive hammering is undertaken at the mixer drum. • For all materials handling ensure that materials are not dropped from excessive heights, lining drops chutes and dump trucks with resilient materials. • For compressors, generators and pumps, these can be surrounded by acoustic lagging or enclosed with in acoustic enclosures providing air ventilation. • Demountable enclosures can also be used to screen operatives using hand tools and will be moved around site as necessary. • All items of plant should be subject to regular maintenance. Such maintenance can prevent unnecessary increases in plant noise and can serve to prolong the effectiveness of noise control measures.
Screening Screening is an effective method of reducing the noise level at a receiver location and can be used successfully as an additional measure to all other forms of noise control. Construction site hoarding will be constructed around the site boundaries as standard. The hoarding will be constructed use standard plywood material to provide adequate sound insulation.
In addition, careful planning of the site layout will also be considered. The placement of site buildings such as offices and stores will be used, where feasible, to provide noise screening when placed between the source and the receiver.
Liaison with the Public A designated environmental liaison officer will be appointed to site during construction works. Any noise complaints should be logged and followed up in a prompt fashion by the liaison officer. In addition, where a particularly noisy construction activity is planned or other works with the potential to generate high levels of noise, or where noisy works are expected to operate outside of normal working hours etc., the liaison officer will inform the nearest noise sensitive locations of the time and expected duration of the noisy works.
17.4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Monitoring Where required, construction noise monitoring will be undertaken at periodic sample periods at the nearest noise sensitive locations to the development works to check compliance with the construction noise criterion.
Noise monitoring should be conducted in accordance with the International Standard ISO 1996: 2017: Acoustics - Description, measurement and assessment of environmental noise.
Project Programme The phasing programme will be arranged so as to control the amount of disturbance in noise and vibration sensitive areas at times that are considered of greatest sensitivity. During excavation or when other high noise generating works are in progress on a site at the same time as other works of construction that themselves may generate significant noise and vibration, the working programme will be phased so as to prevent unacceptable disturbance at any time.
Construction Phase - Vibration The vibration from construction activities will be limited to the values set out in Tables 8.2 and 8.3. Magnitudes of vibration slightly greater than those in the table are normally unlikely to cause cosmetic damage, but construction work creating such magnitudes should proceed with caution. Limit values have been provided for soundly constructed residential and commercial properties.
Air and Climate Construction phase Air Quality The pro-active control of fugitive dust will ensure the prevention of significant emissions, rather than an inefficient attempt to control them once they have been released. The main contractor will be responsible for the coordination, implementation and ongoing monitoring of the dust management plan. The key aspects of controlling dust are listed below. Full details of the dust management plan can be found in Appendix 9.3. • The specification and circulation of a dust management plan for the site and the identification of persons responsible for managing dust control and any potential issues; • The development of a documented system for managing site practices with regard to dust control • The development of a means by which the performance of the dust management plan can be monitored and assessed; • The specification of effective measures to deal with any complaints received. At all times, the procedures within the plan will be strictly monitored and assessed. In the event of dust nuisance occurring outside the site boundary, movements of materials likely to raise dust would be curtailed and satisfactory procedures implemented to rectify the problem before the resumption of construction operations.
Climate Construction traffic and embodied energy of construction materials are expected to be the dominant source of greenhouse gas emissions as a result of the construction phase of the development. Construction vehicles, generators etc., may give rise to some CO2 and N2O emissions. However, due to short-term and temporary nature of these works, the impact on climate will not be significant.
Nevertheless, some site-specific mitigation measures can be implemented during the construction phase of the proposed development to ensure emissions are reduced further. In particular the prevention of on-site or delivery vehicles from leaving engines idling, even over short periods. Minimising waste of materials due to poor timing or over ordering on site will aid to minimise the embodied carbon footprint of the site.
Mitigation Measures (Construction) • Avoid unnecessary vehicle movements and manoeuvring, and limit speeds on site so as to minimise the generation of airborne dust. • Buildings shall be demolished by approved methods and in a manner that reduces the impact on air quality. • Manual Stripping of buildings of internal fixings, metals, glass and asbestos. • A 3m high solid wooden hoarding with a 3m high dust net shall be erected around the entire construction site perimeter giving a total dust barrier height of 6m. • Use of rubble chutes and receptor skips during construction activities. • All buildings in which asbestos has been identified shall be sealed during the asbestos removal process. Asbestos shall only be removed by an appropriately permitted company. All asbestos waste shall be double bagged, stored in a dedicated sealed waste container/skip prior to removal off-site for disposal at an appropriately
17.5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
permitted/licenced facility. Records of all asbestos waste removed from site shall be maintained by the site manager and certificates of destruction shall be provided by the asbestos removal contractor. Asbestos surveys shall be conducted by an appropriately HSE approved contractor. • During dry periods, dust emissions from heavily trafficked locations (on and off site) will be controlled by spraying surfaces with water and wetting agents. • Hard surface roads will be swept to remove mud and aggregate materials from their surface while any unsurfaced roads will be restricted to essential site traffic only. • A road sweeper vehicle shall be on-site at all times to clean soiled public roads in the vicinity of the site. • A mobile wheel wash unit shall be installed at the site exit to wash down the wheels of all trucks exiting the site. • An independent environmental consultant shall be appointed by the contractor to prepare a dust control and monitoring method statement prior to the commencement of site activities. • A weekly inspection of each dust gauge will ensure that the site manager identifies at the earliest instance if dust suppression techniques shall be implemented at the project site areas. • Re-suspension in the air of spillages material from trucks entering or leaving the site will be prevented by limiting the speed of vehicles within the site to 10kmh and by use of a mechanical road sweeper. • The overloading of tipper trucks exiting the site shall not be permitted. • Aggregates will be transported to and from the site in covered trucks. • Where the likelihood of windblown fugitive dust emissions is high and during dry weather conditions, dusty site surfaces will be sprayed by a mobile tanker bowser. • Wetting agents shall be utilised to provide a more effective surface wetting procedure. • Exhaust emissions from vehicles operating within the construction site, including trucks, excavators, diesel generators or other plant equipment, will be controlled by the contractor by ensuring that emissions from vehicles are minimised by routine servicing of vehicles and plant, rather than just following breakdowns; the positioning of exhausts at a height to ensure adequate local dispersal of emissions, the avoidance of engines running unnecessarily and the use of low emission fuels. • All plant not in operation shall be turned off and idling engines shall not be permitted for excessive periods. • Material handling systems and site stockpiling of materials will be designed and laid out to minimise exposure to wind. Water misting or sprays will be used as required if particularly dusty activities are necessary during dry or windy periods. • Material stockpiles containing fine or dusty elements including top soils shall be covered with tarpaulins. • Where drilling or pavement cutting, grinding or similar types of stone finishing operations are taking place, measures to control dust emissions will be used to prevent unnecessary dust emissions by the erection of wind breaks or barriers. All concrete cutting equipment shall be fitted with a water dampening system. • A programme of air quality monitoring shall be implemented at the site boundaries for the duration of construction phase activities to ensure that the air quality standards relating to dust deposition and PM10 are not exceeded. Where levels exceed specified air quality limit values, dust generating activities shall immediately cease and alternative working methods shall be implemented.
• A complaints log shall be maintained by the construction site manager and in the event of a complaint relating to dust nuisance, an investigation shall be initiated.
The table presents a summary of dust control techniques which will be implemented at the site during activities.
SUMMARY OF DUST CONTROL TECHNIQUES
Sources of Particular Matter Control Technique
Containment / Suppression Loading and unloading processes Reducing drop heights Use of variable height conveyors Use of chutes Double handling transfer points Site and process design Reduction of vehicle movements Appropriate siting Away from closest receptors/site boundaries Use of enclosures and bunding Aggregate stockpiles Reduced drop heights Water suppression Sprays
17.6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Bowsers Covering Covered stock bins Dust covers Appropriate siting Mobile Crushing of site generated Away from closest receptors/site boundaries Use of enclosures and bunding C&D Waste (if applicable) Reduced drop heights Water suppression Sprays Bowsers Containment Wind boards Housings
Suppression Conveyors / transfer points Water sprays Housekeeping Clean up of spilled materials Appropriate siting Away from closest receptors/site boundaries Concrete Cutting Plant Suppression Water sprays fitted to equipment/plant Roadways including site yard area Suppression Water sprays and bowsers Wheel wash at site compounds Vehicles Washing / Covering Wheel wash to be installed at site exit Vehicles exiting the site with C&D loads shall be covered with tarpaulin
Landscape and Visual Impact Consideration of the impact on landscape and visual aspects has been integral in the design and layout of the scheme. A number of mitigation measures have been addressed including:
• Reference to DLRCC Green Infrastructure Policies and Objectives for development sites with the inclusion of Sustainable Urban Drainage proposals integrated into the landscape. • Provision of open spaces for future interaction of the said and adjoining developments • The use of high quality hard and soft landscape materials befitting of a new residential scheme and suitable to the existing landscape • Integrating the landscape elements of this extensive development into the surrounding built environment and connecting pathways and cycleways. • Retention of existing trees on, and adjoining, the site and their landscape and screening value and integration into the landscape design with additional planting.
Traffic and Transportation T & T CONST 1: The appointed Contractor shall prepare a Construction Transport Management Plan prior to the commencement of development. The preparation of the CTMP will entail an assessment of existing nearby employment, educational, recreational and commercial facilities to establish the peak times for vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians. This information would be used to develop the optimum start/finish/delivery times to minimise impact on these existing facilities. It is assumed that most construction traffic approaching the site will travel via the M50 Junction 13. Again, the CTMP issued at construction stage would identify haulage routes and restrictions as appropriate in discussion with the Local Authority. There will also be a requirement for comprehensive measures as part of the construction management.
T & T CONST 2: A Construction & Demolition Plan shall be prepared and implemented by the appointed Contractor prior to commencement of development to include:
17.7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
i. Provision of temporary warning signs and Banksmen controlling access and egress from the site; ii. All marshalling areas and site offices will be contained within the site boundary and will therefore have little impact on external roads; iii. Wheel washers/judder bars to clean off vehicles exiting the site during spoil removal; iv. All loads to be properly stowed and secured with a tarpaulin, where appropriate; v. Routine sweeping/cleaning of the road and footpaths in front of the site; vi. No uncontrolled runoff to the public road from dewatering/pumping carried out during construction activity. vii. Hoarding will be provided along the site frontage to protect pedestrians using the footpaths. viii. Existing public lighting will be maintained
T & T CONST 3: Construction vehicle movements will be minimised through: i. Consolidation of delivery loads to/from the site and manage large deliveries on site to occur outside of peak traffic periods; ii. Use of precast/prefabricated materials where possible; iii. ‘Cut’ material generated by the construction works will be re‐used on site where possible, through various accommodation works; iv. Adequate storage space on site will be provided; v. A strategy will be developed to minimize construction material quantities as much as possible; vi. Construction staff vehicle movements will also be minimized by promoting the use of public transport, shared use of vehicles, cycling and walking. With the implementation of these mitigation measures during the construction phase, the severity of the temporary impact of the proposed development on the traffic and transportation will be minimised.
Material Assets A detailed “Construction Management Plan” will be developed and implemented during the construction phase. Site inductions will include reference to the procedures and best practice as outlined in the “Construction Management Plan”.
A range of construction related mitigation measures are outlined within other chapters of the EIAR with respect to various aspects of the built environment – chapters 6, 7, 11 and 12.
As noted above, connections to the existing electricity, water services, gas and telecommunications networks will be coordinated with the relevant utility provider and carried out by approved contractors.
Waste A project specific C&D WMP has been prepared in line with the requirements of the guidance document issued by the DoEHLG. Adherence to the high-level strategy presented in this C&D WMP will ensure effective waste management and minimisation, reuse, recycling, recovery and disposal of waste material generated during the construction phase of the proposed development. Punch Consulting Engineers have estimated that 15,000m3 of material will be generated from the excavations required to facilitate construction. Contractor(s) will endeavour to ensure material taken offsite is reused or recovered off-site or disposed of at authorised facility. In addition, the following mitigation measures will be implemented: • Building materials will be chosen with an aim to ‘design out waste’; • On-site segregation of waste materials will be carried out to increase opportunities for off-site reuse, recycling and recovery – it is anticipated that the following waste types, at a minimum, will be segregated: - Concrete rubble (including ceramics, tiles and bricks); - Plasterboard; - Metals; - Glass; and
17.8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
- Timber. • Left over materials (e.g. timber off-cuts, broken concrete blocks/bricks) and any suitable construction materials shall be re-used on-site, where possible; • All waste materials will be stored in skips or other suitable receptacles in designated areas of the site; • Any hazardous wastes generated (such as chemicals, solvents, glues, fuels, oils) will also be segregated and will be stored in appropriate receptacles (in suitably bunded areas, where required); • A waste manager will be appointed by the main contractor(s) to ensure effective management of waste during the excavation and construction works; • All construction staff will be provided with training regarding the waste management procedures; • All waste leaving site will be reused, recycled or recovered where possible to avoid material designated for disposal; • All waste leaving the site will be transported by suitable permitted contractors and taken to suitably registered, permitted or licenced facilities; and • All waste leaving the site will be recorded and copies of relevant documentation maintained. These mitigation measures will ensure that the waste arising from the construction phase of the development is dealt with in compliance with the provisions of the Waste Management Act 1996, as amended, associated Regulations, the Litter Pollution Act 1997 and the EMR Waste Management Plan (2015 - 2021). It will also ensure optimum levels of waste reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery are achieved and will encourage sustainable consumption of resources.
Cultural Heritage – Archaeology A programme of archaeological testing was carried out at the subject site in July 2020. Nothing of archaeological significance was noted. Much of the proposed development site was entirely scarped or stripped back at some time in the recent past and subsequently inundated with imported fill. The potential for previously unknown sub-surface remains is negligible. No further archaeological mitigation is recommended.
Cultural Heritage – Architectural Heritage The most significance risk presented is to protected fabric along the construction route. It is proposed to construct a walled enclosure to the vehicular route to the site, safeguarding flanking protected walled gardens and the tower structure.
17.9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
17.3OPERATIONAL PHASE
17.10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Population and Human Health No additional mitigation measures are considered necessary. Biodiversity Habitats The Project site will be landscaped with regard to Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Council policies on promoting biodiversity and pollinator friendly planting.
Bats Light spill from the dwellings should if possible, follow the Bat Conservation Ireland “Bats & Lighting Guidance. Notes for: Planners, engineers, architects and developers”. Warmer lights <2600oK could be chosen to reduce the potential impact of light spill from the three lights observed at 5m in Figure 2.
Badgers All dogs shall be on a leash within the grounds to avoid unintentional badger persecution.
Birds Potential impacts on nesting birds can be avoided by timing the cutting of vegetation as required by the Wildlife Acts.
Land, Soil and Geology At operational phase, impacts on land and soils from the development will be limited to risk of fuel or oil leaks from vehicles using the road network or the carparks. The risk posed by such instances will be mitigated with the surface water treatment measures outlined in detail in the Engineering Planning Report and drainage drawings submitted as part of this planning application. Treatment of surface water through SuDS measures (e.g. permeable paving) and petrol interceptors prior to discharge from the site will mitigate any potentially harmful impacts.
Hydrology SuDS measures will intercept and attenuate surface water on site. The surface water will be passed through petrol interceptors and other SuDS measures that will clean the surface water. The water will be discharged to the surface water drainage system at a rate of 19.54l/s.
The material assets (surface water, foul water and watermain networks) will be pressure tested to relevant Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council and Irish Water standards prior to completion of the works. The drainage networks will also be CCTV surveyed and reviewed to ensure there are no defects. These test measures will ensure to a reasonable degree that the pipes have been installed to the required standard and the risk of leakage will be greatly reduced.
Noise and Vibration Additional Traffic on Adjacent Roads During the operational phase of the development, noise mitigation measures with respect to the outward impact of traffic from the development are not deemed necessary.
Mechanical Services Plant Taking into account that sensitive receivers within the development are much closer than off-site sensitive receivers, once the relevant noise criteria is achieved within the development it is expected that there will be no negative impact at sensitive receivers off site, and therefore no further mitigation required.
17.11
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Air and Climate No additional mitigation measures are required as the operational phase of the proposed development as it is predicted to have an imperceptible impact on ambient air quality and climate. The operational phase mitigation by design measures to minimise the impact of the development on air quality and climate are as follows:
Mitigation Measures (Operational) • Thermally efficient glazing systems on all units • Mechanical Ventilation and Heat Recovery (MVHR) systems or equivalent installed in all apartments • Thermal insulation of walls and roof voids of all units • Natural Gas heating in all units • Inclusion of electric car charging points to encourage electric vehicle ownership
Predicted Impacts Various elements associated with the construction phase of the proposed development have the potential to impact local ambient air quality, however the potential construction phase impacts shall be mitigated as detailed in Section 9.7 above to ensure there is a minimal impact on ambient air quality for the duration of all construction phase works. It is predicted that the operational phase of the development will not generate air emissions that would have an adverse impact on local ambient air quality or local human health.
Landscape and Visual Impact Mitigation measures have been incorporated into the design to minimise visual intrusion and adverse landscape impact whilst integrating the development into the surrounding landscape character.
Tree and other planting are proposed throughout the site and particularly within the main open spaces. An extensive landscape programme is proposed to create the optimum landscape solution for this new development.
The visual massing impact of the residential areas will be reduced through provision of open spaces and streetscape planting throughout the site. Existing boundary hedgerow and planting will be maintained and enhanced where possible to provide natural screening of the site as currently provided.
Streetscape design will incorporate planting and landscaping to reduce the visual impact on parking and to integrate with the building elevations to create a setting appropriate to its suburban context.
The extensive landscaping proposal will help soften the visual impact of the development and with future maturing of planting will lead to a very attractive residential layout that integrates well with the adjoining uses such as Balally Park.
Traffic and Transportation In order to promote and maximise sustainable transportation modes, cycle parking has been provided at a rate which exceeds Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Development Plan (2016- 2022) minimum standards which may act as a facilitator for the growth of Cycle trips undertaken for short to medium distance trips to/from the site.
The design of the site layout, roads and accesses in accordance with the relevant guidelines and codes of practice is likely to mitigate any potential impacts during the operational phase of the development. Material Assets Mitigation measures for the various aspects of the built environment are outlined within other chapters of the EIAR – chapters 6, 7, 11 and 12.
No additional mitigation measures to those outlined in other chapters are considered necessary during the operational phase of the development as it is considered to have a neutral to positive effect on material assets including services and infrastructure.
17.12
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT VOL 1 Strategic Housing Development at Marmalade Lane
Waste All waste materials will be segregated into appropriate categories and will be stored in appropriate bins or other suitable receptacles in a designated, easily accessible areas of the site in accordance with the Dún Laoghaire-Rathdown County Development Plan 2016 – 2022. In addition, the following mitigation measures will be implemented: • On-site segregation of all waste materials into appropriate categories including (but not limited to): - Organic/catering waste (including garden waste from landscaping activities). - Dry Mixed Recyclables; - Mixed Non-Recyclable Waste; - Glass; -Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) including computers, printers and other ICT equipment; - Batteries (non-hazardous and hazardous) - Fluorescent bulb tubes and other mercury containing waste (if arising). - Cleaning chemicals (pesticides, paints, adhesives, resins, detergents, etc.); and • All waste materials will be stored in colour coded bins or other suitable receptacles in designated, easily accessible locations. Bins will be clearly identified with the approved waste type to ensure there is no cross contamination of waste materials; • All waste collected from the development will be reused, recycled or recovered where possible, with the exception of those waste streams where appropriate facilities are currently not available; • All waste leaving the site will be transported by suitable permitted contractors and taken to suitably registered, permitted or licensed facilities; and These mitigation measures will ensure the waste arising from the development is dealt with in compliance with the provisions of the Waste Management Act 1996, as amended, and all associated Regulations. It will also ensure optimum levels of waste reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery are achieved. Cultural Heritage – Archaeology No further archaeological mitigation is required.
Cultural Heritage – Architectural Avoidance of damage to the entrance avenue and all lands and structures having protected status will follow a comprehensive protection plan forming part of a comprehensive construction Heritage management plan.
Remedial measures will ensure that the characteristics of the boundary condition are restored to their present character on completion of the development. These will include protection of mature trees and planting during the construction phase that contribute to the sylvan character of protected fabric.
17.13